-Concise Encyclopedia of Yoga

That all what you wanted to know about Yoga!

Yogic concepts Traditions Ancient Texts Practices Mysteries 

   
Root Home Page
Index

About Yoga

Yoga Practices & Therapy
Yoga Sutra & commentaries
Yoga Schools
Traditional Texts of Yoga
Yoga Education
Modern Yogis
Yogic Concepts
Yoga Philosophy
Yoga Psychology
Yoga & Value
Yoga & Research
Yoga & Allied Sc.
Yoga & Naturopathy
List of all Topics
 
 
     
CONTENTS

Traditional texts of Yoga - 1

 

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary – by Swami Gambhirananda

Others : |Hathayoga Pradipika | Gheranda Samhita | Bhagavad-gita|Yoga Sutra |Vyasa Bhasya| Bhoja Vritti|Taittariya Upanishad|

BHAGAVADGITA

Chapter I

1.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.2 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.3 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.4 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.5 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.6 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.7 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.8 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.9 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.

1.10 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.11 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.12 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.13 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.14 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.15 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.16 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.17 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.18 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.19 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.20 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.21 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.22 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.23 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.24 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.25 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.26 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.27 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.28 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.29 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.30 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.31 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.32 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.33 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.34 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.35 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.36 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.37 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.38 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.39 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.40 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.41 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.42 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.43 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.44 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.45 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.46 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

1.47 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The

commentary starts from 2.10.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 2

RO

2.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.2 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.3 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.4 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.5 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.6 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.7 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.8 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

2.9 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. The commentary

starts from 2.10.

error

2.11 Bhisma, Drona and others are not to be grieved for, because they

are of noble character and are eternal in their real nature. With regard to

them, asocyan, who are not to be grieved for; tvam, you; anvasocah,

grieve, (thinking) 'They die because of me; without them what shall I do

with dominion and enjoyment?'; ca, and; bhasase, you speak;

prajnavadan, words of wisdom, words used by men of wisdom, of

intelligence. The idea is, 'Like one mad, you show in yourself this

foolishness and learning which are contradictory.' Because, panditah,

the learned, the knowers of the Self -- panda means wisdon about the

Self; those indeed who have this are panditah, one the authority of the

Upanisadic text, '...the knowers of Brahman, having known all about

scholarship,...' (Br. 3.5.1) ['Therefore the knowers of Brahman, having

known all about scholorship, should try to live upon that strength which

comes of Knowledge; having known all about this strength as well as

scholorship, he becomes meditative; having known all about both

meditativeness and its opposite, he becomes a knower of Brahman.'] --

; na anusocanti, do not grieve for; gatasun, the departed, whose life has

become extinct; agatasun ca, and for those who have not departed,

whose life has not left, the living. The ideas is, 'Your are sorrowing for

those who are eternal in the real sense, and who are not to be grieved

for. Hence your are a fool!.'

2.12 Why are they not to be grieved for? Because they are eternal.

How? Na tu eva, but certainly it is not (a fact); that jatu, at any time;

aham, I ; na asam, did not exist; on the contrary, I did exist. The idea is

that when the bodies were born or died in the past, I existed eternally.

[Here Ast. adds ghatadisu viyadiva, like Space in pot etc.-Tr.] Similarly,

na tvam, nor is it that you did not exist; but you surely existed. Ca, and

so also; na ime, nor is it that these ; jana-adhipah, rulers of men, did not

exist. On the other hand, they did exist. And similarly, na eva, it is surely

not that; vayam, we; sarve, all; na bhavisyamah, shall cease to exist;

atah param, after this, even after the destruction of this body. On the

contrary, we shall exist. The meaning is that even in all the three times

(past, present and future) we are eternal in our nature as the Self. The

plural number (in we) is used following the diversity of the bodies, but not

in the sense of the multiplicity of the Self.

2.13 As to that, to show how the Self is eternal, the Lord cites an

illustration by saying,'...of the embodied,' etc. Yatha, as are, the manner

in which; kaumaram, boyhood; yauvanam, youth, middle age; and jara,

decrepitude, advance of age; dehinah, to an embodied being, to one

who possesses a body (deha), to the Self possessing a body; asmin, in

this, present; dehe, body --. These three states are mutually distinct. On

these, when the first state gets destroyed the Self does not get

destroyed; when the second state comes into being It is not born. What

then? It is seen that the Self, which verily remains unchanged, acquires

the second and third states. Tatha, similar, indeed; is Its, the unchanging

Self's dehantarapraptih, acquisition of another body, a body different

from the present one. This is the meaning. Tatra, this being so; dhirah,

an intelligent person; na, does not; muhyati, get deluded.

2.14 'In the case of a man who knows that the Self is eternal, although

there is no possibility of delusion concerning the destruction of the Self,

still delusion, as of ordinary people, caused by the experience of cold,

heat, happiness and sorrow is noticed in him. Delusion arises from being

deprived of happiness, and sorrow arises from contact with pain etc.'

apprehending this kind of a talk from Arjuna, the Lord said, 'But the

contacts of the organs,' etc. Matra-sparsah, the contacts of the organs

with objects; are sita-usna-sukha-duhkha-dah, producers of cold, heat,

happiness and sorrow. Matrah means those by which are marked off

(measured up) sounds etc., i.e. the organs of hearing etc. The sparsah,

contacts, of the organs with sound etc. are matra-sparsah. Or, sparsah

means those which are contacted, i.e. objects, viz sound etc. Matrasparsah,

the organs and objects, are the producers of cold, heat,

happiness and sorrow. Cold sometimes produces pleasure, and

sometimes pain. Similarly the nature of heat, too, is unpredictable. On

the other hand, happiness and sorrow have definite natures since they

do not change. Hence they are mentioned separately from cold and

heat. Since they, the organs, the contacts, etc., agamapayinah, have a

beginning and an end, are by nature subject to origination and

destruction; therefore, they are anityah, transient. Hence, titiksasva,

bear; tan, them -- cold, heart, etc., i.e. do not be happy or sorry with

regard to them.

2.15 What will happen to one who bears cold and heat? Listen: Verily,

the person...,'etc. (O Arjuna) hi, verily; yam purusam, the person whom;

ete, these, cold and heat mentioned above; na, do not; vyathayanti,

torment, do not perturb; dhiram, the wise man; sama-duhkha-sukham,

to whom sorrow and happiness are the same, who is free from

happiness and sorrow when subjected to pleasure and pain, because of

his realization of the enternal Self; sah, he, who is established in the

realization of the enternal Self, who forbears the opposites; kalpate,

becomes fit; amrtattvaya, for Immortality, for the state of Immortality, i.e.

for Liberation.

2.16 Since 'the unreal has no being,' etc., for this reason also it is

proper to bear cold, heat, etc. without becoming sorrowful or deluded.

Asatah, of the unreal, of cold, heat, etc. together with their causes; na

vidyate, there is no; bhavah, being, existence, reality; because heat,

cold, etc. together with their causes are not substantially real when

tested by means of proof. For they are changeful, and whatever is

changeful is inconstant. As configurations like pot etc. are unreal since

they are not perceived to be different from earth when tested by the

eyes, so also are all changeful things unreal because they are not

perceived to be different from their (material) causes, and also because

they are not perceived before (their) origination and after destruction.

Objection: If it be that [Here Ast. has the additional words 'karyasya

ghatadeh, the effect, viz pot etc. (and)'.-Tr.] such (material) causes as

earth etc. as also their causes are unreal since they are not perceived

differently from their causes, in that case, may it not be urged that owing

to the nonexistence of those (causes) there will arise the contingency of

everything becoming unreal [An entity cannot be said to be unreal merely

because it is non-different from its cause. Were it to be asserted as

being unreal, then the cause also should be unreal, because there is no

entity which is not subject to the law of cuase and effect.]? Vedantin:

No, for in all cases there is the experience of two awarenesses, viz the

awareness of reality, and the awareness of unreality. [In all cases of

perception two awarenesses are involved: one is invariable, and the

other is variable. Since the variable is imagined on the invariable,

therefore it is proved that there is something which is the substratum of

all imagination, and which is neither a cause nor an effect.] That in

relation to which the awareness does not change is real; that in relation

to which it changes is unreal. Thus, since the distinction between the

real and the unreal is dependent on awareness, therefore in all cases (of

empirical experiences) everyone has two kinds of awarenesses with

regard to the same substratum: (As for instance, the experiences) 'The

pot is real', 'The cloth is real', 'The elephant is real' -- (which

experiences) are not like (that of) 'A blue lotus'. [In the empirical

experience, 'A blue lotus', there are two awarenesses concerned with

two entities, viz the substance (lotus) and the quality (blueness). In the

case of the experience, 'The pot is real', etc. the awarenesses are not

concerned with substratum and qualities, but the awareness of pot,of

cloth, etc. are superimposed on the awareness of 'reality', like that of

'water' in a mirage.] This is how it happens everywhere. [The

coexistence of 'reality' and 'pot' etc. are valid only empirically --

according to the non-dualists; whereas the coexistence of 'blueness'

and 'lotus' is real according to the dualists.] Of these two awareness,

the awareness of pot etc. is inconstant; and thus has it been shown

above. But the awareness of reality is not (inconstant). Therefore the

object of the awareness of pot etc. is unreal because of inconstancy; but

not so the object of the awareness of reality, because of its constancy.

Objection: If it be argued that, since the awareness of pot also changes

when the pot is destroyed, therefore the awareness of the pot's reality is

also changeful? Vedantin: No, because in cloth etc. the awareness of

reality is seen to persist. That awareness relates to the odjective (and not

to the noun 'pot'). For this reason also it is not destroyed. [This last

sentence has been cited in the f.n. of A.A.-Tr.] Objection: If it be argued

that like the awareness of reality, the awareness of a pot also persists in

other pots? Vedantin: No, because that (awareness of pot) is not

present in (the awareness of) a cloth etc. Objection: May it not be that

even the awareness of reality is not present in relation to a pot that has

been destroyed? Vedantin: No, because the noun is absent (there).

Since the awareness of reality corresponds to the adjective (i.e. it is used

adjectivelly), therefore, when the noun is missing there is no possibility of

its (that awareness) being an adjective. So, to what should it relate? But,

again, the awareness of reality (does not cease) with the absence of an

object.. [Even when a pot is absent and the awareness of reality does

not arise with regare to it, the awareness of reality persists in the region

where the pot had existed. Some read nanu in place of na tu ('But,

again'). In that case, the first portion (No,...since...adjective. So,...relate?)

is a statement of the Vedantin, and the Objection starts from nanu punah

sadbuddheh, etc. so, the next Objection will run thus: 'May it not be said

that, when nouns like pot etc. are absent, the awareness of existence

has no noun to qualify, and therefore it becomes impossible for it (the

awareness of existence) to exist in the same substratum?'-Tr.]

Objection: May it not be said that, when nouns like pot etc. are absent,

(the awareness of existence has no noun to qualify and therefore) it

becomes impossible for it to exist in the same substratum? [The

relationship of an adjective and a noun is seen between two real entities.

Therefore, if the relationship between 'pot' and 'reality' be the same as

between a noun and an adjective, then both of them will be real entities.

So, the coexistence of reality with a non-pot does not stand to reason.]

Vedantin: No, because in such experiences as, 'This water exists',

(which arises on seeing a mirage etc.) it is observed that there is a

coexistence of two objects though one of them is non-existent.

Therefore, asatah, of the unreal, viz body etc. and the dualities (heat,

cold, etc.), together with their causes; na vidyate, there is no; bhavah,

being. And similarly, satah, of the real, of the Self; na vidyate, there is no;

abhavah, nonexistence, because It is constant everywhere. This is what

we have said. Tu, but; antah, the nature, the conclusion (regarding the

nature of the real and the unreal) that the Real is verily real, and the

unreal is verily unreal; ubhayoh api, of both these indeed, of the Self and

the non-Self, of the Real and the unreal, as explained above; drstah, has

been realized thus; tattva-darsibhih, by the seers of Truth. Tat is a

pronoun (Sarvanama, lit. name of all) which can be used with regard to

all. And all is Brahman. And Its name is tat. The abstraction of tat is

tattva, the true nature of Brahman. Those who are apt to realize this are

tattva-darsinah, seers of Truth. Therefore, you too, by adopting the

vision of the men of realization and giving up sorrow and delusion,

forbear the dualities, heat, cold, etc. -- some of which are definite in their

nature, and others inconstant --, mentally being convinced that this

(phenomenal world) is changeful, verily unreal and appears falsely like

water in a mirage. This is the idea. What, again, is that reality which

remains verily as the Real and surely for ever? This is being answered in,

'But know That', etc.

2.17 Tu, but -- this word is used for distinguishing (reality) from

unreality; tat viddhi, know That; to be avinasi, indestructible, by nature

not subject to destruction; what? (that) yena, by which, by which

Brahman called Reality; sarvam, all; idam, this, the Universe together

with space; is tatam, pervaded, as pot etc. are pervaded by space. Na

kascit, none; arhati, can; kartum, bring about; vinasam, the destruction,

disappearance, nonexistence; asya, of this avyayasya, of the Immutable,

that which does not undergo growth and depletion. By Its very nature

this Brahman called Reality does not suffer mutation, because, unlike

bodies etc., It has no limbs; nor (does It suffer mutation) by (loss of

something) belonging to It, because It has nothing that is Its own.

Brahman surely does not suffer loss like Devadatta suffering from loss of

wealth. Therefore no one can bring about the destruction of this

immutable Brahman. No one, not even God Himself, can destroy his

own Self, because the Self is Brahman. Besides, action with regard to

one's Self is self-contradictory. Which, again, is that 'unreal' that is said

to change its own nature? This is being answered:

2.18 Ime, these; antavantah, destructible; dehah, bodies -- as the idea

of reality which continues with regard to water in a mirage, etc. gets

eliminated when examined with the means of knowledge, and that is its

end, so are these bodies and they have an end like bodies etc. in dream

and magic --; uktah, are said, by discriminating people; to belong

nityasya, to the everlasting; anasinah, the indestructible; aprameyasya,

the indeterminable; sarirnah, embodied One, the Self. This is the

meaning. The two words 'everlasting' and 'indestructible' are not

repetitive, because in common usage everlastingness and destructibility

are of two kinds. As for instance, a body which is reduced to ashes and

has disappeared is said to have been destoryed. (And) even while

existing, when it becomes transfigured by being afflicted with diseases

etc. it is said to be 'destroyed'. [Here the A.A. adds 'tatha dhana-naseapyevam,

similar is the case even with regard to loss of wealth.'-Tr.] That

being so, by the two words 'everlasting' and 'indestructible' it is meant

that It is not subject to both kinds of distruction. Otherwise, the

everlastingness of the Self would be like that of the earth etc. Therefore,

in order that this contingency may not arise, it is said, 'Of the everlasting,

indestructible'. Aprameyasya, of the indeterminable, means 'of that

which cannot be determined by such means of knowledge as direct

perception etc.' Objection: Is it not that the Self is determined by the

scriptures, and before that through direct perception etc.? Vedantin:

No, because the Self is self-evident. For, (only) when the Self stands

predetermined as the knower, there is a search for a means of

knolwedge by the knower. Indeed, it is not that without first determining

oneself as, 'I am such', one takes up the task of determining an object of

knowledge. For what is called the 'self' does not remain unknown to

anyone. But the scripture is the final authority [when the Vedic text

establishes Brahman as the innermost Self, all the distinctions such as

knower, known and the means of knowledge become sublated. Thus it

is reasonable that the Vedic text should be the final authority. Besides,

its authority is derived from its being faultless in as much as it has not

originated from any human being.]: By way of merely negating

superimposition of qualities that do not belong to the Self, it attains

authoritativeness with regard to the Self, but not by virtue of making

some unknown thing known. There is an Upanisadic text in support of

this: '...the Brahman that is immediate and direct, the Self that is within

all' (Br. 3.4.1). Since the Self is thus eternal and unchanging, tasmat,

therefore; yudhyasva, you join the battle, i.e. do not desist from the war.

Here there is no injunction to take up war as a duty, because be (Arjuna),

though he was determined for war, remains silent as a result of being

overpowered by sorrow and delusion. Therefore, all that is being done

by the Lord is the removal of the obstruction to his duty. 'Therefore, join

the battle' is only an approval, not an injunction. The scripture Gita is

intended for eradicating sorrow, delusion, etc. which are the cases of the

cycle of births and deaths; it is not intended to enjoin action. As

evidences of this idea the Lord cites two Vedic verses: [Ka. 1.2.19-20.

There are slight verbal differences.-Tr.]

2.19 But the ideas that you have, 'Bhisma and others are neing killed by

me in war; I am surely their killer' -- this idea of yours is false. How? Yah,

he who; vetti, thinks; of enam, this One, the embodied One under

consideration; as hantaram, the killer, the agent of the act of killing; ca,

and; yah, he who, the other who; manyate, thinks; of enam, this One; as

hatam, the killed -- (who thinks) 'When the body is killed, I am myself

killed; I become the object of the act of killing'; ubhau tau, both of them;

owing to non-discrimination, na, do not; vijanitah, know the Self which is

the subject of the consciousness of 'I'. The meaning is: On the killing of

the body, he who thinks of the Self (-- the content of the consciousness

of 'I' --) [The Ast. omits this phrase from the precedig sentence and

includes it in this place. The A.A. has this phrase in both the places.-Tr.]

as 'I am the killer', and he who thinks, 'I have been killed', both of them

are ignorant of the nature of the Self. For, ayam, this Self; owing to Its

changelessness, na hanti, does not kill, does not become the agent of

the act of killing; na hanyate, nor is It killed, i.e. It does not become the

object (of the act of killing). The second verse is to show how the Self is

changeless:

2.20 Na kadacit, neverl; is ayam, this One; jayate, born i.e. the Self has

no change in the form of being born -- to which matter is subject --; va,

and (-- va is used in the sense of and); na mriyate, It never dies. By this

is denied the final change in the form of destruction. The word (na)

kadacit), never, is connected with the denial of all kinds of changes thus

-- never, is It born never does It die, and so on. Since ayam, this Self;

bhutva, having come to exist, having experienced the process of

origination; na, will not; bhuyah, again; abhavita, cease to be thereafter,

therefore It does not die. For, in common parlance, that which ceases to

exist after coming into being is said to die. From the use of the word va,

nor, and na, it is understood that, unlike the body, this Self does not

again come into existence after having been non-existent. Therefore It is

not born. For, the words, 'It is born', are used with regard to something

which comes into existence after having been non-existent. The Self is

not like this. Therfore It is not born. Since this is so, therefore It is ajah,

birthless; and since It does not die, therefore It is nityah, eternal.

Although all changes become negated by the denial of the first and the

last kinds of changes, still changes occuring in the middle [For the six

kinds of changes see note under verse 2.10.-Tr.] should be denied with

their own respective terms by which they are implied. Therefore the text

says sasvatah, undecaying,. so that all the changes, viz youth etc.,

which have not been mentioned may become negated. The change in

the form of decay is denied by the word sasvata, that which lasts for

ever. In Its own nature It does not decay because It is free from parts.

And again, since it is without qualities, there is no degeneration owing to

the decay of any quality. Change in the form of growth, which is

opposed to decay, is also denied by the word puranah, ancient. A thing

that grows by the addition of some parts is said to increase and is also

said to be new. But this Self was fresh even in the past due to Its

partlessness. Thus It is puranah, i.e. It does not grow. So also, na

hanyate, It is puranah, i.e. It does not grow. So also, na hanyate, It is not

killed, It does not get transformed; even when sarire, the body;

hanyamane, is killed, transformed. The verb 'to kill' has to be understood

here in the sense of transformation, so that a tautology [This verse has

already mentioned 'death' in the first line. If the verb han, to kill, is also

taken in the sense of killing, then a tautology is unavoidable.-Tr.] may be

avoided. In this mantra the six kinds of transformations, the material

changes seen in the world, are denied in the Self. The meaning of the

sentence is that the Self is devoid of all kinds of changes. Since this is

so, therefore 'both of them do not know' -- this is how the present

mantra is connected to the earlier mantra.

error

2.22 Yatha, as in the world; vihaya, after rejecting jirnani, wornout;

vasamsi, clothes; narah, a man grhnati, takes up; aparani, other; navani,

new ones; tatha, likewise, in that very manner; vihaya, after rejecting;

jirnani, wornout; sarirani, bodies; dehi, the embodied one, the Self which

is surely unchanging like the man (in the example); samyati, unites with;

anyani, other; navani, new ones. This is meaning.

2.23 Why does It verily remain unchanged? This is being answered in,

'Weapons do not cut It,' etc. Sastrani, weapons; na, do not; chindanti,

cut; enam, It, the embodied one under discussion. It being partless,

weapons like sword etc. do not cut off Its limbs. So also, even pavakah,

fire; na dahati enam, does not burn, does not reduce It to ashes. Ca,

and similarly; apah, water; na enam kledayanti, does not moisten It. For

water has the power of disintegrating a substance that has parts, by the

process of moistening it. That is not possible in the case of the partless

Self. Similarly, air destroys an oil substance by drying up the oil. Even

marutah, air; na sosayati, does not dry; (enam, It,) one's own Self. [Ast.

reads 'enam tu atmanam, but this Self', in place of enam svatmanam.-

Tr.]

error

2.25 Moreover, ucyate, it is said that; ayam, This, the Self; is avyaktah,

unmanifest, since, being beyond the ken of all the organs, It cannot be

objectified. For this very reason, ayam, This; is acintyah, inconceivable.

For anything that comes within the purview of the organs becomes the

object of thought. But this Self is inconceivable becuase It is not an

object of the organs. Hence, indeed, It is avikaryah, unchangeable. This

Self does not change as milk does when mixed with curd, a curdling

medium, etc. And It is chnageless owing to partlessness, for it is not

seen that any non-composite thing is changeful. Not being subject to

transformation, It is said to be changeless. Tasmat, therefore; vidivata,

having known; enam, this one, the Self; evam, thus, as described; na

arhasi, you ought not; anusocitum, to grieve, thinking, 'I am the slayer of

these; these are killed by me.'

2.26 This (verse), 'On the other hand,' etc., is uttered assuming that the

Self is transient. Atha ca, on the other hand, if (-- conveys the sense of

assumption --); following ordinary experience, manyase, you think;

enam, this One, the Self under discussion; is nityajatam, born

continually, becomes born with the birth of each of the numerous

bodies; va, or; nityam, constantly; mrtam, dies, along with the death of

each of these (bodies); tatha api, even then, even if the Self be of that

nature; tvam, you; maha-baho, O mighty-armed one; na arhasi, ought

not; socitum, to grieve; evam, thus, since that which is subject to birth

will die, and that which is subject to death will be born; these two are

inevitable.

2.27 This being so, 'death of anyone born', etc. Hi, for; mrtyuh, death;

jatasya, of anyone born; dhruvah, is certain; is without exception; ca,

and mrtasya, of the dead; janmah, (re-) birth; is dhruvam, a certainly.

Tasmat, therefore, this fact, viz birth and death, is inevitable. With regard

to that (fact), apariharye, over an enevitable; arthe, fact; tvam, you; na

arhasi, ought not; socitum, to grieve.

2.28 It is not reasonable to grieve even for beings which are constituted

by bodies and organs, since 'all beings remain unmanifest' etc. (Bharata,

O descendant of Bharata;) bhutani, all beings, avyaktaduni, remain

unmainfest in the beginning. Those beings, viz sons, friends, and others,

constituted by bodies and organs, [Another reading is karya-karanasanghata,

aggregates formed by material elements acting as causes and

effects.-Tr.] who before their origination have unmanifestedness

(avyakta), invisibility, nonperception, as their beginning (adi) are

avyaktaadini. Ca, and; after origination, before death, they become

vyakta-madhyani, manifest in the middle. Again, they eva, certainly;

become avyakta-nidhanani, unmanifest after death. Those which have

unmanifestness (avyakta), invisibility, as their death (nidhana) are

avyakta-nidhanani. The idea is that even after death they verily attain

unmanifestedness. Accordingly has it been said: 'They emerged from

invisibility, and have gone back to invisibility. They are not yours, nor are

you theirs. What is this fruitless lamentation!' (Mbh. St. 2.13). Ka, what;

paridevana, lamentation, or what prattle, can there be; tatra, with regard

to them, i.e. with regard to beings which are objects of delusion, which

are invisible, (become) visible, (and then) get destroyed!

2.29 'This Self under discussion is inscrutable. Why should I blame you

alone regarding a thing that is a source of delusion to all!' How is this

Self inscrutable? [It may be argued that the Self is the object of egoism.

The answer is: Although the individualized Self is the object of egoism,

the absolute Self is not.] This is being answered in, 'Someone visualizes

It as a wonder,' etc. Kascit, someone; pasyati, visualizes; enam, It, the

Self; ascaryavat, as a wonder, as though It were a wonder -- a wonder is

something not seen before, something strange, something seen all on a

sudden; what is comparable to that is ascarya-vat; ca, and; tatha,

similarly; eva, indeed; kascit, someone; anyah, else; vadati, talks of It as

a wonder. And someone else srnoti, hears of It as a wonder. And

someone, indeed, na, does not; veda, realize It; api, even; srutva, after

hearing, seeing and speaking about It. Or, (the meaning is) he who sees

the Self is like a wonder. He who speaks of It and the who hears of It is

indeed rare among many thousands. Therefore, the idea is that the Self

is difficult to understand. Now, in the course of concluding the topic

under discussion, [viz the needlessness of sorrow and delusion,from the

point of view of the nature of things.] He says, 'O descendant of Bharata,

this embodied Self', etc.

2.30 Because of being partless and eternal, ayam, this dehi, embodied

Self; nityam avadhyah, can never be killed, under any condition. That

being so, although existing sarvasya dehe, in all bodies, in trees etc., this

One cannot be killed on account of Its being allpervasive. Since the

indewelling One cannot be killed although the body of everyone of the

living beings be killed, tasmat, therefore; tvam, you; na arhasi, ought not;

socitum, to grieve; for sarvani bhutani, all (these) beings, for Bhisma and

others. Here [i.e. in the earlier verse.] it has been said that, from the

standpoint of the supreme Reality, there is no occasion for sorrow or

delusion. (This is so) not merely from the standpoint of the supreme

Reality, but --

2.31 Api, even; aveksya, considering; svadharmam, your own duty, the

duty of a Ksatriya, viz battle -- considering even that -- ; na arhasi, you

ought not; vikampitum, to waver, to deviate from the natural duty of the

Ksatriya, i.e. from what is natural to yourself. And hi, since that battle is

not devoid of righteousness, (but) is supremely righteous -- it being

conducive to virtue and meant for protection of subjects through

conquest of the earth --; therefore, na vidyate, there is nothing; anyat,

else; sreyah, better; ksatriyasya, for a ksatriya; than that dharmyat,

righteous; yuddhat, battle.

2.32 Why, again, does that battle become a duty? This is being

answered (as follows) [A specific rule is more authoritative than a general

rule. Non-violence is a general rule enjoined by the scriptures, but the

duty of fighting is a specific rule for a Ksatriya.]: Partha, O son of Partha;

are not those Ksatiryas sukhinah, happy [Happy in this world as also in

the other.] who labhante, come across; a yuddham, battle; idrsam, of

this kind; upapannam, which presents itself; yadrcchaya, unsought for;

and which is an apavrtam, open; svarga-dvaram, gate to heaven? [Rites

and duties like sacrifices etc. yield their results after the lapse of some

time. But the Ksatriyas go to heaven immediatley after dying in battle,

because, unlike the minds of others, their minds remaind fully engaged in

their immediate duty.]

2.33 Atha, on the other hand; cet, if; tvam, you; na karisyasi, will not

fight; even imam, this; dharmyam, righteous; samgramam, battle, which

has presented itself as a duty, which is not opposed to righteousness,

and which is enjoined (by the scriptures); tatah, then, because of not

undertaking that; hitva, forsaking; sva-dharmam, your own duty; ca, and;

kritim, fame, earned from encountering Mahadeva (Lord Siva) and

others; avapsyasi, you will incur; only papam, sin.

2.34 Not only will there be the giving up of your duty and fame, but

bhutani, people; ca api, also; kathayisyanti, will speak; te, of your;

avyayam, unending, perpetual; akrtim, infamy. Ca, and; sambhavitasya,

to an honoured person, to a person honoured with such epithets as

'virtuous', 'heroic', etc.; akirtih, infamy; atiricyate, is worse than;

maranat, death. The meaning is that, to an honoured person death is

perferable to infamy.

2.35 Moreover, maharathah, the great chariot-riders, Duryodhana and

others; mamsyante, will think; tvam, of you; as uparatam, having

desisted; ranat, from the fight; not out of compassion, but bhayat, out of

fear of Karna and others; ca, and ; yasyasi laghavam, you will again fall

into disgrace before them, before Duryodhana and others; yesam, to

whom; tvam, you; bahumato bhutva, had been estimable as endowed

with many qualities.

2.36 Ca, and besieds; tava, your; ahitah, enemies; vadisyanti, will

speak; bahun, many, various kinds of; avacya-vadan, indecent words,

unutterable words; nindantah, while denigrating, scorning; tava, your;

samarthyam, might earned from battles against Nivatakavaca and

others. Therefore, kim nu, what can be; duhkhataram, more painful;

tatah, than that, than the sorrow arising from being scorned? That is to

say, there is no greater pain than it.

2.37 Again, by undertaking the fight with Karna and others, va, either;

hatah, by being killed; prapsyasi, you will attain; svargam, heaven; or

jitva, by winning over Karna and other heroes; bhoksyase, you will enjoy;

mahim, the earth. The purport is that in either case you surely stand to

gain. Since this is so, Kaunteya, O son of Kunti; tasmat, therefore;

uttistha, rise up; krta-niscayah, with determination; yuddhaya, for

fighting, i.e. with the determination, 'I shall either defeat the enemies or

shall die.'

2.38 As regards that, listen to this advice for you then you are engaged

in battle considering it to be your duty: Krtva, treating; sukha-duhkhe,

happiness and sorrow; same, with equanimity, i.e. without having likes

and dislikes; so also treating labha-alabhau, gain and loss; jaya-ajayau,

conquest and defeat, as the same; tatah, then; yuddhaya yujyasva,

engage in battle. Evam, thus by undertaking the fight; na avapsyasi, you

will not incur; papam, sin. This advice is incidental. [The context here is

that of the philosophy of the supreme Reality. If fighting is enjoined in

that context, it will amount to accepting combination of Knowledge and

actions. To avoid this contingency the Commentator says, 'incidental'.

That is to say, although the context is of the supreme Reality, the advice

to fight is incidental. It is not an injunction to combine Knowledge with

actions, since fighting is here the natural duty of Arjuna as a Ksatriya.].

The generally accepted argument for the removal of sorrow and delusion

has been stated in the verses beginning with, 'Even considering your

own duty' (31), etc., but this has not been presented by accepting that

as the real intention (of the Lord). The real context here (in 2.12 etc.),

however, is of the realization of the supreme Reality. Now, in order to

show the distinction between the (two) topics dealt with in this scripture,

the Lord concludes that topic which has been presented above (in 2.20

etc.), by saying, 'This (wisdom) has been imparted,' etc. For, if the

distinction between the topics of the scripute be shown here, then the

instruction relating to the two kinds of adherences -- as stated later on

in, 'through the Yoga of Knowledge for the men of realization; through

the Yoga of Action for the yogis' (3.3) -- will proceed again smoothly,

and the hearer also will easily comprehend it by keeping in view the

distinction between the topics. Hence the Lord says:

2.39 Partha, O son of Prtha (Arjuna); esa, this; buddhih, wisdom, the

Knowledge which directly removes the defect (viz ignorance) that is

responsible for sorrow, delusion, etc. [Mundane existence consists of

attraction and repulsion, agentship and enjoyership, etc. These are the

defects, and they arise from ignorance about one's Self. Enlightenment

is the independent and sole cause that removes this ignorance.]

constituting mundane existence; abhihita, has been imparted; te, to you;

sankhye, from the standpoint of Self-realization, with regard to the

discriminating knowledge of the supreme Reality. Tu, but; srnu, listen;

imam, to this wisdom which will be imparted presently; yoge, from the

spandpoint of Yoga, from the standpoint of the means of attaining it

(Knowledge) -- i.e., in the context of Karma-yoga, the performance of

rites and duties with detachment after destroying the pairs of opposites,

for the sake of adoring God, as also in the context of the practice of

spiritual absorption. As as inducement, He (the Lord) praises that

wisdom: Yuktah, endowed; yaya, with which; buddhya, wisdom

concerning Yoga; O Partha, prahasyasi, you will get rid of; karmabandham,

the bondage of action -- action is itself the bondage

described as righteousness and unrighteousness; you will get rid of that

bondage by the attainment of Knowledge through God's grace. This is

the idea.

2.40 Moreover, iha, here, in the path to Liberation, viz the Yoga of

Action (rites and duties); na, there is no; abhikrama-nasah, waste of an

attempt, of a beginning, unlike as in agriculture etc. The meaning is that

the result of any attempt in the case of Yoga is not uncertain. Besides,

unlike as in medical care, na vidyate, nor is there, nor does there arises;

any pratyavayah, harm. But, svalpam api, even a little; asya, of this;

dharmasya, righteousness in the form of Yoga (of Action); when

pracised, trayate, saves (one); mahato bhayat, from great fear, of

mundance existence characterized by death, birth, etc.

2.41 Kuru-nandana, O scion of the Kuru dynasty; iha, is this path to

Liberation; there is only eka, a single; vyavasayatmika, one-pointed;

buddhih, conviction, which has been spoken of in the Yoga of

Knowledge and which has the characteristics going to be spoken of in

(Karma-) yoga. It is resolute by nature and annuls the numerous

branches of the other opposite thoughts, since it originates from the

right source of knowledge. [The right source of knowledge, viz the Vedic

texts, which are above criticism.] Those again, which are the other

buddhayah, thoughts; they are bahu-sakhah, possessed of numerous

branches, i.e. possessed of numerous variations. Owing to the influence

of their many branches the worldly state becomes endless, limitless,

unceasing, ever-growing and extensive. [Endless, because it does not

cease till the rixe of full enlightenment; limitless, because the worldly

state, which is an effect, springs from an unreal source.] But even the

worldly state ceases with the cessation of the infinite branches of

thoughts, under the influence of discriminating wisdom arising from the

valid source of knowledge. (And those thoughts are) hi, indeed; anantah,

innumerable under every branch. Whose thoughts? Avyavasayinam, of

the irresolute ones, i.e. of those who are devoid of discriminating wisdom

arising from the right source of knowledg.

2.42 Partha, O son of Prtha; those devoid of one-pointed conviction,

who pravadanti, utter; imam, this; yam puspitam vacam, flowery talk,

which is going to be stated, which is beautiful like a tree in bloom,

pleasant to hear, and appears to be (meaningful) sentences [Sentences

that can be called really meaningful are only those that reveal the self.-

Tr.]; -- who are they? they are -- avipascitah, people who are

undiscerning, of poor intellect, i.e. non-discriminating; veda-vada-ratah,

who remain engrossed in the utterances of the Vedas, in the Vedic

sentences which reveal many panegyrics, fruits of action and their

means; and vadinah, who declare, are apt tosay; iti, that; na anyat,

nothing else [God, Liberation, etc.]; asti, exists, apart from the rites and

duties conducive to such results as attainment of heaven etc. And they

are kamatmanah, have their minds full of desires, i.e. they are swayed by

desires, they are, by nature, full of desires; (and) svarga-parah, have

heaven as the goal. Those who accept heaven (svarga) as the supreme

(para) human goal, to whom heaven is the highest, are svarga-parah.

They utter that speech (-- this is supplied to construct the sentence --)

which janma-karma-phala-pradam, promises birth as a result of rites and

duties. The result (phala) of rites and duties (karma) is karma-phala. Birth

(janma) itself is the karma-phala. That (speech) which promises this is

janma-karma-phala-prada. (This speech) is kriya-visesa-bahulam, full of

various special rites; bhoga-aisvarya-gatim-prati, for the attainment of

enjoyment and affluence. Special (visesa) rites (kriya) are kriya-visesah.

The speech that is full (bahula) of these, the speech by which that is full

(bahula) of these, the speech by which these, viz objects such as

heaven, animals and sons, are revealed plentifully, is kriya-visesa-bahula.

Bhoga, enjoyment, and aisvarya, affluence, are bhoga-aisvarya. Their

attainment (gatih) is bhoga-aisvarya-gatih. (They utter a speech) that is

full of the specialized rites, prati, meant for that (attainment). The fools

who utter that speech move in the cycle of transmigration. This is the

idea.

2.43 Partha, O son of Prtha; those devoid of one-pointed conviction,

who pravadanti, utter; imam, this; yam puspitam vacam, flowery talk,

which is going to be stated, which is beautiful like a tree in bloom,

pleasant to hear, and appears to be (meaningful) sentences [Sentences

that can be called really meaningful are only those that reveal the self.-

Tr.]; -- who are they? they are -- avipascitah, people who are

undiscerning, of poor intellect, i.e. non-discriminating; veda-vada-ratah,

who remain engrossed in the utterances of the Vedas, in the Vedic

sentences which reveal many panegyrics, fruits of action and their

means; and vadinah, who declare, are apt tosay; iti, that; na anyat,

nothing else [God, Liberation, etc.]; asti, exists, apart from the rites and

duties conducive to such results as attainment of heaven etc. And they

are kamatmanah, have their minds full of desires, i.e. they are swayed by

desires, they are, by nature, full of desires; (and) svarga-parah, have

heaven as the goal. Those who accept heaven (svarga) as the supreme

(para) human goal, to whom heaven is the highest, are svarga-parah.

They utter that speech (-- this is supplied to construct the sentence --)

which janma-karma-phala-pradam, promises birth as a result of rites and

duties. The result (phala) of rites and duties (karma) is karma-phala. Birth

(janma) itself is the karma-phala. That (speech) which promises this is

janma-karma-phala-prada. (This speech) is kriya-visesa-bahulam, full of

various special rites; bhoga-aisvarya-gatim-prati, for the attainment of

enjoyment and affluence. Special (visesa) rites (kriya) are kriya-visesah.

The speech that is full (bahula) of these, the speech by which that is full

(bahula) of these, the speech by which these, viz objects such as

heaven, animals and sons, are revealed plentifully, is kriya-visesa-bahula.

Bhoga, enjoyment, and aisvarya, affluence, are bhoga-aisvarya. Their

attainment (gatih) is bhoga-aisvarya-gatih. (They utter a speech) that is

full of the specialized rites, prati, meant for that (attainment). The fools

who utter that speech move in the cycle of transmigration. This is the

idea.

2.44 And vyavasayatmika, one-pointed; buddhih, conviction, with

regard to Knowledge or Yoga; na vidhiyate, does not become

established, i.e. does not arise; samadhau, in the minds -- the word

samadhi being derived in the sese of that into which everthing is

gathered together for the enjoyment of a person --; bhoga-aisvaryaprasaktanam,

of those who delight in enjoyment and wealth, of those

who have the hankering that only enjoyment as also wealth is to be

sought for, of those who identify themselves with these; and apahrtacetasam,

of those whose intellects are carried away, whose

discriminating judgement becomes covered; taya, by that speech which

is full of various special rites.

2.45 To those who are thus devoid of discriminating wisdom, who

indulge in pleasure, [Here Ast. adds 'yat phalam tad aha, what result

accrues, that the Lord states:'-Tr.] O Arjuna, vedah, the Vedas;

traigunya-visayah, have the three qualities as their object, have the three

gunas, [Traigunya means the collection of the three qualities, viz sattva

(purity), rajas (energy) and tamas (darkness); i.e. the collection of

virtuous, vicious and mixed activities, as also their results. In this

derivative sense traigunya means the worldly life.] i.e. the worldly life, as

the object to be revealed. But you bhava, become; nistraigunyah, free

from the three qualities, i.e. be free from desires. [There is a seeming

conflict between the advices to be free from the three qualities and to be

ever-poised in the quality of sattva. Hence, the Commentator takes the

phrase nistraigunya to mean niskama, free from desires.] (Be)

nirdvandvah, free from the pairs of duality -- by the word dvandva,

duality, are meant the conflicting pairs [Of heat and cold, etc.] which are

the causes of happiness and sorrow; you become free from them. [From

heat, cold, etc. That is, forbear them.] You become nitya-sattvasthah,

ever-poised in the quality of sattva; (and) so also niryoga-ksemah,

without (desire for) acquisition and protection. Yoga means acquisition of

what one has not, and ksema means the protection of what one has. For

one who as 'acquisition and protection' foremost in his mind, it is difficult

to seek Liberation. Hence, you be free from acquisition and protection.

And also be atmavan, self-collected, vigilant. This is the advice given to

you while you are engaged in your own duty. [And not from the point of

view of seeking Liberation.]

2.46 If there be no need for the infinite results of all the rites and duties

mentioned in the Vedas, then why should they be performed as a

dedication to God? Listen to the answer being given: In the world,

yavan, whatever; arthah, utility, use, like bathing, drinking, etc.; one has

udapane, in a well, pond and other numerous limited reservoirs; all that,

indeed, is achieved, i.e. all those needs are fulfilled to that very extent;

sampluhtodake, when there is a flood; sarvatah, all arount. In a similar

manner, whatever utility, result of action, there is sarvesu, in all; the

vedesu, Vedas, i.e. in the rites and duties mentioned in the Vedas; all

that utility is achieved, i.e. gets fulfilled; tavan, to that very extent; in that

result of realization which comes brahmanasya, to a Brahmana, a

sannyasin; vijanatah, who knows the Reality that is the supreme Goal --

that result being comparable to the flood all around. For there is the

Upanisadic text, '...so all virtuous deeds performed by people get

included in this one...who knows what he (Raikva) knows...' (Ch. 4.1.4).

The Lord also will say, 'all actions in their totality culminate in

Knowledge' (4.33). [The Commentators quotation from the Ch. relates to

meditation on the qualified Brahman. Lest it be concluded that the

present verse relates to knowledge of the qualified Brahman only, he

quotes again from the Gita toshow that the conclusion holds good in the

case of knowledge of the absolute Brahman as well.] Therefore, before

one attains the fitness for steadfastness in Knowledge, rites and duties,

even though they have (limited) utility as that of a well, pond, etc., have

to be undertaken by one who is fit for rites and duties.

2.47 Te, your; adhikarah, right; is karmani eva, for action alone, not for

steadfastness in Knowledge. Even there, when you are engaged in

action, you have ma kadacana, never, i.e. under no condition whatever;

a right phalesu, for the results of action -- may you not have a hankering

for the results of action. Whenever you have a hankering for the fruits of

action, you will become the agent of acquiring the results of action. Ma,

do not; thus bhuh, become; karma-phalahetuh, the agent of acquiring

the results of action. For when one engages in action by being impelled

by thirst for the results of action, then he does become the cause for the

production of the results of action. Ma, may you not; astu, have; sangah,

an inclination; akarmani, for inaction, thinking, 'If the results of work be

not desired, what is the need of work which involves pain?'

2.48 If action is not to be undertaken by one who is under the impulsion

of the fruits of action, how then are they to be undertaken? This is being

stated: Yogasthah, by becoming established in Yoga; O Dhanajaya,

kuru, undertake; karmani, actions, for the sake of God alone; even there,

tyaktva, casting off; sangam, attachment, in the form, 'God will be

pleased with me.' ['Undertake work for pleasing God, but not for

propitiating Him to become favourable towards yourself.'] Undertake

actions bhutva, remaining; samah, equipoised; siddhi-asidhyoh, in

success and failure -- even in the success characterized by the

attainment of Knowledge that arises from the purification of the mind

when one performs actions without hankering for the results, and in the

failure that arises from its opposite. [Ignorance, arising from the impurity

of the mind.] What is that Yoga with regard to being established in which

it is said, 'undertake'? This indeed is that: the samatvam, equanimity in

success and failure; ucyate, is called; yogah, Yoga.

2.49 Then again, O Dhananjaya, as against action performed with

equanimity of mind for adoring God, karma, action undertaken by one

longing for the results; is, hi, indeed; durena, quite, by far; avaram,

inferior, very remote; buddhi-yogat, from the yoga of wisdom, from

actions undertaken with equanimity of mind, because it (the former) is

the cause of birth, death, etc. Since this is so, therefore, saranam

anviccha, take resort to, seek shelter; buddhau, under wisdom, which

relates to Yoga, or to the Conviction about Reality that arises from its

(the former's) maturity and which is the cause of (achieving) fearlessness.

The meaning is that you should resort to the knowledge of the supreme

Goal, because those who under take inferior actions, phala-hetavah,

who thirst for rewards, who are impelled by results; are krpanah, pitiable,

according to the Sruti, 'He, O Gargi, who departs from this world without

knowing this Immutable, is pitiable' (Br. 3.8.10). [See note under 2.7.-Tr.]

2.50 Listen to the result that one possessed of the wisdom of

equanimity attains by performing one's own duties: Buddhi-yuktah,

possessed of wisdom, possessed of the wisdom of equanimity; since

one jahati, rejects; iha, here, in this world; ubhe, both; sukrta-duskrte,

virtue and vice (righteousness and unrighteousness), through the

purification of the mind and acquisition of Knowledge; tasmat, therefore;

yujyasva, devote yourself; yogaya, to (Karma-) yoga, the wisdom of

equanimity. For Yoga is kausalam, skilfulness; karmasu, in action.

Skilfulness means the attitude of the skilful, the wisdom of equanimity

with regard to one's success and failure while engaged in actions

(karma) -- called one's own duties (sva-dharma) -- with the mind

dedicated to God. That indeed is skilfulness which, through equanimity,

makes actions that by their very nature bind give up their nature!

Therefore, be you devoted to the wisdom of equanimity.

2.51 The words 'phalam tyaktva, by giving up the fruits' are connected

with the remote word 'karmajam, produced by actions'. Hi, because;

[Because, when actions are performed with an attitude of equanimity, it

leads to becoming freed from sin etc. Therefore, by stages, it becomes

the cause of Liberation as well.] buddhi-yuktah, those who are devoted

to wisdom, who are imbued with the wisdom of equanimity; (they)

becoming manisinah, men of Enlightenment; tyaktva, by giving up;

phalam, the fruit, the acquisition of desirable and undesriable bodies;

[Desirable: the bodies of gods and others; undesirable: the bodies of

animals etc.] karmajam, produced by actions; gacchanti, reach; padam,

the state, the supreme state of Visnu, called Liberation; anamayam,

beyond evils, i.e. beyond all evils; by having become janma-bandhavinirmuktah,

freed from the bondage of birth -- birth (janma) itself is a

bondage (bandha); becoming freed from that --, even while living. Or: --

Since it (buddhi) has been mentioned as the direct cause of the

elimination of righteousness and unrighteousness, and so on, therefore

what has been presented (in the three verses) beginning with, 'O

Dhananjaya,...to the yoga of wisdom' (49), is enlightenment itself, which

consists in the realization of the supreme Goal, which is comparable to a

flood all around, and which arises from the purification of the mind as a

result of Karma-yoga. [In the first portion of the Commentary buddhi has

been taken to mean samattva buddhi (wisdom of equanimity); the

alternative meaning of buddhi has been taken as 'enlightenment'. So,

action is to be performed by taking the help of the 'wisdom about the

supreme Reality' which has been chosen as one's Goal.]

2.52 When is attained that wisdom which arises from the purification of

the mind brought about by the pursuit of (karma-) yoga? This is being

stated: Yada, when, [Yada: when maturity of discrimination is attained.]

at the time when; te, your; buddhih, mind; vyatitarisyati, will go beyond,

cross over; moha-kalilam, the turbidity of delusion, the dirt in the form of

delusion, in the form of non-discrimination, which, after confounding

one's understanding about the distinction between the Self and the not-

Self, impels the mind towards objects -- that is to say, when your mind

will attain the state of purity; tada, then, [Tada: then, when the mind,

becoming purified, leads to the rise of discrimination, which in turn

matures into detachment.] at that time; gantasi, you will acquire;

nirvedam, despassion; for srotavyasya, what has to be heard; ca, and;

srutasya, what has been heard. The idea implied is that, at that time

what has to be heard and what has been heard [What has to be

heard...has been heard, i.e. the scriptures other than those relating to

Self-knowledge. When discrimination referred to above gets matured,

then the fruitlessness of all things other than Self-knowledge becomes

apparent.] becomes fruitless.

2.53 If it be asked, 'By becoming possessed of the wisdom arising from

the discrimination about the Self after overcoming the turbidity of

delusion, when shall I attain the yoga of the supreme Reality which is the

fruit that results from Karma-yoga?', then listen to that; Yada, when at

the time when; te, your; buddhih, mind; that has become sruti-vipratipanna,

bewildered, tossed about, by hearing (the Vedas) that reveal

the diverse ends, means, and (their) relationship, i.e. are filled with

divergent ideas; sthasyati, will become; niscala, unshakable, free from

the trubulence in the form of distractions; and acala, steadfast, that is to

say, free from doubt even in that (unshakable) state; samadhau, in

samadhi, that is to say, in the Self -- samadhi being derived in the sense

of that in which the mind is fixed; tada, then, at that time; avapsyasi, you

will attain; yogam, Yoga, the enlightenment, Self-absorption, that arises

from discrimination. Having got an occasion for inquiry, Arjuna, with a

view to knowing the characteristics of one who has the realization of the

Self, [By the word samadhi is meant the enlightenment arising from

discrimination, which has been spoken of in the commentary on the

previous verse. The steadfastness which the monks have in that

enlightenment is called steadfastness in Knowledge. Or the phrase may

mean, 'the enlightenment achieved through meditation on the Self', i.e.

the realization of the supreme Goal.] asked:

2.54 O Kesava, ka, what; is the bhasa, description, the language (for

the description) -- how is he described by others --; sthita-prajnasya, of

a man of steady wisdom, of one whose realization, 'I am the supreme

Brahman', remains steady; samadhi-sthasya, of one who is Selfabsorbed?

Or kim, how; does the sthitadhih, dhih, man of steady

wisdom; himself probhaseta, speak? How does he asita, sit? How does

he vrajeta, move about? That is to say, of what kind is his sitting or

moving? Through this verse Arjuna asks for a description of the man of

steady wisdom.

2.55 In the verses beginning from, 'When one fully renounces...', and

ending with the completion the Chapter, instruction about the

characteristics of the man of steady wisdom and the disciplines (he had

to pass through) is being given both for the one who has, indeed,

applied himself to steadfastness in the Yoga of Knowledge after having

renounced rites and duties from the very beginning [Even while he is in

the stage of celibacy.], and for the one who has (applied himself to this

after having passed) through the path of Karma-yoga. For in all the

scriptures without exception, dealing, with spirituality, whatever are the

characteristics of the man of realization are themselves presented as the

disciplines for an aspirant, because these (characteristics) are the result

of effort. And those that are the disciplines requiring effort, they become

the characteristics (of the man of realization). [There are two kinds of

sannyasa -- vidvat (renunciation that naturally follows Realization), and

vividisa, formal renunciation for undertaking the disciplines which lead to

that Realization. According to A.G. the characteristics presented in this

and the following verses describe not only the vidvat-sannyasin, but are

also meant as disciplines for the vividisa-sannyasin.-Tr.] O Partha, yada,

when, at the time when; prajahati, one fully renounces; sarvan, all; the

kaman, desires, varieties of desires; manogatan, that have entered the

mind, entered into the heart --. If all desires are renounced while the

need for maintaining the body persists, then, in the absence of anything

to bring satisfaction, there may arise the possibility of one's behaving like

lunatics or drunkards. [A lunatic is one who has lost his power of

discrimination, and a drunkard is one who has that power but ignores it.]

Hence it is said: Tustah, remains satisfied; atmani eva, in the Self alone,

in the very nature of the inmost Self; atmana, by the Self which is his

own -- indifferent to external gains, and satiated with everything else on

account of having attained the nector of realization of the supreme Goal;

tada, then; ucyate, he is called; sthita-prajnah, a man of steady wisdom,

a man of realization, one whose wisdom, arising from the discrimination

between the Self and the not-Self, is stable. The idea is that the man of

steady wisdom is a monk, who has renounced the desire for progeny,

wealth and the worlds, and who delights in the Self and disports in the

Self.

2.56 Moreover, that munih, monk [Sankaracarya identifies the monk

with the man of realization.] ucyate, is then called; sthita-dhih, a man of

steady wisdom; when anudvignamanah, his mind is unperturbed;

duhkhesu, in sorrow -- when his mind remains unperturbed by the

sorrows that may come on the physical or other planes [Fever,

headache, etc. are physical (adhyatmika) sorrows; sorrows caused by

tigers, snakes, etc. are environmental (adhibhautika) sorrows; those

caused by cyclones, floods, etc. are super-natural (adhidaivika).

Similarly, delights also may be experienced on the three planes.] --; so

also, when he is vigata-sprhah, free from longing; sukhesu, for delights -

- when he, unlike fire which flares up when fed with fuel etc., has no

longing for delights when they come to him --; and vita-raga-bhayakrodhah,

has gone beyond attachment, fear and anger.

2.57 Further, prajna, the wisdom; tasya, of that person, fo that

sannyasin; pratisthita, remains established; yah, who; anabhi-snehah,

has no attachment for; sarvatra, anything anywhere, even for body, life,

etc.; who na abhinanadati, neither welcomes; na dvesti, nor rejects; tat

tat, anything whatever; subha-asubham, good or bad; propya, when he

comes across it, i.e. who does not rejoice on meeting with the good, nor

reject the bad on meeting with it. Of such a person, who is thus free

from elation or dejection, the wisdom arising from discrimination remains

established.

2.58 And besides, yada, when; ayam, this one, the sannyasin practising

steadfastness in Knowledge; samharate, fully withdraws; ['Fully'

suggests absolute firmness in withdrawal, and 'withdraws' suggests full

control over the organs] indriyani, the senses; indriya-arthebhyah, from

all the objects of the senses; iva, as; kurmah, a tortoise; sarvasah, wholly

(withdraws); angani, its limbs, from all sides out of fear; -- when the man

engaged in steadfastness to Knowledge withdraws thus, then tasya, his;

prajna, wisdom; pratisthita, remains established -- (the meaning of this

portion has already been explained). As to that, [That is , so far as the

phenomenal world is concerned.] the organs of a sick person, too,

cease to be active when the refrains from sense-objects; they get fully

withdrawn like the limbs of a tortoise. but not so the hankering for those

objects. How that (hankering) gets completely withdrawn is being stated:

2.59 Although visayah, the objects, (i.e.) the organs, figuratively implied

and expressed by the word 'objects', or, the objects themselves;

vinivartante, recede; niraharasya dehinah, from an abstinent man, from

an embodied being, even from a fool who engages in painful austerity

and abstains from objects; (still, they do so) rasavarjam, with the

exception of the taste (for them), with the exception of the hankering that

one has for objects. The word rasa is well known as referring to the

sense of taste (hankering), as in such expressions as, 'sva-rasena

pravrttah, induced by his own taste (i.e. willingly)', 'rasikah, a man of

tastes', 'rasajnah, a connoisseur (of tastes)', etc. Api, even that; rasah,

taste of the nature of subtle attachment; asya, of this person, of the

sannyasin; nivartate, falls away, i.e. his objective perception becomes

seedless; when drstva, after attaining; param, the Absolute, the Reality

which is the supreme Goal, Brahman, he continues in life with the

realization, 'I verily am That (Brahman).' In the absence of full realization

there can be no eradication of the 'hankering'. The idea conveyed is

that, one should therefore stabilize one's wisdom which is characterized

by full realization. [If it be held that attachment cannot be eliminated

without the knowledge of Brahman, and at the same time that the

knowledge of Brahman cannot arise until attachment is eradicated, then

we get involved in a vicious circle. In answer it is said that gross

attachments are eliminated through discrimination which restrains the

senses from being overpowered by objects. And the full Knowledge

arising thereof eliminates the subtle inclinations as well. Hence there is

no vicious circle involved.] Since the organs have to be first brought

under his own control by one who desires to establish firmly the wisdom

which is characterized by full realization, therefore the Lord speaks of the

evil that arises from not keeping them under control:

2.60 Hi, for; kaunteya, O son of Kunti; pramathini, the turbulent;

indriyani, organs; prasabham, violently; haranti, snatch away; manah, the

mind; vipascitah, of an intelligent; purusasya, person; api, even; yatatah,

while he is striving diligently [Repeatedly being mindful of the evils that

arise from sense-objects.] -- (or,) the words purusasya vipascitah (of an

intelligent person) are to be connected with the remote word api (even).

[The Commentator says that api may be construed either with yatatah or

with vipascitah purusasya.-Tr.] Indeed, the organs confound a person

who is inclined towards objects, and after confounding him, violently

carry away his mind endowed with discriminating knoweldge, even when

he is aware of this. Since this is so, therefore,

2.61 Samyamya, controlling, having subdued; sarvani, all; tani, of them;

asita, one should remain; yuktah, concentrated; mat-parah, on Me as

the supreme -- he to whom I, Vasudeva, the inmost Self of all, am the

supreme (parah) is mat-parah. The idea is, he should remain

(concentrated) thinking, 'I am not different from Him.' Hi, for; the prajna,

wisdom; tasya, of one, of the sannyasin remaining thus concentrated;

yasya, whose; indriyani, organs; are vase, under control, by dint of

practice; [The organs come under control either by constantly thinking of

oneself as non-different from the Self, or by constantly being mindful of

the evils that result from objects.] pratisthita, becomes steadfast. Now,

then, is being stated this [This:what is described in the following two

verses, and is also a matter of common experience.] root, cause of all

the evils that beset one who is the verge of being overwhelmed:

2.62 Pumsah, in the case of a person; dhyayatah, who dwells on, thinks

of; visayan, the objects, the specialities [Specialities: The charms

imagined in them.] of the objects such as sound etc.; upajayate, there

arises; sangah, attachment, fondness, love; tesu, for them, for those

objects. Sangat, from attachment, from love; sanjayate, grows; kamah,

hankering, thirst. When that is obstructed from any quarter, kamat, from

hankering; abhijayate, springs; krodhah, anger. Krodhat, from anger;

bhavati, follows; sammohah, delusion, absence of discrimination with

regard to what should or should not be done. For, an angry man,

becoming deluded, abuses even a teacher. Sammohat, from delusion;

(comes) smrti-vibhramah, failure of memory originating from the

impressions acquired from the instructions of the scriptures and

teachers. When there is an occasion for memory to rise, it does not

occur. Smrti-bhramsat, from that failure of memory; (results) buddhinasah,

loss of understanding. The unfitness of the mind to discriminate

between what should or should not be done is called loss of

understanding. Buddhi-nasat, from the loss of understanding;

pranasyati, he perishes. Indeed, a man continues tobe himself so long as

his mind remains fit to distinguish between what he ought to and ought

not do. When it becomes unfit, a man is verily ruined. Therefore, when

his internal organ, his understanding, is destroyed, a man is ruined, i.e.

he becomes unfit for the human Goal. Thinking of objects has been said

to be the root of all evils. After that, this which is the cause of Liberation

is being now stated: [If even the memory of objects be a source of evil,

then their enjoyment is more so. Hence, a sannyasin seeking Liberation

cannot avoid this evil, since he has to move about for food which is

necessary for the maintenance of his body. The present verse is an

answer to this apprehension.]

2.63 Pumsah, in the case of a person; dhyayatah, who dwells on, thinks

of; visayan, the objects, the specialities [Specialities: The charms

imagined in them.] of the objects such as sound etc.; upajayate, there

arises; sangah, attachment, fondness, love; tesu, for them, for those

objects. Sangat, from attachment, from love; sanjayate, grows; kamah,

hankering, thirst. When that is obstructed from any quarter, kamat, from

hankering; abhijayate, springs; krodhah, anger. Krodhat, from anger;

bhavati, follows; sammohah, delusion, absence of discrimination with

regard to what should or should not be done. For, an angry man,

becoming deluded, abuses even a teacher. Sammohat, from delusion;

(comes) smrti-vibhramah, failure of memory originating from the

impressions acquired from the instructions of the scriptures and

teachers. When there is an occasion for memory to rise, it does not

occur. Smrti-bhramsat, from that failure of memory; (results) buddhinasah,

loss of understanding. The unfitness of the mind to discriminate

between what should or should not be done is called loss of

understanding. Buddhi-nasat, from the loss of understanding;

pranasyati, he perishes. Indeed, a man continues tobe himself so long as

his mind remains fit to distinguish between what he ought to and ought

not do. When it becomes unfit, a man is verily ruined. Therefore, when

his internal organ, his understanding, is destroyed, a man is ruined, i.e.

he becomes unfit for the human Goal. Thinking of objects has been said

to be the root of all evils. After that, this which is the cause of Liberation

is being now stated: [If even the memory of objects be a source of evil,

then their enjoyment is more so. Hence, a sannyasin seeking Liberation

cannot avoid this evil, since he has to move about for food which is

necessary for the maintenance of his body. The present verse is an

answer to this apprehension.]

2.64 Certainly the functions of the organs are naturally preceded by

attraction and repulsion. This being so, caran, by perceiving; visayan,

objects, which are unavoidable; indriyaih, with the organs such as ears

etc.; raga-dvesa-viyuktaih, that are free from those attraction and

repulsion; and are atma-vasyaih, under his own control; vidheya-atma,

[A.G. takes atma-vasyaih in the sense of '(with the organs) under the

control of the mind'. He then argues that it the mind be not under

control, there can be no real control, over the organs. Hence the text

uses the second expression, 'vidheyatma, whose mind can be subdued

at will'. Here atma is used in the sense of the mind, according to the

Commentator himself.] the self-controlled man, whose mind can be

subdued at will, a seeker after Liberation; adhigacchati, attains;

prasadam, serenity, self-poise. What happens when there is serenity?

This is being answered:

2.65 Prasade, when there is serenity; upajayate, there follows; hanih,

eradication; asya sarva-duhkhanam, of all his, the sannyasin's, sorrow

on the physical and other planes. Moreover, (this is so) hi, because;

buddhih, the wisdom; prasanna-cetasah, of one who has a serene mind,

of one whose mind is poised in the Self; asu, soon; pari-avatisthate,

becomes firmly established; remains steady (avatisthate) totally (pari), like

the sky, i.e. it becomes unmoving in its very nature as the Self. The

meaning of the sentence is this: Since a person with such a poised mind

and well-established wisdom attains fulfilment, therefore a man of

concentration [A man who is free whom slavery to objects of the

senses.] ought to deal with the indispensable and scripturally nonforbidden

objects through his senses that are free from love and hatred.

That same serenity is being eulogized:

2.66 Ayuktasya, for the unsteady, for one who does not have a

concentrated mind; na asti, there is no, i.e. there does not arise;

buddhih, wisdom, with regard to the nature of the Self; ca, and; there is

no bhavana, meditation, earnest longing [Longing to have a continuous

remembrance of the knowledge of Brahman which arises in the mind

from hearing the great Upanisadic sayings (maha-vakyas).] for the

knowledge of the Self; ayuktasya, for an unsteady man. And similarly,

abhavayatah, for an unmeditative man, who does not ardently desire the

knowledge of the Self; there is no santih, peace, restraint of the senses.

Kutah, how can there be; sukham, happiness; asantasya, for one

without peace? That indeed is happiness which consists in the freedom

of the senses from the thirst for enjoyment of objects; not the thirst for

objects -- that is misery to be sure. The implication is that, so long as

thirst persists, there is no possibility of even an iota of happiness! It is

being stated why a man without concentration does not possess

wisdom:

2.67 Hi, for; yat manah, the mind which; anu-vidhiyate, follows in the

wake of; caratam, the wandering; indriyani, senses that are tending

towards their respective objects; tat, that, the mind engaged in thinking

[Perceiving objects like sound etc. in their respective varieties.] of the

objects of the senses; harati, carries away, destroys; asya, his, the

sannyasin's; prajnam, wisdom born from the discrimination between the

Self and the not-Self. How? Iva, like; vayuh, the wind; diverting a navam,

boat; ambhasi, on the waters. As wind, by diverting a boat on the waters

from its intended course, drives it along a wrong course, similarly the

mind, by diverting the wisdom from the pursuit of the Self, makes it

engage in objects. After having stated variously the reasons for the idea

conveyed through the verse, 'For, O son of Kunti,' etc. (60), and having

established that very idea, the Lord concludes thus:

2.68 Since the evils arising from the activities of the organs have been

described, tasmat, therefore; mahabaho, O mighty-armed one; tasya,

his, the sannyasin's; prajna, wisdom; pratisthita, becomes established;

yasya, whose; indriyani, organs; sarvasah, in all their varieties,

differentiated as mind etc.; nigrhitani, are withdrawn; indriya-arthebhyah,

from their objects such as sound etc. In the case of a man of steady

wisdom in whom has arisen discriminating knowledge, those which are

these ordinary and Vedic dealings cease on the eradication of ignorance,

they being effects of ignorance. And ignorance ceases because it is

opposed to Knowledge. For clarifying this idea, the Lord says:

2.69 ya, that which; sarva-bhutanam, for all creatures; is nisa, night --

which being darkness (tamah) by nature, obliterates distinctions among

all things; what is that? that is the Reality which is the supreme Goal,

accessible to the man of steady wisdom. As that which verily appears as

day to the nocturnal creatures is night for others, similarly the Reality

wich is the supreme Goal appears to be night, as it were, to all

unenlightened beings who are comparable to the nocturnal creatures,

because It is beyond the range of vision of those who are devoid of that

wisdom. Samyami, the self-restrained man, whose organs are under

control, i.e. the yogi [The man of realization.] who has arisen from the

sleep of ignorance; jagarti, keeps awake; tasyam, in that (night)

characterized as the Reality, the supreme Goal. That night of ignorance,

characterized by the distinctions of subjects and objects, yasyam in

which; bhutani, the creatures, who are really asleep; are said to be

jagrati, keeping awake, in which night they are like dreamers in sleep; sa

nisa, it is night; pasyatah, to the seeing; muneh, sage, who perceives the

Reality that is the supreme Goal, because that (night) is ignorance by

nature. Therefore, rites and duties are enjoined only during the state of

ignorance, not in the state of enlightenment. For, when Knowledge

dawns, ignorance becomes eradicated like the darkness of night after

sun-rise. [It may be argued that even after illumination the phenomenal

world, though it is known to be false, will continue to be perceived

because of the persistence of past impressions; therefore there is scope

for the validity of the scriptural injunctions even in the case of an

illumined soul. The answer is that there will be no scope for the

injunctions, because the man of realization will then have no ardent

leaning towards this differentiated phenomenal world which makes an

injunction relevant.] Before the rise of Knowledge, ignorance, accepted

as a valid means of knowledge and presenting itself in the different forms

of actions, means and results, becomes the cause of all rites and duties.

It cannot reasonably become the source of rites and duties (after

Realization) when it is understood as an invalid means of knowledge. For

an agent becomes engaged in actions when he has the idea, 'Actions

have been enjoined as a duty for me by the Vedas, which are a valid

means of knowledge'; but not when he understands that 'all this is mere

ignorance, like the night'. Again, the man to whom has come the

Knowledge that all these differences in their totality are mere ignorance

like the night, to that man who has realized the Self, there is eligibility

only for renouncing all actions, not for engaging in actions. In

accordance with this the Lord will show in the verse, 'Those who have

their intellect absorbed in That, whose Self is That' (5.17) etc., that he

has competence only for steadfastness in Knowledge. Objection: May it

not be argued that, there will be no reason for being engaged even in

that (steadfastness in Knowledge) if there be no valid means of

knowledge [Vedic injunctions.] to impel one to that. [Because, without an

injunction nobody would engage in a duty, much less in steadfastness to

Knowledge.] Answer: No, since 'knowledge of the Self' relates to one's

own Self. Indeed, by the very fact that It is the Self, and since the validity

of all the means of knowledge culminates in It, [The validity of all the

means of knowledge holds good only so long as the knowledge of the

Self has not arisen.] therefore the Self does not depend on an injunction

to impel It towards Itself. [Does the injunction relate to the knowledge of

the Self. or to the Self Itself? The first alternative is untenable because a

valid means of knowledge reveals its objects even without an injunction.

The second alternative also is untenable because the Self is selfrevealing,

whereas an injunction is possible in the case of something yet

to be achieved. And one's own Self is not an object of that kind.] Surely,

after the realization of the true nature of the Self, there is no scope again

for any means to, or end of, knowledge. The last valid means of (Self-)

knowledge eradicates the possibility of the Self's becoming a perceiver.

And even as it eradicates, it loses its own authoritativeness, in the same

way as the means of knowledge which is valid in dream becomes

unauthoritative during the waking state. In the world, too, after the

preception of an abject, the valid means of that perception is not seen to

be a cause impelling the knower (to any action with regard to that

object). Hence, it is established that, for an knower of the Self, there

remains no eligibility for rites and duties. The attainment of Liberation is

only for the sannyasin [Liberation is attained only by one who, after

acquiring an intellectual knowledge of the Self in a general way, is

endowed with discrimination and detachment, has arisen above all

desires, has become a monk in the primary sense, and has directly

realized the Self by going through the process of sravana (understanding

of Upanisadic texts about the Self), etc.], the man of enlightenment, who

has renounced all desires and is a man of steady wisdom; but not for

him who has not renounced and is desirious of the objects (of the

senses). Such being the case, with a view to establishing this with the

help of an illustration, the Lord says:

2.70 Sah, that man; apnoti, attains; santim, peace Liberation; yam, into

whom, into which person; sarve, all; kamah, desires, all forms of wishes;

pravisanti, enter, from all directions, like waters entering into a sea,

without overwhelming him even in the presence of objects; they vanish in

the Self, they do not bring It under their own influence, tadvat, in the

same way; yadvat, as; apah, waters, coming from all sides; pravisanti,

flow into; samudram, a sea; that remains acala-pratistham, unchanged,

that continues to be its own self, without any change; apuryamanam,

(even) when filled up from all sides with water. Na, not so the other; who

is kama-kami, desirous of objects. Kama means objects which are

sought after. He who is given to desire them is kama-kami. The idea

implied is that he never attains (peace). Since this is so, therefore.

2.71 Sah puman, that man who has become thus, the sannyasin, the

man of steady wisdom, the knower of Brahman; adhi-gacchati, attains;

santim, peace, called Nirvana, consisting in the cessation of all the

sorrows of mundane existence, i.e. he becomes one with Brahman; yah,

who; vihaya, after rejecting; sarvan, all; kaman, desires, without a trace,

fully; carati, moves about, i.e. wanders about, making efforts only for

maintaining the body; nihsprhah, free from hankering, becoming free

from any longing even for the maintenance of the body; nirmamah,

without the idea of ('me' and) 'mine', without the deeprooted idea of

'mine' even when accepting something needed merely for the upkeep of

the body; and nir-ahankarah, devoid of pride, i.e. free from self esteem

owing to learning etc. This steadfastness in Knowledge, which is such,

is being praised:

2.72 O Partha, esa, this, the aforesaid; is brahmisthitih, the state of

being established in Brahman, i.e. continuing (in life) in indentification

with Brahman, after renouncing all actions. Na vimuhyati, one does not

become deluded; prapya, after attaining ; enam, this Rcchati, one

attains; brahma-nirvanam, identification with Brahman, Liberation;

sthitva, by being established; asyam, in this, in the state of Brahmanhood

as described; api, even; anta-kale, in the closing years of one's life.

What need it be said that, one who remains established only in Brahman

during the whole life, after having espoused monasticism even from the

stage of celibacy, attains indetification with Brahman!

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 3

RO

error

error

3.3 Anagha, O unblemished one, O sinless one; [This word of address

suggests that Arjuna is qualified to receive the Lord's instruction.]

dvividha, two kinds of ; nistha, steadfastness, persistence in what is

undertaken; asmin loke, in this world, for the people of the three castes

who are qualified for following the scriptures; prokta, were spoken of;

maya, by Me, the omniscient God, who had revealed for them the

traditional teachings of the Vedas, which are the means of securing

prosperity and the highest Goal; pura, in the days of yore, in the

beginning the creation, after having brought into being the creatures.

Now then, which is that steadfastness of two kinds? In answer the Lord

says: The steadfastness jnanayogena, through the Yoga of Knowledge-

Knowledge itself being the Yoga [Here jnana, Knowledge, refers to the

knowledge of the supreme Reality, and Yoga is used in the derivative

sense of 'that (Knowledge) through which one gets united with

Brahman'.]-; had been stated sankhyanam, for the men of realizationthose

possessed of the Knowledge arising from the discrimination with

regard to the Self and the not-Self, those who have espoused

monasticism from the stage of Celibacy; itself, those to whom the entity

presented by the Vedantic knowledge has become fully ascertained (see

Mu. 3.2.6)-,the monks who are known as the parama-hamsas, those

who are established in Brahman alone. And the steadfastness karmayogena,

through the Yoga of Action-action itself being the Yoga [Yoga

here means 'that through which one gets united with, comes to have,

prosperity', i.e. such actions as go by the name of righteousness and are

prescribed by the scriptures.] had been stated yoginam, for the yogis,

the men of action (rites and duties). This is the idea. Again, had it been

intended or stated or if it will be stated in the Gita by the Lord-and if it

has also been so stated in the Vedas-that Knowledge and action are to

be practised in combination by one and the same person for attaining

the same human Goal, why then should He here tell His dear supplicant

Arjuna, that steadfastness in either Knowledge or action is to be

practised only by different persons who are respectively qualified? If, on

the other hand, it be supposed that the Lord's idea is, 'After hearing

about both Knowledge and action, Arjuna will himself practise them (in

combination); but, to others, I shall speak of them as being meant to be

pursued by different persons', then the Lord would be imagined to be

unreliable, being possessed of likes and dislikes! And that is untenable.

So, from no point of view whatsoever can there be a combination of

Knowledge and action. And what has been said by Arjuna regarding

superiority of Wisdom over action, that stands confirmed for not having

been refuted; and (it also stands confirmed) that steadfastness in

Knowledge is suitable for being practised by monks alone. And from the

statement that they (Knowledge and action) are to be followed by

different persons, it is understood that this has the Lord's approval.

Noticing that Arjuna had become dejected under the impression, 'You

are urging me to that very action which is a source of bondage', and

was thinking thus, 'I shall not undertake action', the Lord said, 'Na

karmanam anarambhat, not by abstaining from action,' etc. Or:-When

steadfastness in Knowledge and steadfastness in action become

incapable of being pursued simultaneously by one and the same person

owing to mutual contradiction, then, since it may be concluded that they

become the cause of attaining the human Goal independently of each

other, therefore, in order to show-that the steadfastness in action is a

means to the human Goal, not independently, but by virtue of being

instrumental in securing steadfastness in Knowledge; and that, on the

other hand, steadfastness in Knowledge, having come into being

through the means of steadfastness in action, leads to the human Goal

independently without anticipating anything else-,the Lord said:

3.4 Purusah, a person; na does not; asnute, attain; naiskarmyam,

freedom from action, the state of being free from action, steadfastness in

the Yoga of Knowledge, i.e. the state of abiding in one's own Self which

is free from action; anarambhat, by abstaining; karmanam, from actionsby

the non-performance of actions such as sacrifices etc. which are or

were performed in the present or past lives, which are the causes of the

purification of the mind by way of attenuating the sins incurred, and

which, by being the cause of that (purification), become the source of

steadfastness in Knowledge through the generation of Knowledge, as

stated in the Smrti (text), 'Knowledge arises in a person from the

attenuation of sinful acts' [the whole verse is: Jnanam utpadyate

pumsamksayatpapasya karmanah; Yathadarsatalaprakhye

pasyatyatmanamatmani. 'Knowledge arises...acts. One sees the Self in

oneself as does one (see oneself) in a cleaned surface of a mirror'.-Tr.]

(Mbh. Sa. 204.8). This is the import. From the statement that one does

not attain freedom from action by abstaining from actions, it may be

concluded that one attains freedom from action by following the

opposite course of performing actions. What, again, is the reason that

one does not attain freedom from action by abstaining from actions? The

answer is: Because performing actions is itself a means to freedom from

action. Indeed, there can be no attainment of an end without (its) means.

And Karma-yoga is the means to the Yoga of Knowledge characterized

by freedom from action, because it has been so established in the

Upanisads and here as well. As for the Upanisads, it has been shown in

the texts, 'The Brahmanas seek to know It through the study of the

Vedas, sacrifices, (charity, and austerity consisting in a dispassionate

enjoyment of sense-objects)' (Br. 4.4.22), etc. whch deal with the means

of realizing the goal of Knowledge under discussion, viz the Realm of the

Self, that the Yoga of Karma is a means to the Yoga of Knowledge . And

even here (in the Gita), the Lord will established that, 'But, O mightyarmed

one, renunciation is hard to attain without (Karma-)yoga' (5.6); 'By

giving up attachment, the yogis undertake work...for the purification of

themselves' (5.11); 'Sacrifice, charity and austerity are verily the purifiers

of the wise' (18.5), etc. Objection: Is it not that in such texts as-

'Extending to all creatures immunity from fear' (Na. Par. 5.43), (one

should take recourse to freedom from action)-, it is shown that

attainment of freedom from action follows even from the renunciation of

obligatory duties? And in the world, too, it is a better known fact that

freedom from action follows abstention from actions. Hence also arises

the question, 'Why should one who desires freedom from action

undertake action?' Reply: Therefore the Lord said: Na ca, nor; samadhigacchati,

does he attain; siddhim, fulfilment steadfastness in the Yoga of

Knowledge, characterized by freedom from action; sannyasanat eva,

merely through renunciation-even from the mere renunciation of actions

which is devoid of Knowledge. What, again, is the reason that by the

mere giving up of actions which is not accompanied with Knowledge, a

person does not attain fulfulment in the form of freedom from actions?

To this query seeking to know the cause, the Lord says:

3.5 Hi, because; na kascit, no one; jatu, ever; tisthati, remains; api,

even; for so much time as a ksanam, moment; akarma-krt, without doing

work. Why? Hi, for; sarvah, all creatures; karyate karma, are made to

work; verily avasah, under compulsion; gunaih, by the gunas-sattva

(goodness); rajas (activity), and tamas (mental darkness); prakrti-jaih,

born of Nature. The word 'unenlightened' has to be added to the

sentence, since the men of realzation have been spoken of separately in,

'who is not distracted by the three gunas (qualities)' (14.23). For Karmayoga

is meant only for the unenlightened, nor for the men of Knowledge.

Karma-yoga, on the other hand, is not pertinent for the men of

Knowledge who, because of their not moving away from their own Self,

are not shaken by the gunas. This has been explained similarly in, 'he

who has known this One as indestructible' (2.21). But, if one who is not

a knower of the self does not perform prescribed action, then this is

certainly bad. Hence the Lord says:

3.6 Yah, one who; samyamya, after withdrawing; karma-indriyani, the

organs of action-hands etc.; aste, sits; manasa, mentally; smaran,

recollecting, thinking; indriya-arthan, the objects of the senses; sah, that

one; vimudha-atma, of deluded mind; ucyate, is called; mithya-acarah, a

hypocrite, a sinful person.

3.7 Tu, but, on the other hand, O Arjuna; yah, one who is unenlightened

and who is eligible for action; arabhate, engages in;-what does he

engage in? the Lord says in answer-karma yogam, Karma-yoga; karmaindriyaih,

with the organs of action, with speech, hands, etc.; niyamya,

controlling; indriyani, the sense-organs; manasa, with the mind; and

becoming asaktah unattached; [Here Ast; adds 'phalabhisandhi-varjitah,

free from hankering for results'.-Tr.] sah, that one; visisyate, excels the

other one, the hypocrite. This being so, therefore,

3.8 Tvam, you, O Arjuna; kuru, perform; niyatam, the obligatory; karma,

duties, those daily obligatory duties (nitya-karmas) or which one is

competent (according to the scriptures), and which are not heard of

[although no result of daily obligatory duties is mentioned in the

scriptures, still Sankaracarya holds that it is either heaven or purification

of the heart, because something done must have its consequence.-Tr.]

as productive of any result; hi, for, from the point of view of result;

karma, action; is jyayah, superior; akarmanah, to inaction, to nonperformance

(of duties). Why? Ca, and; akarmanah, through inaction;

api, even; te sarira-yatra, the maintenance of your body; na prasiddhyet,

will not be possible. Therefore, the distinction between action and in

action is abvious in this world. 'And as regards your ideea that action

should not be udnertaken because it leads to bondage-that too is

wrong.' How?

3.9 Ayam, this; lokah, man, the one who is eligible for action; karmabandhanah,

becomes bound by actions- the person who has karma as

his bondage (bandhana) is karma-bandhanah-; anyatra, other than; that

karmanah, action; yajnarthat, meant for Got not by that meant for God.

According to the Vedic text, 'Sacrifice is verily Visnu' (Tai. Sam. 1.7.4),

yajnah means God; whatever is done for Him is yajnartham. Therefore,

mukta-sangah, without being attached, being free from attachment to

the results of actions; O son of Kunti, samacara, you perform; karma,

actions; tadartham, for Him, for God. An eligible person should engage

in work for the following reason also:

3.10 Pura, in the days of yore, in the beginning of creation; srstva,

having created; prajah, the beings, the people of the three castes; sahayajnah,

together with the sacrifices; Prajapati, the creator of beings,

uvaca, said; 'Anena, by this sacrifice; prasavisyadhvam, you multiply.'

Prasava means origination, growth. 'You accomplish that. Esah astu, let

this sacrifice be; vah, your; ista-kama-dhuk, yielder of coveted objects of

desire.' That which yields (dhuk) coveted (ista) objects of desire (kama),

particular results, is istakama-dhuk. How?

3.11 'Bhavayata, you nourish; devan, the gods, Indra and others;

anena, with this sarifice. Let te devah, those gods; bhavayantu, nourish;

vah, you-make you contented with rainfall etc. Thus bhavayantah,

nourishing; parasparam, one another; avapsyatha, you shall attain; the

param, supreme; sreyah, Good, called Liberation, through the attainment

of Knowledge;' or, 'you shall attain heaven-which is meant by param

'sreyah.' [The param sreyah (supreme Good) will either mean liberation

or heaven in accordance with aspirant's hankering for Liberation or

enjoyment.] Moreover,

3.12 'Yajna-bhavitah, being nourished, i.e. being satisfied, by sacrifices;

devah, the gods; dasyante hi, will indeed give, will distribute; among vah,

you; the istan, coveted; bhogan, enjoyments, such as wife, childeren and

cattle. Sah, he; is eva, certainly; a stenah, thief, a stealer of the wealth of

gods and others; yah, who; bhunkte, enjoys, gratifies only his own body

and organs; with dattan, what enjoyable things have been given; taih, by

them, by the gods; apradaya, without offering (these); ebhyah, to them,

i.e. without repaying the debt [The three kinds of debt-to the gods, to

the rsis (sage), and to the manes-are repaid by satisfying them through

sacrifices, celibacy (including study of the Vedas, etc.), and procreation,

respectively. Unless one repays these debts, he incurs sin.] to them.'

3.13 Those again, who are yajna-sista-asinah, partakers of the

remnants of sacrifices, who, after making offering to the gods and

others, [The panca-maha-yajnas, five great offerings, which have to be

made by every householder are offerings to gods, manes, humans,

creatures and rsis (sages).] are habituated to eat the remnants (of those

offerings), called nectar; they, santah, by being (so); mucyante, become

freed; sarva-kilbisaih, from all sins-from those sins incurred through the

five things [the five things are; oven, water-pot, cutting instruments,

grinding machines and broom. A householder incurs sin by killing insects

etc. with these things, knowingly or unknowingly. It is atoned by making

the aforesaid five offerings.], viz oven etc., and also from those others

incurred owing to injury etc. caused inadvertently. Tu, but; the papah,

unholy persons, who are selfish; ye, who; pacanti, cook; atma-karanat,

for themselves; te, they, being themselves sinful; bhunjate, incur; agham,

sin. For the following reasons also actions should be undertaken by an

eligible person. Action is definitely the cause of the movement of the

wheel of the world. How? This is being answered:

3.14 It is a matter of direct perception that annat, from food, which is

eaten and is transformed into blood and semen; bhavanti, are born;

bhutani, the creatures. Anna-sambhavah, the origin of food; is parjanyat,

from rainfall. Parjanyah, rainfall; bhavati, originates; from yajnat, from

sacrifice. This accords with the Smrti, 'The oblations properly poured

into fire reaches the sun. From the sun comes rain, from rain comes

food, and from the sun comes rain, from rain comes food, and from that

the creatures' (Ma.Sm.3.76). (Here) sacrifice means its unique [Also

termed as the unseen result (adrsta).-Tr.] result. And that sacrifice, i.e.

the unique result, which arises (samudbhavah) from action (karma)

undertaken by the priest and the sacrificer, is karma-samudbhavah; it

has action for its origin.

3.15 Again, [a different reading in place of this is: 'Tat ca vividham

karma kuto jatamityaha, From where did those various kinds of action

originate? In reply the Lord says...' Still another reading is: 'Tat ca karma

brahmodbhavam iti aha, And the Lord says: That action has the Vedas

as its origin.'-vide A.A., 1936, p. 116). Astekar's reading is: Tat ca evam

vidham karma kuto jatamityaha, And from where has this kind of aciton

originated? The answers this.'-Tr.] viddhi, know; that karma, action; is

brahmodbhavam, it has Brahma, the Veda, as its udbhavam, origin.

[Here Ast. adds 'revealer'-Tr.] Further, Brahma, called the Veda, is

aksara-samudbhavam, it has aksara, the Immutable, Brahman, the

supreme Self, as its source. This is the meaning. Since the Veda came

out, like the breath of a man, from the supreme Self Itself, called the

Immutable, therefore the Veda, being the revealer of everything, is sarvagatam,

all pervading. Even though all-pervading, the Veda is nityam, for

ever; pratisthitam, based; yajne, on sacrifice, because the injunctions

about sacrifices predominate in it.

3.16 O Partha, sah, he; jivati, lives; mogham, in vain; yah, who, though

competent for action; na anuvartayati, does not follow; iha, here, in the

world; cakram, the wheel of the world; evam, thus; pravartitam, set in

motion, by God, on the basis of the Vedas and the sacrifices; aghayuh,

whose life (ayuh) is sinful (agham), i.e. whose life is vile; and indriyaaramah,

who indulges in the senses-who has his arama, sport,

enjoyment, with objects, indriyaih, through the senses. Therefore, the

gist of the topic under discussion is that action must be undertaken by

one who is qualified (for action) but is unenlightened. In the verses

beginning from, '(A person does not attain freedom from action by

adstaining from action' (4) and ending with, 'You perform the obligatory

duties...And, through inaction, even the maintenance of your body will

not be possible' (8), it has been proved that before one attains fitness for

steadfastness in the knowledge of the Self, it is the bounden duty of a

person who is qualified for action, but is not enlightened, to undertake

Karma-yoga for that purpose. And then, also in the verses commencing

from '(This man becomes bound) by actions other than that action

meant for God' (9) and ending with 'O Partha, he lives in vain,' many

reasons [Such as, that it pleases God, secures the affection of the gods,

and so on.] have been incidentally stated as to why a competent person

has to undertake actions; and the evils arising from their nonperformance

have also been emphatically declared. Such being the

conclusion, the question arises whether the wheel thus set in motion

should be followed by all, or only by one who is ignorant of the Self and

has not attained to the steadfastness which is fit to be practised by the

Sankhyas, the knowers of the Self, through the Yoga of Knowledge only,

and which is acquired by one ignorant of the Self through the means of

the practice of Karma-yoga mentioned above? Either anticipating

Arjuna's question to this effect, or in order to make the meaning of the

scripture (Gita) clearly understood, the Lord, revealing out of His own

accord that the following substance of the Upanisads-Becoming freed

from false knowledge by knowing this very Self, the Brahmanas

renounce what is a compulsory duty for those having false knoweldge,

viz, desire for sons, etc., and then lead a mendicant life just for the

purpose of maintaining the body; they have no duty to perform other

than steadfastness in the knowledge of the Self (cf. Br. 3.5.1)-has been

presented here in the Gita, says:

3.17 Tu, but; that manavah, man, the sannyasin, the man of

Knowledge, steadfast in the knowledge of the Self; yah, who; atmaratih

eva syat, rejoices only in the Self-not in the sense objects; and atmatrptah,

who is satisfied only with the Self-not with food and drink; and is

santustah, contented; eva, only; atmani, in the Self; tasya, for him; na

vidyate, there is no; karyam, duty [Duty with a view to securing

Liberation.] to perform. [Rati, trpti and santosa, though synonymous, are

used to indicate various types of pleasures. Or, rati means attachment to

objects; trpti means happiness arising from contact with some particular

object; and santosa means happiness in general, arising from the

acquisition of some coveted object only.] All people surely feel contened

by acquiring an external thing. But this one, without depending on it,

remains contented only with the Self; thta is to say, he remains detached

from everything. The idea it that, for a man who is such a knower of the

Self, there is no duty to undertake.

3.18 Moreover, tasya, for him, who rejoices in the supreme Self; na,

there is no; artham, concern; eva, at all; krtena, with performing action.

Objection: In that case, let there be some evil called sin owing to nonperformance!

Reply: Iha, here, in this world; na, nor is there; for him

kascana, any (concern); akrtena, with nonperfromance. Certainly there is

no evil in the form of incurring sin or in the form of self-destruction. Ca,

moreover; asya, for him; na asti, there is no; kascit artha-vyapasrayah

sarva-bhutesu, dependence on any object, from Brahma to an unmoving

thing, to serve any purpose. Vyapasrayah is the same as

vyapasrayanam, dependence, which is possible of being created by

action promted by necessity. (For him) there is no end to gain by

depending on any praticular object, due to which there can be some

action for that purpose. 'You (Arjuna) are not established in this fullest

realization which is comparable to a flood all around.'

3.19 Since this is so, therefore, asaktah, remaining unattached;

samacara, perform; satatam, always; karyam, the obligatory; daily

karma, duty; hi, for; acaran, by performing; (one's) karma, duty; asaktah,

without attachment, by doing work as a dedication to God; purusah, a

person; apnoti, attains; param, the Highest, Liberation, through the

purification of the mind. This is meaning. And (you should perform your

duty) for the following reason also:

3.20 Hi, for; in the olden days, the leaned Ksatriyas, janakadayah,

Janaka and others such as Asvapati; asthitah, strove to attain;

samsiddim, Liberation; karmana eva, through action itself. If it be that

they were possessed of the fullest realization, then the meaning is that

they remained established in Liberation whlile continuing, because of

past momentum, to be associated with action itself-without renouncing

it-with a veiw to preventing mankind from going astray. Again, if (it be

that) Janaka and others had not attained fullest realization, then, they

gradually became established in Liberation through action which is a

means for the purification of the mind. The verse is to be explained thus.

On the other hand, if you think, 'Obligatory duty was performed even by

Janaka and others of olden days who were surely unenlightened.

[Ajanadbhih: This is also translated as, 'surely because they were

unenlightened'.-Tr.] There by it does not follow that action has to be

undertaken by somebody else who has the fullest enlightenment and has

reached his Goal', nevertheless, tvam, you, who are under the influence

of past actions; arhasi, ought; kartum, to perform (your duties);

sampasyan api, keeping also in view; loka-sangraham, [V.S.A gives the

meanings of the phrase as 'the welfare of the world', and 'propitiation of

mankind'.-Tr. ] the prevention of mankind from going astray; even that

purpose. By whom, and how, is mankind to be prevented from going

astray? That is being stated: [In Ast. this introductory sentence is as

follows:loka-samgrahah kimartham kartavyam iti ucyate.-Tr.]

3.21 Yat yat, [This is according to the Ast. The G1. Pr. reads, yat yat

yesu yesu.-Tr.] whatever action; a sresthah, superior person, a leader;

acarati, does; itarah, another; janah, person, who follows him; does tat

tat eva, that very action. Further, yat, whatever; sah, he, the superior

person; kurute, upholds; as pramanam, authority, be it Vedic or secular;

lokah, an ordinary person; anuvartate, follows; tat, that, i.e. he accepts

that very thing as authoritative. 'If you have a doubt here with regard to

the duty of preventing people from straying, then why do you not

observe Me?'

3.22 O Partha, na asti, there is no; kartavyam, duty; kincana,

whatsoever; me, for Me (to fulfill); even trisu lokesu, in all the three

worlds. Why? There is na anavaptam, nothing (that remains) unachieved;

or avaptavyam, to be achieved. Still varte eva, do I continue; karmani, in

action.

3.23 Again, O Partha, yadi, if; jatu, at any time; aham, I; an, do not;

varteyam, continue; atandritah, vigilantly, untiringly; karmani, in action;

manusyah, men: anuvartante, willl follow; mama, My; vartma, path;

sarvasah, in every way, I being the Highest. And if that be so, what is

the harm? In reply the Lord says: [Ast. omits this sentence completely.-

Tr.]

3.24 Cet, if; aham, I; na kuryam, do not perform; karma, action; all ime,

these; lokah, worlds; utsideyuh, will be ruined, owing to the obsence of

work responsible for the maintenance of the worlds. Ca, and, futher;

syam, I shall become; karta, the agent; sankarasya, of intermingling (of

castes). Consequently, upahanyam, I shall be destroying; imah, these;

prajah, beings. That is to say, I who am engaged in helping the

creatures, shall be destroying them. This would be unbefitting of Me,

who am God. 'On the other, if, like Me, you or some one else possesses

the conviction of having attained Perfection and is a knower of the Self, it

is a duty of such a one, too, to help others even if there be no obligation

on his own part.'

3.25 O scion of the Bharata dynasty, yatha, as; some avidvamsah,

unenlightened poele; kurvanti, act. saktah, with attachment; karmani, to

work, (thinking) 'The reward of this work will accrue to me'; tatha, so;

should vidvan, the enlightened person, the knower of the Self; kuryat,

act; asaktah, without attachment, remaining unattached. [Giving up the

idea of agentship and the hankering for the rewards of actions to

oneself.] Whay does he (the enlightened person) act like him (the

former)? Listen to that: Cikirsuh, being desirous of achieving;

lokasamgraham, prevention of people from going astray. 'Neither for Me

who am a knower of the Self, nor for any other (knower of the Self) who

wants thus prevent people from going astray, is there any duty apart

from working for the welfare of the world. Hence, the following advice is

being given to such a knower of the Self:'

3.26 Vidvan the enlightened man; na janayet, should not create; buddhibhedam,

disturbance in the beliefs-disturbance in the firm belief, 'This

has to be done; and the result of this action is to be reaped by me';

ajnanam, of the ignorant, of the non-discriminating one; karmasanginam,

who are attached to work. But what should he do? Himself

samacaran, working, performing those very activities of the ignorant;

yuktah, while remaining diligent; josayet, he should make them do;

sarva-karmani, all the duties. How does an anillumined, ignorant person

be come attached to actions? In reply the Lord says:

3.27 Karmani kriyamanani, while actions, secular and scriptural, are

being done; sarvasah, in ever way; gunaih, by the gunas, (i.e.) by the

modifications in the form of body and organs; (born) prakrteh, of Nature-

Nature, (otherwise known as) Pradhana [Pradhana, Maya, the Power of

God.], being the state of equilibrium of the three qualities of sattva, rajas

and tamas; ahankara-vimudha-atma, one who is deluded by egoism;

manyate, thinks; iti, thus; 'Aham karta, I am the doer.' Ahankara is selfidentification

with the aggregate of body and organs. He whose atma,

mind, is vimudham, diluded in diverse ways, by that (ahankara) is

ahankara-vimudha-atma. He who imagines the characteristics of the

body and organs to be his own, who has self-identification with the body

and the organs, and who, through ignorance, believes the activities to be

his own-, he thinks, 'I am the doer of those diverse activities.'

3.28 Tu, but, on the other hand; he who is a knower, tattva-vit, a

knower of the facts;-knower of what kinds of facts?-guna-karmavibhagayoh,

about the varieties of the gunas and actions, i.e. a knower

of the diversity of the gunas and the diversity of acitons; [Guna-vibhaga

means the products of Prakrti which consists of the three gunas. They

are the five subtle elements, mind, intellect, ego, five sensory organs, five

motor organs and five objects (sound etc.) of the senses. Karma-vibhaga

means the varieties of inter-actions among these.-Tr.] na sajjate, does

not become attached; iti matva, thinking thus; 'Gunah, the gunas in the

form of organs;-not the Self-vartante, rest (act); gunesu, on the gunus in

the form of objects of the organs.'

3.29 Those again, guna-sammudhah, who are wholly deluded by the

gunas; prakrteh, of Nature; sajjante, become attached; guna karmasu, to

the activities of the gunas, thining, 'We do actions for results.' Krtsna-vit,

the knower of the All, one who is himself a knower of the Self; na

vicalayet, should not disturb; tan, those who are attached to actions;

(who are) mandan, of dull intellect; akrtsnavidah, who do not know the

All, who are all attention on the results of actions. Unsetting of beliefs is

itself the disturbance. That he should not do. This is the idea. Again, in

what manner should duties be under-taken by a seeker after Liberation

who is not enlightened, who is qualified for actions (rites and duties)? As

to this, the answer is being stated:

3.30 Vigata-jvarah, devoid of the fever of the soul, i.e. being free from

repentance, without remorse; yuddhyasva, engage in battle; sannyasya,

by dedicating; sarvani, all; karmani, actions; mayi, to Me, who am

Vasudeva, the omniscient supreme Lord, the Self of all; adhyatmacetasa,

with (your) mind intent on the Self-with discriminating wisdom,

with this idea, 'I am an agent, and I work for God as a servant'; and

further, bhutva, becoming; nirasih, free from expectations ['Free from

expectations of results for yourself']; and nirmamah, free from egoism.

You from whom has vanished the idea, '(this is) mine', are nirmamah.

3.31 Ye, those; manavah, men; who (nityam, ever;) anutisthanti, follow

accordingly; me matam, My teaching- this teaching of Mine, viz that

'duty must be performed', which has been stated with valid reasoning;

sraddhavantah, with faith; and anasuyantah, without cavil, without

detracing Me, Vasudeva, the Teacher [Here Ast. adds 'parama,

supreme'-Tr.]; te api, they also, who are such; mucyante, become freed;

karmabhih, from actions called the righteous and the unrighteous.

3.32 Tu, but; ye, those who are the opposite of them (the former); who

abhyasuyantah, decrying; etat, this instruction of Mine; na, do not;

anutisthanti, follow; me, My; matam, teaching, they are deluded in

various ways with respect to all knowledge. Viddhi, know; tan, them;

sarva-jnana-vimudhan, who are deluded about off knowledge; acetasah,

who are devoid of discrimination; nastan, to have gone to ruin. 'For

what reason, again, do they not follow your teachings, perform duties

that are not theirs and not follow their own duties? How is it that by

remaining opposed to You, they do not fear the evil which will arise from

transgressing Your commandments? As to that, the Lord says:

3.33 Api, even; jnanavan, a man of wisdom-what to speak of a fool!;

cestate, behaves; Sadrsam, according to;-what? svasyah, his own;

prakrteh, nature. Nature means the impressions of virtue, vice, etc. [Also,

knowledge, desires, and so on.] acquired in the past (lives) and which

become manifest at the commencement of the present life. All creatures

(behave) according to that only. Therefore, bhutani, beings; yanti, follow;

(their) prakrtim, nature. Nigrahah kim karisyati, what can restraint do, be

it from Me or anybody else? If all beings behave only according to their

own nature-and there is none without his nature-, then, since there

arises the contingency of the scriptures becoming purposeless owing to

the absence of any scope for personal effort, therefore the following is

being stated:

3.34 Raga-dvesau, attraction and repulsion, in the following mannerattraction

towards desirable things, and repulsion against undesirable

things; (vyavasthitau, are ordained,) are sure to occur, arthe, with regard

to objects such as sound etc.; indriyasya indriyasya, of all the organs,

with regard to each of the organs. As to that, the scope of personal

effort and scriptural purpose are being stated as follows: One who is

engaged in the subject-matter of the scriptures should, in the very

beginning, not come under the influence of love and hatred. For, that

which is the nature of a person impels him to his actions, verily under the

influence eof love and hatred. And then follow the rejection of one's own

duty and the undertaking of somebody else's duty. On the other hand,

when a person controls love and hatred with the help of their opposites

[Ignorance, the cause of love and hatred, has discrimination as its

opposite.], then he becomes mindful only of the scriptural teachings; he

ceases to be led by his nature. Therefore, na agacchet, one should not

come; vasam, under the sway; tayoh, of these two, of love and hatred; hi

because; tau, they; are asya, his, this person's pari-panthinau,

adversaries, who, like robbers, put obstacles on his way to Liberation.

This is the meaning. In this world, one impelled by love and hatred

misinterprets even the teaching of the scriptures, and thinks that

somebody else's duty, too, has to be undertaken just because it is a

duty! That is wrong:

3.35 Svadharmah, one's own duty; being practised even though

vigunah, defective, deficient; is sreyan, superior to, more commendable

than; para-dharmat, another's duty; though svanusthitat, wellperformed,

meritoriously performed. Even nidhanam, death; is sreyah,

better; while engaged svadharme, in one's own duty, as compared with

remaining alive while engaged in somebody else's duty. Why?

Paradharmah, another's duty; is bhayavahah, fraught with fear, since it

invites dangers such as hell etc. Although the root cause of evil was

stated in, 'In the case of a person who dwells on objects' (2.62) and

'.....because they (attraction and repulsion) are his adversaries' (34), that

was presented desultorily and vaguely. Wishing to know it briefly and

definitely as, 'This is thus, to be sure', Arjuna, with the idea, 'When this

indeed becomes known, I shall make effort for its eradication', said:

3.36 Atha, now then; varsneya, O scion of the Vrsni dynasty; being

prayuktah, impelled; kena, by what acting as the cause; as a servant is

by a king, does ayam, this; purusah, man; carati, commit; papam, sin, a

sinful act; api, even; anicchan, against his wish, though not himself

willing; niyojitah, being constrained; balat, by force; iva, as it were-as if

by a king, which illustration has already been given? The Lord (Bhagavan)

said: 'You hear about that enemy, the source of all evil, of which

you ask-.' 'Bhaga is said to consist of all kinds of majesty, virtue, fame,

beauty, detachment as well as Liberation [Liberation stands for its cause,

Illumination.], (V.P.6.5.74). That Vasudeva, in whom reside for ever,

unimpeded and in their fullness, the six qualities of majesty etc. and who

has the knowledge of such subjects as creation etc., is called Bhagavan.

'He is spoken of as Bhaga-van who is aware of creation and

dissolution, gain and loss, [Gain and loss stand for future prosperity and

adversity.] ignorance and Illumination of all beings' (ibid. 78).

3.37 Esah, this; kamah, desire, is the enemy of the whole world,

because of which the creatures incur all evil. This desire when

obstructed in any way turns into anger. Therefore, krodhah, anger, is

also identical with this (desire). It is rajoguna-samudbhavah, born of the

quality of rajas; or, it is the origin of the quality of rajas. For, when desire

comes into being, it instigates a person by arousing rajas. People who

are engaged in service etc., which are effects of rajas, and who are

stricken with sorrow are heard to lament, 'I have been led to act by

desire indeed!' It is mahaasanah, a great devourer, whose food is

enormous. And hence, indeed, it is maha-papma, a great sinner. For a

being commits sin when goaded by desire. Therefore, viddhi, know;

enam, this desire; to be vairinam, the enemy; iha, here in this world.

With the help of examples the Lord explains how it is an enemy:

3.38 Yatha, as; vahnih, fire, which is naturally bright; avriyate, is

enveloped; dhumena, by smoke, which is born concomitantly (with fire)

and is naturally dark; or as adarsah, a mirror; is covered malena, by dirt;

ca, and; garbhah, a foetus; is avrtah, enclosed; ulbena, in the womb by

the amnion; tatha, so; is idam, this; avrtam, shrouded; tena, by that.

Again, what is that which is indicated by the word idam (this), and which

is covered by desire? The answer is:

3.39 Jnanam, Knowledge; is avrtam, covered; etena, by this;

nityavairina, constant enemy; jnaninah, of the wise. For the wise person

knows even earlier, 'I am being induced by this into evil.' And he always

[Both at the time when desire arises in him, and also when he is forced

to act by it.] feels distressed. Therefore, it is the constant enemy of the

wise but not of a fool. For the fool looks upon desire as a friend so long

as hankering lasts. When sorrow comes as a consequence, he realizes,

'I have been driven into sorrow because of longings', but certainly not

earlier. Therefore it is the constant enemy of the wise alone. In what

form? Kama-rupena, in the form of desire-tha which has wish itself as its

expression is kama-rupa; in that form-; (and) duspurena, which is an

insatiable; analena, fire. That which is difficult to satisfy is duspurah; and

(derivatively) that which never has enough (alam) is analam. Again,

having what as its abode does desire, in the form of a viel over

Knowledge, become the enemy of all? Since when the abode of an

enemy is known, it is possible to easily slay the enemy, therefore the

Lord says:

3.40 Indriyani, the organs; manah, mind; and buddhih, the intellect;

ucyate, are said to be; asya, its, desire's; adhisthanam, abode. Esah,

this one, desire; vimohayati, diversely deludes; dehinam, the embodied

being; avrtya, by veiling; jnanam, Knowledg; etaih, with the help of these,

with the organs etc. which are its abodes. [The activities of the organs

etc. are the media for the expression of desire. Desire covers the

Knoweldge of the Self by stimulating these.]

3.41 Since this is so, therefore, O scion of the Bharata dynasty, adau

niyamya, after first controlling; indriyani, the organs; prajahihi, renounce;

enam, this one, the enemy under consideration; which is papmanam,

sinful-which is desire that is accustomed to sinning; and jnana-vijnananasanam,

a destroyer of learning and wisdom, jnana, learning, means

knowledge about the Self etc. from the scripures and a teacher. Vijnana,

wisdom, means the full experience of that. Renounce, i.e. discard, from

yourself the destroyer of those two-learning and wisdom, which are the

means to the achievement Liberation. It has been said, 'After first

controlling the organs, renounce desire the enemy'. As to that, by taking

the support of what should one give up desire? This is being answered:

error

3.43 Buddhva, understanding; atmanam, the Self; evam, thus; as

param, superior; buddheh, to the intellect; and samstabhya, completely

establishing; atmana, with the mind, i.e. establishing (the Self) fully in

spiritual absorption with the help of your own purified mind; O mightyarmed

one, jahi, vanquish; this satrum, enemy; kama-rupam, in the form

of desire; which is durasadam, difficult to subdue-which can be got hold

of with great difficulty, it being possessed of many inscrutable

characteristics.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 4

RO

4.1 In the beginning of creation, with a veiw to infusing vigour into the

Ksatriyas who are the protectors of the world, aham, I; proktavan,

imparted; imam, this; avyayam, imperishable; yogam, Yoga, presented in

the (preceding) two chapters; vivasvate, to Vivasvan, the Sun. Being

endowed with this power of Yoga, they would be able to protect the

Brahmana caste. The protection of the world becomes ensured when

the Brahmanas and the Ksatriyas are protected. It (this Yoga) is

avyayam, imperishable, because its result is undecaying. For, the resultcalled

Liberation-of this (Yoga), which is characterized by steadfastness

in perfect Illumination, does not decay. And he, Vivasvan, praha, taught

(this); manave, to Manu. Manu abravit, transmitted (this); iksvakave, to

Iksvaku, his own son who was the first king. [First king of the Iksvaku

dynasty, otherwise known as the Solar dynasty.]

4.2 Rajarsayah, the king-sages, those who were kings and sages (at the

same time); viduh, knew; imam, this Yoga; which was evam paramparapraptam,

received thus through a regular succession of Ksatriyas. Sah,

that; yogah, Yoga; nastah, is lost, has go its traditional line snapped; iha,

now; mahata kalena, owing to a long lapse of time. parantapa, O

destroyer of foes. By para are meant those against oneself. He who, like

the sun, 'scorches' (tapayati) them by the 'rays' of the 'heat' of his

prowess is parantapa, i.e. scorcher of antagonists. Noticing that the

Yoga has got lost by reaching people who are weak and have no control

of their organs, and that the world has become associated with goals

that do not lead to Liberation,

4.3 Sah, that; puratanah, ancient; yogah, Yoga; eva, itself; ayam, which

is this; proktah, has been taught; te, to you; maya, by Me; adya, today;

iti, considering that; asi, you are; me, My; bhaktah, devotee; ca sakha,

and friend. Hi, for; etat, this Yoga, i.e. Knowledge; is a uttamam,

profound; rahasyam, secret. Lest someone should understand that the

Lord has said something contradictory, therefore, in order to prevent

that (doubt), as though raising a question,

4.4 Bhavatah, Your; janma, was aparam, later, in the abode of

Vasudeva; (whereas) the birth vivasvatah, of Visvasvan, the Sun; was

param, earlier, in the beginning of creation. Therefore, katham, how;

vijanyam, am I to understand; etat, this, as not inconsistent; iti, that;

tvam, You, yourself; who proktavan, insturcted this Yoga; adau, in the

beginning, are the same person who are now teaching me? By way of

demolishing the doubt of fools with regard to Vasudeva, that He has no

God-hood and omniscience-to which very purpose was Arjuna's

question-

4.5 O Arjuna, bahuni, many; janmani, lives; me, of Mine; vyatitani, have

passed; tava ca, and so have yours. Aham, I; veda know; tani, them;

sarvani, all; (but) tvam, you; va vetta, know not, due to your power of

understanding being obstructed by righteousness, unrighteousness, etc.

However, parantapa, O scorcher of foes; aham, I know, possessing as I

do unobstructed power of knowledge, because by nature I am enternal,

pure, enlightened and free. 'In that case, how, in spite of the absence of

righteousness and unrighteousness, can there be any birth for You who

are the eternal God?' That is beng answered:

4.6 Api, san ajah, though I am birthless; and avyayatma, undecaying by

nature, though I am naturally possessed of an undiminishing power of

Knowledge; and so also api san, though; isvarah, the Lord, natural Ruler;

bhutanam, of beings, from Brahma to a clump of grass; (still) adhisthaya,

by subjugating; svam, My own; prakrtim, Prakrti, the Maya of Visnu

consisting of the three gunas, under whose; spell the whole world exists,

and deluded by which one does not know one's own Self, Vasudeva;-by

subjugating that Prakrti of Mine, sambhavami, I take birth, appear to

become embodeid, as though born; atma-mayaya, by means of My own

Maya; but not in reality like an ordinary man. It is being stated when and

why that birth occurs:

4.7 O scion of the Bharata dynasty, yada yada hi, whenever; bhavati,

there is; a glanih, decline, decrease; dharmasya, of virtue consisting of

the duties of castes and stages of life of living beings, which are the

means to achieving properity and Liberation; and abhyutthanam,

increase, rise; adharmasya, of vice; tada, then; do aham, I; srjami,

manifest; atmanam, Myself, through Maya. Why?

4.8 Paritranaya, for the protection; sadhunam, of the pious, the

followers of the virtuous path; vinasaya, for the destruction; duskrtam, of

the evil-doers, of the sinful ones; and also dharmasamsthapanarthaya,

for establishing virtue fully;-for that purpose, sambhavami, I manifest

Myself; yuge yuge, in every age.

4.9 Yah, he who; evam, thus, as described; vetti, knows tattvatah, truly,

as they are in reality; that divyam, divine, supernatural; janma, birth,

which is a form of Maya; ca karma, and actions, such as protection of

the pious, etc.; mama, of Mine; na eti, does not get; punarjanma, rebirth;

tyaktva, after casting off; this deham, body. Sah, he; eti, attains, comes

to; mam, Me-he gets Liberated, O Arjuna. This path of Liberation has

not been opened recently. What then? Even in earlier days-

4.10 Bahavah, many; vita-raga-bhaya-krodhah, who were devoid of

attachment, fear and anger; manmayah, who were absorbed in Me, who

were knowers of Brahman, who were seers of (their) identity with God;

mam upasrithah, who had taken refuge only in Me, the supreme God,

i.e. who were steadfast in Knowledge alone; and were putah, purified,

who had become supremely sanctified; jnana-tapasa, by the austerity of

Knowledge-Knowledge itself, about the supreme Reality, being the

austerity; becoming sanctified by that austerity of Knowledge-; agatah,

have attained; madbhavam, My state, Goodhood, Liberation. The

particular mention of 'the austerity of Knowledge' is to indicate that

steadfastness in Knowledge does not depend on any other austerity. 'In

that case, You have love and aversion, because of which You grant the

state of identity with Yourself only to a few but not to others?' The

answer is:

4.11 Yatha, according to the manner in which, the purpose for which,

seeking, whatever fruit; prapadyante, they approach; mam, Me; aham, I;

bhajami, favour; tan, them; tatha eva, in that very manner, by granting

that fruit. This is the idea. For they are not seekers of Liberation. It is

certainly impossible for the same person to be a seeker of Liberation

and, at the same time, a seeker of rewards (of actions). Therefore, by

granting fruits to those who hanker after fruits; by granting Knowledge to

those who follow what has been stated (in the scriptures) and are

seekers of Liberation, but do not hanker after rewards; and by granting

Liberation to those who are men of wisdom and are monks aspiring for

Liberation; and so also by removing the miseries of those who suffer- in

these ways I favour them just according to the manner, in which they

approach Me. This is the meaning. On the other hand, I do not favour

anybody out of love or aversion, or out of delusion. Under all

circumstances, O son of Prtha, manusyah, human beings; anuvartante,

follow; sarvasah, in every way; mama, My; vartma, path, [The paths

characterized by Knowledge and by action (rites and duties).] the path of

God who am omnipresent. By 'human beings' are meant those people

who become engaged in their respective duties to which they are

qualified according to the results they seek. 'If Your wish to be

favourable is the same towards all creatures on account of the absence

of the defects of love and aversion in You who are God, and You are

there with Your capacity to grant all rewards, why then do not all,

becoming desirous of Liberation, take refuge in You alone with the very

knowledge that Vasudeva is everything?' As to that, hear the reason for

this:

error

4.13 Catur-varnyam-meaning the same as catvarah varnah, the four

castes; srstam, have been created; maya, by Me who am God, which

accords with such Vedic texts as, 'The Brahmanas were His face...' (Rg.

10.90.12); guna-karma-vibhagasah, through a classification of the gunas

and duties. [A.G. writes: guna-vibhagena karma-vibhagah, classification

of the duties, determined by the classification of the gunas.-Tr] By the

gunas are meant sattva, rajas and tamas (see note under 2.45; also see

Chapter 14). As to that, the control of the mind and body, austerity, etc.

are the duties of the Brahmanas, who are sattvika, i.e. have a

predominance of the quality of sattva (purity, goodness, etc.). Courage,

valour, etc. are the duties of the Ksatriyas, in whom sattva becomes

secondary and rajas (passion, attachment, etc.) preponderates.

Agriculture etc. are the duties of the Vaisya, in whom tamas (indolence,

ignorance, etc.) is secondary and rajas is predominant. Service is the

only duty of the Sudra, in whom rajas is secondary and tamas

predominates (see chapters 14, 16,17 and 18). In this way, the four

castes have been created by Me through a classification of the gunas

and duties. This is the idea. And these four castes do not prevail in the

other worlds. Hence the specification, 'in the human world'. 'Well, in

that caste, by virtues of Your being he agent of the acts of creation of

the four castes,etc. You become subject tothe consequence of those

actions? Therefore you are not eternally free and the eternal Lord!' This

is being answered: Api, even though; I am kartaram, the agent; tasya, of

that act, from the empirical standpoint of maya; still, from the highest

standpoint, viddhi, know; mam, Me; to be akartaram, a non-agent; and

therefore, also know Me to be avyayam, changeless, not subject to the

cycle of births and deaths. 'In reality, however, I am not the agent of

those actions of which you think I am the agent.' Because --

4.14 Because of the absence of egoism, those karmani, actions; na

limpanti, do not taint; mam, Me, by becoming the originators of body

etc. And me, for Me; na sprha, there is no hankering for the results of

those actions. But in the case of transmigrating beings, who have selfidentification

in the form, 'I am the agent', and thirst for actions as also

for their results, it is reasonable that actions should taint them. Owing to

the absence of these, actions do not taint Me. Anyone else, too, yah,

who; abhijanati, knows; mam, Me; iti, thus, as his own Self, and (knows),

'I am not an agent; I have no hankering for the results of actions'; sah,

he; na badhyate, does not become bound; karmabhih, by actions. In his

case also actions cease to be the originators of body etc. This is the

import.

4.15 Jnatva, having known; evam, thus, that 'I am not an agent; I have

no desire for the results of actions'; karma, duties; krtam, were

undertaken; api, even; purvaih, by the ancient; mumuksubhih, seekers of

Liberation. Tasmat, therefore; tvam, you; kuru, undertake; karma, action;

eva, itself. You ought not to sit quietly, or even renounce. Therefore, you

(undertake actions) because they were performed by the ancients as

well-if you have no Self-knowledge, then (undertake actions) for selfpurification;

or, if you have Self-knowledge, then (undertake actions) in

order to prevent people from going astray-, as were krtam, performed;

purvataram, earlier; purvaih, by the ancient ones, Janaka and others; not

actions as are undertaken in the present day. [This last portion of the

sentence is translated by some as follows: You should not undertake

actions which are done in the present manner (i.e. do not perform

actions in the manner undertakne by people nowadays, which neither

purifies the mind nor helps people). (See G1. Pr. p. 114.) 'If action has

to be undertaken here, then I shall do so following Your instruction itself.

What is the use of specifying that it was done earlier by the ancient

ones?' 'The answer is: Because there is a great difficult as regards

actions.' How?

4.16 Kavayah api, even the intelligent; mohitah, are confounded in this

subject of action etc.; iti atra, as to; kim karma, what is action; and kim

akarma, what is inaction. Therefore, pravaksyami, I shall tell; te, you; of

karma, action; akarma ca, as also of inaction; jnatva, by knowing; yat,

which-action etc.; moksyase, you will become free: asubhat, from evil,

from transmigration. 'And you should not think thus: What is called

karma is the movement of the body etc. as are well-known in the world;

and akarma, inaction, is not doing those, (i.e.) sitting quietly. What is

there to understand (further) in that regard?' 'Why?' The answer is:

error

error

4.19 Budhah, the wise, the knowers of Brahman; ahuh, call; tam, him;

panditam, learned, in the real sense; yasya, whose, of the one who

perceives as stated above; samarambhah, actions-whatever are

undertaken; are sarve, all; kama-sankalpa-varjitah, devoid of desires and

the thoughts which are their (desires') causes (see 2.62)-i.e., (those

actions) are performed as mere movements, without any selfish purpose:

if they are performed by one (already) engaged in actions, then they are

for preventing people from going astray, and if they are done by one who

has withdrawn from actions, then they are merely for the maintenance of

the body-; and jnanagni-dagdha-karmanam, whose actions have been

burnt away by the fire of wisdom. Finding inaction etc. in action etc. is

jnana, wisdom; that itself is agnih, fire. He whose actions, karma,

described as good and bad, have been dagdhani, burnt away by that fire

of wisdom, is jnana-agni-dagdha-karma. However, one who is a

perceiver of 'inaction' etc. [Perceiver of inaction etc.: He who knows the

truth about action and inaction as explained before.-Tr.] is free from

actions owing to the very fact of his seeing 'inaction' etc. He is a monk,

who acts merely for the purpose of maintaining the body. Being so, he

does not engage in actions although he might have done so before the

dawn of discrimination. He again who, having been engaged in actions

under the influence of past tendencies, later on becomes endowed with

the fullest Self-knowledge, he surely renounces (all) [Ast. adds this word

sarva, all.-Tr.] actions along with their accessories as he does nnot find

any purpose in activity. For some reason, if it becomes impossible to

renounce actions and he, for the sake of preventing people from going

astray, even remains engaged as before in actions-without attachment

to those actions and their results because of the absence of any selfish

purpose-, still he surely does nothing at all! His actions verily become

'inaction' because of having been burnt away by the fire of wisdom. By

way of pointing out this idea, the Lord says:

4.20 With the help of the above-mentioned wisdom, tyaktva, having

given up the idea of agentship; and phala-asangam, attachment to the

results of action; he who is nitya-trptah, ever-trptah, ever-contented, i.e.

has no hankering for objects; and nirasrayah, dependent on nothing-.

Asraya means that on which a person leans, desiring to achieve some

human goal. The idea is that he is dependent of any support which may

be a means of attaining some coveted seen or unseen result. In reality,

actions done by a man of Knowledge are certainly inactions, since he is

endowed with the realization of the actionless Self. Actions together with

their accessories must be relinquished by one who has become thus,

because they have no end to serve. This being so, api, even though; he

remains abhi-pravrttah, engaged as before; karmani, in actions-getting

out of those (actions) being impossible-, either with the intention of

preventing people from going astray or with a view to avoiding the

censure of the wise people; sah, he; eva, really; na karoti, does not do;

kincit, anything, because he is endued with the realization of the

actionless Self. [From the subjective standpoint of the enlightened there

are no actions, but ordinary people mistakenly think them to be actions,

which in reality are a mere semblance of it.] On the other hand, one who

is the opposite of the above-mentioned one, (and) in whom, even before

undertaking works, has dawned the realization of his identity with

Brahman, the all-pervasive, inmost, actionless Self; who,being bereft of

solicitation for desirable objects seen or unseen, has renounced actions

along with their accessories, by virtue of seeing no purpose to be served

by undertaking actions meant to secure some seen or unseen result,

and makes effort only for the maintenance of the body, he, the monk

steadfast in Knowledge, becomes free. Hence, in order to express this

idea the Lord says:

4.21 Nirasih, one who is without solicitation-one from whom asisah

[Asih is a kind of desire that can be classed under prayer. (Some

translate it as desire, hope.-Tr.)], solicitations, have departed; yata-cittaatma,

who has the mind and organs under control-one by whom have

been controlled (yatau) both the internal organ (citta) and the external

aggregate of body and organs (atma); (and) is tyakta-sarva-parigrahah, [

Parigraha: receiving, accepting, possessions, belongings.-V.S.A] totally

without possessions- one by whom have been renounced (tyaktah) all

(sarvah) possessions (parigrahah); na apnoti, he does not incur; kilbisam,

sin, in the form of evil as also rigtheousness-to one aspiring for

Liberation, even righteousness is surely an evil because it brings

bondage-; [Here Ast. adds tasmat tabhyam mukto bhavati samsarat

mukto bhavati ityarthah, therefore, he becomes free from both of them,

i.e. he becomes liberated from transmigration.-Tr.] kurvan, by

performing; karma, actions; kevalam, merely; sariram, for the purpose of

maintaining the body-without the idea of agenship even with regard to

these (actions). Further, in the expression, 'kevalam sariram karma', do

the words sariram karma mean 'actions done by the body' or 'actions

merely for the purpose of maintaining the body? Again, what does it

matter if by (the words) sariram karma is meant 'actions done by the

body' or 'actions merely for the purpose of maintaning the body? The

answer is: If by sariram karma is meant actions done by the body, then it

will amount to a contradiction [Contradiction of the scriptures.] when the

Lord says, 'one does not incur sin by doing with his body any action

meant for seen or unseen purposes, even though it be prohibited.' Even

if the Lord were to say that 'one does not incur sin by doing with his

body some scripturally sanctioned action intended to secure a seen or

an unseen end', then there arises the contingency of His denying

something (some evil) that has not come into being! (Further,) from the

specification, sariram karma kurvan (by doing actions with the body), and

from the use of the word kevala (only), it will amount to saying that one

incurs sin by performing actions, called righteous and unrighteous, which

can be accomplished with the mind and speech and which come within

the purview of injunction and prohibition. Even there, the statement that

one incurs sin by performing enjoined actions through the mind and

speech will involve a contradiction; even in the case of doing what is

prohibited, it will amount to a mere purposeless restatement of a known

fact. On the other hand, when the sense conveyed by sariram karma is

taken as acctions merely for the purpose of maintaining the body, then

the implication will be that he does not do any other work as can be

accomplished physically, orally, or mentally, which are known from

injunctions and prohibitions (of the scriptures) and which have in view

seen or unseen results; while he appears to people to be working with

those very body (speech) etc. merely for the purpose of maintaining the

body, yet he does not incur sin by merely making movements of the

body etc., because from the use of the word kevala, (merely) it follows

that he is devoid of the sense of agentship implicit in the idea, 'I do.'

Since there is no possibility of a person who has reached such a state

incurring evil as suggest by the word sin, therefore he does not become

subject to the evil of transmigration. That is to say, he certainly becomes

free without any obstacle since he has all his actions burnt away by the

fire of wisdom. This verse is only a reiteration of the result of full

illumination stated earlier. It becomes faultless by accepting the

interpretation of sariram karma thus. In the case of the monk who has

renounced all possessions, since owning food etc. meant for the bare

sustenance of the body is absent, therefore it becomes imperative to

beg for alms etc. for the upkeep of the body. Under this circumstance,

by way of pointing out the means of obtaining food etc. for the

maintenance of the body of a monk as permitted by the text, 'What

comes unasked for, without forethought and spontaneously...' [Unasked

for: what comes before the monk gets ready for going out for alms;

without forethought: alms that are not given with abuses, and have not

fallen on the ground, but collected from five or seven houses without any

plan; spontaneously: alms brought to one spontaneously by devoted

people.] (Bo. Sm. 21. 8. 12) etc., the Lord says:

4.22 Yadrccha-labha-santustah, remaining satisfied with what comes

unasked for-yadrccha-labha means coming to possess something

without having prayed for it; feeling contented with that-. Dvandvaatitah,

having transcended the dualities-one is said to be beyond dualities

when his mind is not distressed even when afflicted by such opposites

as heat and cold, etc.-. Vimatsarah, being free from spite, from the idea

of enmity; and samah, equipoised; siddhau ca asiddhau, is success and

failure, with regard to things that come unasked for-. The monk who is

such, who is equipoised, not delighted or sorrowful in getting or not

getting food etc. for the sustenance of the body, who sees inaction etc.

in action etc., who is ever poised in the realization of the Self as It is,

who, with regard to the activities accomplished by the body etc. in the

course of going about for alms etc. for the bare maintenance of the

body, is ever clearly conscious of the fact, 'I certainly do not anything;

the organs act on the objects of the organs' (see 5.8; 3.28), he, realizing

the absence of agentship in the Self, certainly does not do any actions

like going about for alms etc. But when, abserving similarly with common

human behaviour, agentship is attributed to him by ordinary poeple, then

he (apparently) becomes an agent with regard to such actions as moving

about for alms etc. However, from the standpoint of his own realization

which has arisen from the valid means of knowledge presented in the

scriptures, he is surely not an agent. He, to whom is thus ascribed

agentship by others, na nibadhyate, is not bound; api, even; krtva, by

performing such actions as moving about for alms merely for the

maintenance of the body, because action which is a source of bondage

has been burnt away along with its cause by the fire of wisdom. Thus,

this is only a restatement of what has been said earilier. When a person

who has already started works becomes endowed with the realization of

the identity of the Self with the actionless Brahman, then it follows that in

the case of that man, who has experienced the absence of agentship,

actions and purposes in the Self, actions become relinquished. But if this

becomes impossible for some reason and he continues to be engaged in

those acitons as before, still he certainly does not do anything. This

absence of action has been shown in the verse, 'Having given up

attachment to the results of action...' (20). Of that very person with

regard to whom has been shown the absence of aciton4.23

Muktasya, of the liberated person who has become relieved of

such bondages as righteousness and unrighteousness, etc.;

gatasangasya, who has got rid of attachment, who has become

detached from everything; jnana-avasthita-cetasah, whose mind is fixed

in Knowledge only; his karma, actions; acaratah, undertaken; yajnaya,

for a sacrifice, to accomplish a sacrifice [A.G. takes yajna to mean Visnu.

So, yajnaya will mean 'for Visnu'. Sankaracarya also interprets this word

similarly in 3.9.-Tr.]; praviliyate, gets destroyed; samagram, totally-saha

(together) agrena (with its consequence, result). This is the meaning. For

what reason, again, does an action that is underway get destroyed

totally without producing its result? This is being answered: Because,

error

4.25 Apare, other; yoginah, yogis, ritualists; pari-upasate, undertake;

yajnam, sacrifice; daivam, to gods; eva, alone. A sacrifice by which the

gods are adored is daiva-yajna; they perform only that. This is the

meaning. Brahma-agnau, in the fire of Brahman: By the word brahman

is meant That which is referred to in such sentences as, 'Brahman is

Truth, knowledge and infinite' (Tai. 2.1), 'Knowledge, Bliss, Brahman'

(Br. 3.9.28), 'the Brahman that is immediate and direct-the self that is

within all' (Br.3.4.1), which is devoid of all worldly characteristiscs like

hunger etc. and which is beyond all particular qualifications-as stated in,

'Not this, not this' (Br.4.4.22). That which is Brahman is the fire.

[Brahman is called fire because, as reflected in wisdom, It burns away

everything, i.e. ignorance, or because everything merges into It during

dissolution (pralaya).] And it is spoken of as Brahmagni with a view to

referring to It as that into which the offering is made. In that fire of

Brahman, apare, others, other knowers of Brahman; upa-juhvati, offer;

yajnam, the Self, which is referred to by the word yajna (sacrifice), it,

having, been presented as a synonym of the Self;-that Self, which is a

sacrifice, which is reality is verily the supreme Brahman, which is

associated with such limiting adjuncts as the intellect etc., which is

associated with all the qualities of the limiting adjuncts superimposed on

it, and which is the oblation, (they offer) yajnena, by the Self itself as

described above. The offering (of the Self) in that (Brahman) is nothing

but the realization of that Self which is assoicated with the limiting

adjuncts to be the supreme Brahman which is free from adjuncts. The

monks, steadfast in the realization of the identity of Brahman and the

Self, make that offering. This is the meaning. Beginning with, 'The ladle

is Brahman' etc., this sacrifice characterized as full realization is being

included among such sacrifices as daiva-yajna etc. with a view to

eulogizing it in the verses beginning with, 'O destroyer of enemies,

jnana-yajna is greater than the sacrifices involving (sacrificial) materials'.

4.26 Anye, others, other yogis; juhvati, offer; indriyani, the organs; viz

srotradini, car etc.; samyama-agnisu, in the fires of self-control. The

plural (in fires) is used because self-control is possible in respect of each

of the organs. Self-control itself is the fire. In that they make the offering,

i.e. they practise control of the organs. anye, others; juhvati, offer;

visayan, the objects; sabdadin, viz sound etc.; indriyagnisu, in the fires of

the organs. The organs themselves are the fires. They make offerings in

those fires with the organs of hearing etc. They consider the perception

of objects not prohibited by the scriputures to be a sacrifice.

4.27 Further, apare, others; juhvati, offer, i.e. merge; sarvani, all; indriyakarmani,

the activities of the organs; and also the prana-karmani,

activities of the vital force- prana means the air in the body; they offer its

activities such as contraction, expansion, etc; atma-samyama yogaagnau,

into the fire of the yoga of self-control-withdrawal (samyama)

[Samyama consists of concentration, meditation, and Self-absorption.

The idea conveyed by the verse is that by stopping all activities, they

concentrate the mind on the Self.] into the Self (atma) is self-control

(atma-samyama); that itself is the fire of yoga (yoga-agni); (they offer) into

that fire; jnana-dipite, which has been lighted by Knowledge, made to

blaze up by discriminating knowledge, as if lighted up by oil.

4.28 Tatha, similarly; apare, others; are dravya-yajnah, perfomers of

sacrifices through wealth-those sacrificers who spend wealth (dravya) in

holy places under the idea of performing sacrifices; tapo-yajnah,

performers of sacrifices through austerity, men of austerity, to whom

austerity is a sacrifice; [This is according to Ast.-Tr.] yogayajnah,

performers of sacrifice through yoga-those to whom the yoga consisting

in the control of the vital forces, withdrawal of the organs, etc., is a

sacrifice; and svadhyaya-jnana-yajnah, performers of sacrifices through

study and knowledge. Sacrificers through study are those to whom the

study of Rg-veda etc. accroding to rules is a sacrifice. And sacrificers

through knowledge are those to whom proper understanding of the

meaing of the scriptures is a sacrifice. Others are yatayah, ascetics, who

are deligent; samsita-vratah, in following severe vows. Those whose

vows (vratah) have been fully sharpened (samsita), made very rigid, are

samsita-vratah. [Six kinds of sacrifices have been enumerated in this

verse.] Further,

4.29 Pranayama-parayanah, constantly practising control of the vital

forces-i.e. they practise a form of pranayama called Kumbhaka (stopping

the breath either inside or outside) ['Three sorts of motion of Pranayama

(control of the vital forces) are, one by which we draw the breath in,

another by which we throw it out, and the third action is when the breath

is held in the lungs or stopped from entering the lungs.'-C.W., Vol.I,

1962, p. 267. Thus, there are two kinds of Kumbhaka-internal and

external.]-; prana-apana-gati ruddhva, by stopping the movements of the

outgoing and the incoming breaths-the outgoing of breath (exhalation)

through the mouth and the nostrils is the movement of the Prana; as

opposed to that, the movement of Apana is the going down (of breath)

(inhalation); these constitute the prana-apana-gati, movements of Prana

and Apana; by stopping these; some juhvati, offer as a sacrifice;

pranam, the outgoing breath, which is the function of Prana; apane, in

the incoming breath, which is the function of Apana-i.e. they practised a

form of pranayama called Puraka ('filling in'); while tatha apare, still

others; offer apanam, the incoming breath; prane, in the outgoing

breath, i.e. they practise a form of pranayama called Recaka ('emptying

out'). [Constantly practising control of the vital, forces, they perform

Kumbhaka after Recaka and Puraka.]

4.30 Besides, apare, others; niyata-aharah, having their food regulated;

juhvati, offer; pranan, the vital forces, the different kinds of vital forces;

pranesu, in the vital forces themselves. Whichever function of the vital

forces is brought under control, in it they offer the other functions. These

latter become, as it were, merged in the former. Sarve api, all; of ete,

them; yajna-vidah, are knowers of the sacrifice; and yajna-ksapitakamasah,

have their sins destroyed by the sacrifices as mentioned

above. After accomplishing the above-mentioned sacrifices,

4.31 Yajna-sista-amrta-bhujah, those who partake of the nectar left over

after a sacrifice, i.e. those who, after performing the sacrifices described

above, eat, during the leisure after the sacrifice, the food called nectar,

as prescribed by the injunctions; yanti, reach; sanatanam brahma, the

eternal Brahman. For the sake of consistency (with the Upanisads) it is

understood that if they (the sacrificers) are seekers of liberation, (then

they reach Brahman) in due course of time. [The Upanisads describe the

different stages through which those who do good deeds and practise

meditation have to pass before reaching the qualified Brahman after

death. For liberation there is need also of purification of the heart, Thus,

they reach Brahman by stages, and not immediately after death. (See

Ch. 8.5 and subsequent portion; also, Br. 4.3.35 to 4.4.25, etc.)] Even

ayam lokah, this world, common to all beings; na asti, ceases to exist;

ayajnasya, for one who does not perform sacrifices, for him who does

not have to his credit even a single one of the above sacrifices. Kutah

anyah, what to speak of the other world which can be achieved through

special disciplines; kurusattama, O best among the Kurus!

4.32 Evam, thus; bahu-vidha yajnah, various kinds of sacrifices as

described; vitatah, lie spread; mukhe, at the mouth, at the door;

brahmanah, of the Vedas. Those which are known through the Vedasas

for instance, 'We offer the vital force into speech', etc.-are said to be

vitatah, spread, elaborated; mukhe, at the mouth; brahmanah, of the

Vedas. Viddhi, know; tan, them; sarvan, all; to be karmajan, born of

action, accoplished through the activities of body, speech and mind, but

not born of the Self. For the Self is actionless. Hence, jnatva, knowing;

evam, thus; vimoksyase, you will become liberated from evil. By knowing

thus- 'These are not my actions; I am actionless and detached'-You will

be freed from worldly bondage as a result of this full enlightenment. This

is the purport. Through the verse beginning with, 'The ladle is Brahman'

etc., complete Illumination has been represented as a sacrifice. And

sacrifices of various kinds have been taught. With the help of [Some

translate this as: As compared with...-Tr.] those (sacrifices) that are

meant for accomplishing desireable human ends, Knowledge

(considered as a sacrifice) is being extolled: How?

4.33 O destroyer of enemies, jnana-yajnah, Knowledge considered as a

sacrifice; is sreyan, greater; dravyamayat yajnat, than sacrifices requiring

materials [Including study of the Vedas, etc. also.] For, a sacrifice

performed with materials is an originator of results, [Worldly prosperity,

attaining heaven, etc.], but Knowledge considered as a sacrifice is not

productive of results. [It only reveals the state of Liberation that is an

achieved fact. (According to Advaitism, Liberation consists in the

removal of ignorance by Illumination. Nothing new is produced thereby.-

Tr.)]. Hence it is greater, more praiseworthy. How? Because, sarvam,

all; karma-akhilam, actions in their totality, without exception; O son of

Prtha, parisamapyate, culminate, get merged (attain their

consummation); jnane, in Knowledge, which is a means to Liberation

and is comparable to 'a flood all around' (cf.2.46). This is the idea, which

accords with the Upanisadic text, 'As when the (face of a die) bearing

the number 4, called Krta, wins, the other inferior (numbers on the diefaces)

get included in it, so whatever good actions are performed by

beings, all that gets merged in this one (Raikva). (So it happens) to

anyone who knows what he (Raikva) knew' (Ch. 4.1.4). In that case, by

what means is this highly estimable Knowledge acquired? The answer is

being given:

4.34 Viddhi, know; tat, that, the process by which It is acquired; by

approaching teachers pranipatena, through prostration, by lying fully

streched on the ground with face downward, with prolonged salutation;

pariprasnena, through inquiry, as to how bondage and Liberation come,

and what are Knowledge and ignorance; and sevaya, through the

service of the guru. (Know it) through these and other (disciplines) [Other

disciplines such as control of the mind, body, etc. Sankaracarya's own

words in the Commentary are evamadina, after which Ast. puts a full

stop, and agreeing with this, A.G. says that the word viddhi (know) is to

be connected with evamadina. Hence this translation. Alternatively,

those words have to be taken with prasrayena. Then the meaning will

be, 'Being pleased with such and other forms of humility...'-Tr.]. Being

pleased with humility, jnaninah, the wise ones, the teachers; tattvadarsinah,

who have realized the Truth; upadeksyanti, will impart, will tell;

te, you; jnanam, the Knowledge as described above. Although people

may be wise, some of them are apt to know Truth just as it is, while

others may not be so. Hence the qualification, 'who have realized the

Truth'. The considered view of the Lord is that Knowledge imparted by

those who have full enlightenment becomes effective, not any other.

That being so, the next verse also becomes appropriate:

4.35 Jnatva, knowing; yat, which-by acquiring which Knowledge

imparted by them; O Pandava, na vasyasi, you will not come under;

moham, delusion; punah, again; evam, in this way, in the way you have

come under delusion now. Besides, yena, through which Knowledge;

draksyasi, you will see directly; bhutani, all beings; asesena, without

exception, counting from Brahma down to a clump of grass; atmani, in

the Self, in the innermost Self, thus-'These beings exist in me' ; and

atha, also; see that these are mayi. in Me, in Vasudeva, the supreme

Lord. The purport is, 'You will realize the identity of the individual Self

and God, which is well known in the Upanisads.' Moreover, the

greatness of this Knowledge is:

4.36 Api cet asi, even if you be; papa-krt-tamah, the worst sinner,

extremely sinful; sarvebhyah, among all; papebhyah, the sinners (papa,

lit. sin, means here sinner) ; still santarisyasi, you will cross over; sarvam,

all; the vrjinam, wickedness, the ocean of wickedness, sin; [Ast. reads

papa-samudram, (ocean of sin) in place of papam.-Tr.] jnana-plavena

eva, with the raft of Knowledge alone, by using Knowledge alone as a

float. Here [Here, in the scriptures imparting spiritual instructions.],

righteousness (formal religious observance), too, is said to be an evil in

the case of one aspiring for Liberation. How Knowledge destroys sin is

being told with the help of an illustration:

4.37 O Arjuna, yatha, as; a samiddhah, blazing; agnih, fire, a well lighted

fire; kurute, reduces; edhamsi, pieces of wood; bhasmasat, to ashes;

tatha, similarly; jnanagnih, the fire of Knowledge-Knowledge itself being

the fire; kurute, reduces; bhasmasat, to ashes; sarva-karmani, all

actions, i.e. it renders them ineffective, for the fire of Knowledge itself

cannot directly [Knowledge destroys ignorance, and thereby the idea of

agentship is eradicated. This in turn makes actions impossible.] burn

actions to ashes, like pieces of wood. So, the idea implied is that full

enlightenment is the cuase of making all actions impotent. From the

force the context [If the body were to die just with the dawn of

Knowledge, imparting of Knowledge by enlightened persons would be

impossible, and thus there would be no teacher to transmit Knowledge!]

it follows that, since the result of actions owing to which the present

body has been born has already become effective, therefore it gets

eshausted only through experiencing it. Hence, Knowledge reduces to

ashes only all those actions that were done (in this life) prior to the rise of

Knowledge and that have not become effective, as also those performed

along with (i.e. after the dawn of) Knowledge, and those that were done

in the many past lives. Since this is so, therefore,

4.38 Hi, indeed; na vidyate, there is nothing; pavitram, purifying,

sanctifying; iha, here; sadrsam, comparable; jnanena, to Knowledge.

Yoga-samsiddhah, one who has become perfected, who as attained

fitness through yoga-the seeker after Liberation who has become

samsiddhah, purified, qualified; yogena, through the yoga of Karma and

the yoga of concentration-; kalena, after a long time; vindati, realizes, i.e.

attains; tat, That, Knowledge; verily svayam, by himself; atmani, in his

own heart. That means by which Knowledge is invariably attained is

being taught:

4.39 Sraddhavan, the man who has faith; labhate, attains; jnanam,

Knowledge. Even when one has faith, he may be indolent. Therefore the

Lord says, tatparah, who is diligent, steadfast in the service of the

teacher, etc., which are the means of attaining Knowledge. Even when

one has faith and is diligent, one may not have control over the organs.

Hence the Lord says, samyata-indriyah, who has control over the

organs-he whose organs (indriyani) have been withdrawn (samyata) from

objects. He who is such, who is full of faith, diligent, and has control over

the organs, does surely attain Knowledge. However, prostrations etc.,

which are external, are not invariably fruitful, for there is scope for

dissimulation faith etc. But this is not so in the case of one possessing

faith etc. Hence they are the unfailing means of acquiring Knowledge.

What, again, will result from gaining Knowledge? This is being answered:

Labdhva, achieving; jnanam, Knowledge; adhigacchati, one attains;

acirena, soon indeed; param, supreme; santim, Peace, supreme

detachment called Liberation. That Liberation soon follows from full

Knowledge is a fact well ascertained from all the scriptures and

reasoning. One should not entertain any doubt in this matter. For doubt

is the most vicious thing. Why? The answer is being stated:

4.40 Ajnah, one who is ignorant, who has not known the Self; and

asradda-dhanah, who is faithless; [Ast. adds here: guruvakya-sastresu

avisvasavan, who has no faith in the instructions of the teacher and the

scriptures.-Tr.] and samsaya-atma, who has a doubting mind; vinasyati,

perishes. Although the ignorant and the faithless get ruined, yet it is not

to the extent that a man with a doubting mind does. As for one with a

doubting mind, he is the most vicious of them all. How? Na ayam lokah,

neither this world which is familiar; na, nor also; parah, the next world; na

sukham, nor happiness; asti, exist; samsaya-atmanah, for one who has

a doubting mind. For doubt is possible even with regard to them!

Therefore one should not entertain doubt. Why?

4.41 Yoga-sannyasta-karmanam, one who has renounced actions

through yoga: that person who is a knower of the supreme Goal, by

whom actions called righteous or unrighteous have been renounced

through the yoga characterized as the Knowledge of the supreme Goal.

How does one become detached from actions through yoga? The Lord

says: He is jnana-samchinna-samsayah, one whose doubts (samsaya)

have been fully dispelled (samchinna) by Knowledge (jnana)

characterized as the realization of the identity of the individual Self and

God. O Dhananjaya, he who has thus renounced actions through yoga,

atmavantam, who is not inadvertent, not careless; him, karmani, actions,

seen as the activities of the gunas (see 3.28); na nibadhnanti, do not

bind, (i.e.) they do not produce a result in the form of evil etc. Since one

whose doubts have been destroyed by Knowledge-arising from the

destruction of the impurities (of body, mind, etc.) as result of the practise

of Karma-yoga-does not get bound by acitons owing to the mere fact of

his actions having been burnt away by Knowledge; and since one who

has doubts with regard to the practice of the yogas of Knowledge and

actions gets ruined-

4.42 Tasmat, therefore, O scion of the Bharata dynasty; atistha, take

recourse to, i.e. undertake; yogam, yoga -performance of actions, which

is a means to full Illumination; and now, uttistha, rise up for battle;

chittva, cutting asunder; jnanasina, with the sword of Knowledge-

Knowledge is full Illumination, which is a destroyer of such defects as

sorrows, delusion, etc.; that itself is the sword; with that sword of

Knowledge-;enam, this; samsayam, doubt; atmanah, of your own, which

is a source of one's own ruin and is most sinful; hrtstham, in the heart,

residing in the intellect; ajnana-sambhutam, arising from ignorance, born

of non-discrimination. The word atmanah is used because doubt

concerns oneself. Indeed, another's doubt cannot be removed by

someone else. Hence the word 'own' is used. So, although the doubt is

with regard to the Self, it is really one's own.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 5

RO

5.1 (O Krsna,) samsasi, You praise, i.e. speak of; sannyasam,

renunciation; karmanam, of actions, of performance of various kinds of

rites enjoined by the scriptures; punah ca, and again; You praise yogam,

yoga, the obligatory performance of those very rites! Therefore I have a

doubt as to which is better-Is the performance of actions better, or their

rejection? And that which is better should be undertaken. And hence,

bruhi, tell; mam, me; suniscitam, for certain, as the one intended by You;

tat ekam, that one-one of the two, since performance of the two

together by the same person is impossible; yat, which; is sreyah, better,

more commendable; etayoh, between these two, between the

renunciation of actions and the performance of actions [Ast. reads

karma-yoga-anusthana (performance of Karma-yoga) in place of karmaanusthana

(performance of actions).-Tr.], by undertaking which you think

I shall acquire what is beneficial. While stating His own opinion in order

to arrive at a conclusion-

5.2 Ubhau, both, to be sure; sannyasah, renunciation of actions; ca,

and; karma-yogah, Karma-yoga-their performance-; nihsreyasa-karau,

lead to Liberation. Though both lead to Liberation by virtue of being the

cause of the rise of Knowledge, even then, tayoh, between the two

which are the causes of Liberation; Karma-yoga, tu, however; visisyate,

excels; karma-sannyasat, over mere renunciation of actions. Thus He

extols Karma-yoga. [Karma-yoga is better than renunciation of actions

that is not based on Knowledge.] Why? In answer the Lord says:

5.3 For, O mighty-armed one, he who is free from duality becomes

easily freed from bondage. That performer of Karma-yoga, yah, who; na

dvesti, does not hate anything; and na kanksati, does not crave; jneyah,

should be known; as nitya-sannyasi, a man of constant [A man of

constant renunciation: He is a man of renunciation ever before the

realization of the actionless Self.] renunciation. The meaning is that he

who continues to be like this in the midst of sorrow, happiness and their

sources should be known as a man of constant renunciation, even

though engaged in actions. Hi, for; mahabaho, O mighty-armed one;

nirdvandvah, one who is free from duality; pramucyate, becomes freed;

sukham, easily, without trouble; bandhat, from bondage. It is reasonable

that in the case of renunciation and Karma-yoga, which are opposed to

each other and can be undertaken by different persons, there should be

opposition even between their results; but it canot be that both of them

surely lead to Liberation. When such a question arises, this is the answer

stated:

5.4 Balah, the fools; na panditah, not the learned ones; pravadanti,

speak of; sankhya-yogau, Sankhya [Sankhya, i.e. monasticism, is that

which is suited for sankhya, Self-inquiry.] (the Path of Knowledge) and

(Karma-)yoga; as prthak, different, having opposite and different results.

The learned ones, the wise, however, admit one, unconflicting result.

How? Any one who samyak, properly; asthitah, resorts to, i.e. follows;

ekam api, even one, between the Path of Knowledge and (Karma-) yoga;

vindate, gets; phalam, the result; ubhayoh, of both. For, the result of

both is that Liberation itself. Therefore there is no conflict with regard to

the result. Objection: After beginning the topic with the words,

'renunciation' and '(Karma-) yoga', how is it that the Lord speaks of the

identity of the results of the path of Knowledge and (Karma-) yoga, which

is beside the point? Reply: This defect does not arise. Although the

question was put by Arjuna merely with regard to renunciation and

Karma-yoga, yet the Lord, without actually avoiding them, and by adding

something special which was intended by Him, gave the answer by

expressing them through other words, 'Sankhya' and '(Karma-) yoga'.

Those very 'renunciation and 'Karma-yoga', when they are (respectively)

associated with Knowledge and such of Its means as equanimity etc.,

are meant by the words 'Sankhya' and 'yoga'. This is the Lord's veiw.

Therefore there is no discussion out of the context. How can the result

of both be attained by the proper performance of only one? The answer

is:

5.5 Sthanam, the State called Liberation; yat prapyate, that is reached;

sankhyaih, by the Sankhyas, by the monks steadfast in Knowledge; tat

prapyate, that is reached; yogaih, by the yogis; api, as well. The yogis

are those who, as a means to the attainment of Knowledge, undertake

actions by dedicating them to God without seeking any result for

themselves. The purport is that, by them also that Stated is reached

through the process of acquiring monasticism which is a result of the

knowledge of the supreme Reality. Therefore, sah, he; pasyati, sees

truly; yah, who; pasyati, sees; Sankhya and yoga as ekam, one, because

of the identity of their results. This is the meaning. Objection: If this be

so, then monasticism itself excels yoga! Why, then, is it said, 'Among the

two, Karma-yoga, however, excels renunciation of actions'? Reply: Hear

the reason for this: Having is veiw the mere giving up of actions and

Karma-yoga, your question was as to which one was better of the two.

My answer was accordingly given that Karma-yoga excels renunciation

of actions (resorted to) without Knowledge is Sankhya. This is what was

meant by me. And that is indeed yoga in the highest sense. However,

that which is the Vedic Karma-yoga is figuratively spoken of as yoga and

renunciation since it leads to it (supreme Knowledge). How does it lead

to that? The answer is:

5.6 Tu, but, O mighty-armed one; sannyasah, renunciation, in the real

sense; duhkham aptum, is hard to attain; ayogatah, without (Karma-)

yoga. Munih, the meditative man-the word muni being derived in the

sense of one who meditates on the real nature of God; yoga-yuktah,

equipped with yoga, with Vedic Karma-yoga in the form of dedication to

God without thought of results (for oneself); adhigacchati, attains;

brahma, Brahman; na cirena, without delay, very quickly. Therefore it

was said by Me, 'Karma-yoga excels'. [Karma-yoga leads to

enlightenment through the stages of attenuation of attachment,

withdrawal of the internal and external organs from their objects, and

their inclination towards the indwelling Self. (Also see Commentary on

5.12).] The monasticism under discussion is called Brahman because it

leads to knowledge of the supreme Self, as stated in the Upanisad,

'Nyasa (monasticism) is Brahman. Brahman is verily the supreme' (Ma.

Na. 21.2) Brahman means monasticism in the real sense, consisting in

steadfastness to the knowledge of the supreme Self.

5.7 When again, as a means to attain full enlightenment, this person

becomes yoga-yuktah, endowed with yoga; visuddhatma, pure in mind;

vijitatma, controlled in body; jitendriyah, a conqueror of the organs; and

sarva-bhutatma-bhutatma, the Self of the selves of all beings-one whose

Self (atma), the inmost consciousness, has become the selves (atma) of

all beings (sarva-bhuta) beginning from Brahma to a clump of grass-,

i.e., fully illumined; (then,) thus continuing in that state, he na lipyate,

does not become tainted; kurvan api, even while performing actions for

preventing mankind from going astray. That is to say, he does not

become bound by actions. And besides, this person does not act in the

real sense. Hence,

5.8 Yuktah, remaining absorbed in the Self; tattva-vit, the knower of

Reality-knower of the real nature of Truth, of the Self, i.e., the seer of the

supreme Reality; manyeta, should think; 'na karomi eva, I certainly do

not do; kincit, anything.' Having realized the Truth, when or how should

he think? This is being answered; Api, even; pasyan, while seeing;

srnvan, hearing; sprsan, touching; jighran, smelling; asnan, eating;

gacchan, moving; svapan, sleeping; svasan, breathing; pralapan,

speaking; visrjan, releasing; grhnan, holding; unmisan, opening; nimisan,

closing the eyes. All these are to be connected with the above manyeta

(should think). For the man who has known the Truth thus, who finds

nothing but inaction in action-in all the movements of the body and

organs-, and who has full realization, there is competence only for giving

up all actions because of his realization of the nonexistence of actions.

Indeed, one who proceeds to drink water in a mirage thinking that water

is there, surely does not go there itself for drinking water even after

knowing that no water exists there!

5.9 Yuktah, remaining absorbed in the Self; tattva-vit, the knower of

Reality-knower of the real nature of Truth, of the Self, i.e., the seer of the

supreme Reality; manyeta, should think; 'na karomi eva, I certainly do

not do; kincit, anything.' Having realized the Truth, when or how should

he think? This is being answered; Api, even; pasyan, while seeing;

srnvan, hearing; sprsan, touching; jighran, smelling; asnan, eating;

gacchan, moving; svapan, sleeping; svasan, breathing; pralapan,

speaking; visrjan, releasing; grhnan, holding; unmisan, opening; nimisan,

closing the eyes. All these are to be connected with the above manyeta

(should think). For the man who has known the Truth thus, who finds

nothing but inaction in action-in all the movements of the body and

organs-, and who has full realization, there is competence only for giving

up all actions because of his realization of the nonexistence of actions.

Indeed, one who proceeds to drink water in a mirage thinking that water

is there, surely does not go there itself for drinking water even after

knowing that no water exists there!

5.10 On the other hand, again, one who is ignorant of the Truth and is

engaged in Karma-yoga, yah, who; karoti, acts; adhaya, by dedicating,

by surrendering; all karmani, actions; brahmani, to Brahman, to God;

with the idea, 'I am working for Him, as a servant does everything for his

master', and tyaktva, by renouncing; sangam, attachment, even with

regard to teh resulting Liberation; sah, he; na lipyate, does not get

polluted, is not affected; papena, by sin; iva, just as; padma-patram, a

lotus leaf; is not ambhasa, by water. The only result that will certainly

accrue from such action will be the purification of the heart.

5.11 Since tyaktva, by giving up sangam, attachment with regard to

results; yoginah, the yogis, men of action; kurvanti, undertake; karma,

work; kevalaih, merely- this word is to be construed with each of the

words, body etc., so as to deny the idea of ownership with regard to all

actions-; kayena, through the body; manasa, through the mind;

buddhya, through the intellect; and api, even; indriyaih, through the

organs, which are devoid of the idea of ownership, which are

unassociated with ownership thus: 'I act only for God, and not for my

gain'; atmasudhaye, for the purification of themselves, i.e., for the

purification of the heart, therefore you have competence only for that. So

you undertake action alone. And also since,

5.12 Tyaktva, giving up; karma-phalam, the result of work; yuktah, by

becoming resolute in faith, by having this conviction thus-'Actions are for

God, not for my gain'; apnoti, attains; santim, Peace, called Liberation;

naisthikim arising from steadfastness. It is to be understood that he

attains this through the stages of purification of the heart, acquisition of

Knowledge, renunciation of all actions, and steadfastness in Knowledge.

On the other hand, however, he who is ayuktah, lacking in resolute faith;

he, phale saktah, being attached to result; thinking, 'I am doing this work

for my gain'; kama-karena, under the impulsion of desire-kara is the

same as karana (action); the action of desire (kama-kara; under that

impulsion of desire, i.e. being prompted by desire; nibadhyate, gets

bound. Therefore you become resolute in faith. This is the idea. But one

who has experienced the supreme Reality-

5.13 Aste, he continues; sukham, happily; sannyasya, having given up;

sarva-karmani, all actions-nitya, naimittika, kamya and nisiddha

(prohibited actions); [See note on p. 128.-Tr.] manasa, mentally, through

discriminating wisdom-i.e. having given up (all actions) by seeing inaction

in action, etc. Freed from the activities of speech, mind and body,

effortles, placid in mind, and devoid of all external wants which are

different from the Self, he continues happily. This is what has been said.

Where and how does the vasi, man of self-control, i.e. one who has his

organs under control, remain? This is being answered: Nava-dvare pure,

in the town with nine gates, of which seven [Two ears, two eyes nostrils,

and mouth.] are in the head for one's own experiences, and two are

below for urination and defecation. As possessed of those gates, it is

called the 'town with nine gates'. Being like a town, the body is called a

town with the Self as its only master. And it is inhabited by the organs,

mind, intellect and objects, like citizens, as it were, which serve its needs

and which are productive of many results and experience. Renouncing

all actions, the dehi, embodied one, resides in that town with nine gates.

Objection: What is the need of this specification? For all embodied

beings, be they monks or not, reside in bodies to be sure! That being so,

the specification is needless. The answer is: The embodied one,

however, who is unenlightened, who perceives merely the aggregate of

the body and organs as the Self, he, in his totality, thinks, 'I am in a

house, on the ground, or on the seat.' For one who experiences the

body alone as the Self, there can certainly be no such conviction as, 'I

am in the body, like one's being in a house.' But, for one who realizes

the Self as distinct from the aggregate of body etc. it becomes

reasonable to have the conviction, 'I am in the bdoy. It is reasonable that

as a result of knowledge in the form of discriminating wisdom, there can

be a mental renunciation of the actions of others, which have been

ignorantly superimposed on the supreme Self. Even in the case of one in

whom has arisen discriminating wisdom and who has renounced all

actions, there can be, like staying in a house, the continuance in the

body itself-the town with nine gates-as a consequence of the

persistence of the remnants of the results of past actions which have

started bearing fruit, because the awareness of being distinct (from the

body) arises while one is in the body itself. Form the point of veiw of the

difference between the convictions of the enlightened and the

unenlightened persons, the qualifying words, 'He continues in the body

itself', do have a purpose to serve. Although it has been stated that one

continues (in the body) by relinquishing actions of the body and organs

ignorantly superimposed on the Self, still there may be the apprehesion

that direct or indirect agentship inheres in the Self. Anticipating this, the

Lord says: na eva kurvan, without himself doing anything at all; and na

karayan, not causing (others) to do, (not) inducing the body and organs

to activity. Objection: Is it that the direct or indirect agentship of the

embodied one inheres in the Self and ceases to be after renunciation, as

the movement of a traveller ceases with the stoppage of his movement?

Or, is it that they do not exist owing to the very nature of the Self? As to

this, the answer is: The Self by Its nature has neither direct nor indirect

agentship. For it was stated, 'It is said that...This (Self) is unchangeable'

(2.25). 'O son of Kunti, although existing in the body, It does not act, nor

is It affected' (13.31). And it is also stated in the Upanisad, 'It seems to

meditate, as it were; It seems to move, as it were' (Br. 4.3.7).

5.14 Prabhuh, the Self; na srjati, does not create; lokasya, for anyone;

kartrtvam, agentship, by saying 'Do this'; or even karmani, any objectssuch

objects as chariot, pot, palace, etc. which are intensely longed for;

nor even karma-phala-samyogam, association with the results of

actions-association of the creator of a chariot etc. with the result of his

work. Objection: If the embodied one does not do anything himself, and

does not make others do, then who is it that engages in work by doing

and making others do? The answer is: Tu, but; it is svabhavah, Natureone's

own (sva) nature (bhava)-characterized as ignorance, Maya, which

will be spoken of in, 'Since this divine Maya' (7.14); pravartate, that acts.

But from the highest standpoint-

5.15 Vibhuh, the Omnipresent; na adatte, neither accetps; kasyacit,

anybody's-even a adevotee's; papam, sin; na ca eva, nor even; does He

accept sukrtam, virtue offered by devotees. Why then are such virtuous

acts as worship etc. as also sacrifices, charity, oblation, etc. worship

etc. as also sacrifices, charity, oblation, etc. offered by devotees? To this

the Lord says: Jnanam, knowledge, discriminating wisdom; remains

avrtam, covered; ajnanena, by ignorance. Tena, thereby; jantavah, the

creatures, the non-discriminating people in the world; muhyanti, become

deluded thus-'I do; I make others do; I eat; I make others eat.'

5.16 Tu, but; yesam, in the case of those creatures; of whom tat

ajnanam, that ignorance; atmanah, of theirs-being covered by which

ignorance creatures get deluded-; nasitam, becomes destroyed;

jnanena, by knowledge, by discriminating knowledge concerning the

Self; tesam, their; jnanam, knowledge; adityavat, like the sun;

prakasayati, reveals, in the same way as the sun reveals all forms

whatever; tat-param, that supreme Reality, the Reality which is the

highest Goal, the totality of whatever is to be known.

5.17 Tat-buddhayah, those who have their intellect absorbed in That,

[Here Ast. reads 'tasmin brahmani, in that Brahman'.-Tr.] in the supreme

Knowledge which has been revealed; tat-atmanah, whose Self is That,

who have That (tat) supreme Brahman Itself as their Self (atma); tatnisthah,

who are steadfast in That-nistha is intentness, exclusive

devotion; they are called tat-nisthah who become steadfast only in

Brahman by renouncing all actions; and tat-parayanah, who have That

as their supreme (para) Goal (ayana), who have That alone as their

supreme Resort, i.e. who are devoted only to the Self; those who have

got their ignorance destroyed by Knowledge-those who are of this kind-,

they gacchanti, attain; apunaravrttim, the state of non-returning, nonassociation

again with a body; jnana-nirdhuta-kalmasah, their dirt having

been removed, destroyed, by Knowledge. Those whose dirt (kalmasa),

the defect in the form of sin etc., which are the cause of transmigration,

have been removed, destryed (nirdhuta), by the aforesaid Knowledge

(jnana) are jnana-nirdhuta-kalmasah, i.e. the monks. How do those

learned ones, whose ignorance regarding the Self has been destroyed

by Knowledge, look upon Reality? That is being stated:

5.18 Panditah, the learned ones; sama-darsinah, look with equanimity;

brahmane, on a Brahmana; vidya-vinayasampanne, endowed with

learning and humility-vidya means knowledge of the Self, and vinaya

means pridelessness-, on a Brahmana who has Self-knowledge and

modesty; gavi, on a cow; hastini, on an elephant; ca eva, and even; suni,

on a dog; ca, as well as; svapake, on an eater of dog's meat. Those

learned ones who are habituated to see (equally) the unchanging, same

and one Brahman, absolutely untouched by the qualities of sattva etc.

and the tendencies created by it, as also by the tendencies born of rajas

and tamas, in a Brahmana, who is endowed with Knowledge and

tranquillity, who is possessed of good tendencies and the quality of

sattva; in a cow, which is possessed of the middling quality of rajas and

is not spiritually refined; and in an elephant etc., which are wholly and

absolutely imbued with the quality of tamas-they are seers of equality.

Objection: On the strength of the text, 'A sacrificer incurs sin by not

adoring equally one who is an equal, and by adoring equally one who is

an equal, to himself' (Gau. Sm. 17.20), are not they sinful, whose food

should not be eaten? Reply: They are not open to the charge.

Objection: How?

5.19 Iha eva, here itself, even while they are living; is sargah, rebirth;

jitah, conquered, overcome; taih, by them, by the learned ones who see

with equanimity; yesam, whose; manah, minds, the internal organs; are

sthitam, established, made steadfast; samye, on sameness, in Brahman

that exists as the same in all beings. It is nirdosam, free from defects.

Because of Its existence in such mean objects as an eater of dog's

meat, etc., though It is supposed by fools to be affected by the defects

of those (objects), still It remains untouched by those blemishes, hi,

because It is free from defects. Nor even is It differentiated by Its

qualities, since Consciousness is free from qualifications. And the Lord

will speak of desires etc. (cf. 13.6 etc.) as the attributes of the aggregate

of body and organs, and will also say, 'Being without beginning and

without qualities' (13.31). Nor even are there the ultimate distinctions

which can create differentiation in the Self, [According to the Vaisesikas,

everything is possessed of not only qualities but also of antya-visesa

(ultimate distinction), which is a category like substance, quality, action,

etc. This distinction makes every entity different from other entities.

Thus, individual souls have their own ultimate distinctions by the very

fact that they are individuals. Vedanta denies such a category. Besides,

the Self is one and omnipresent. Therefore there is nothing else from

which It can be distinguished.-Tr.] because there is nothing to prove that

these ultimate distinctions exist in every body. Hence, samam brahma,

Brahman is the same and one. Tasmat, therefore; te, they; sthitah, are

established; brahmani, in Brahman Itself. As a result, not even a shade of

defect touches them. For they have no self-identification in the form of

perceiving the aggregate of body etc. as the Self. On the other hand,

that statement (Gau. Sm. 17.20) refers to the man who has selfidentification

in the form of perceiving the aggregate of body, (organs)

etc. as the Self, for that statement-'A sacrificer incurs sin by not adoring

equally one who is an equal, and by adoring equally one who is not

equal to himself, pointedly refers to persons who are the objects of

adoration. It is indeed seen that in worship, charity, etc. the determining

factors are the possession of such special qualities as being 'a knower

of Brahman', 'versed in the six auxiliary branches of Vedic learning', and

'versed in the four Vedas'. But Brahman is bereft of association with all

qualities and defects. This being so, it is logical that they are established

in Brahman. And 'adoring an equal, ...an unequal,' etc. has reference to

men of action. [Those engaged in actions with a sense of agentship,

etc.-Tr.] But this subject under consideration, beginning from 'The

embodied man...having given up all actions mentally' (13) to the end of

the chapter, is concerning one who has given up all actions. Since the

Self is Brahman which is without blemish and is the same (in all),

therefore-

5.20 Brahmavit, a knower of Brahman, as described; sthitah, who is

established; brahmani in Brahman- who is not a performer of actions, i.e.

one who has renounced all actions; sthira-buddhih, should have his

intellect steady-the man of steady intellect is one who has the

unwavering, firm conviction of the existence of the one and the same

taintless Self in all beings; and further, asammudhah, he should not be

deluded, he should be free from delusion. Na prahrsyet, he should not

get delighted; prapya, by getting; priyam, what is desirable; na ca

udvijet, and surely, neither should he become dejected; prapya, by

getting; apriyam, what is undesirable-because the acquisition of the

desirable and the undesirable are causes of [Ast.'s reading is 'horsavisadau

kurvate, cause happiness and sorrow' in place of 'harsa-visadasthane,

sources of happiness and sorrow', which (latter) reading occurs

in G1. Pr. and A.A.-Tr.] happiness and sorrow for one who considers the

body as the Self; not for the one who has realized the absolute Self,

since in his case there can be no acquisition of desirable and

undesirable objects. Further, the one who is established in Brahman5.21

Asakta-atma, with his heart, internal organ, unattached, bahyasparsesu,

to external objects-sparsah means objects that are contacted,

viz sound etc.; bahya-sparsah means those things which are external

(bahya) and are objects of contact; that person who thus has his heart

unattached, who derives no happiness from objects; he vindati, gets that

sukham, bliss; yat, which is; atmani, in the Self. Brahma-yoga-yuktaatma,

with his heart absorbed in meditation on Brahman-meditation

(yoga) on Brahman is brahma-yoga; one whose internal organ (atma) is

absorbed in (yukta), engaged in, that meditation on Brahman is brahmayoga-

yukta-atma; he asnute, acquires; aksayam, undecaying; sukham,

Bliss. So, he who cherishes undecaying happiness in the Self should

withdraw the organs from the momentary happiness in external objects.

This is the meaning. For this reason also one should withdraw:

5.22 Hi, since; bhogah, enjoyments; ye samsparsajah, that result from

contact with objects, that arise from contact between the objects and

the organs; are eva, verily; duhkha-yonayah, sources of sorrow, because

they are creations of ignorance. It is certainly a matter of experience that

physical and other sorrows are created by that itself. By the use of the

word eva (verily), it is understood that, as it happens here in this world,

so does it even in the other world. Realizing that there is not the least

trace of happiness in the world, one should withdraw the organs from

the objects which are comparable to a mirage. Not only are they

sources of sorrow, they also adi-antavantah, have a beginning and an

end. Adi (beginning) of enjoyments consists in the contact between

objects and senses, and their end (anta), indeed, is the loss of that

contact. Hence, they have a beginning and an end, they are

impermanent, being present in the intervening moment. This is the

meaning. (Therefore) O son of Kunti, budhah, the wise one, the

discriminating person who has realized the Reality which is the supreme

Goal; na ramate, does not delight; tesu, in them, in enjoyments. For

delight in objects is seen only in very foolish beings, as for instance in

animals etc. This extremely painful evil, which is opposed to the path of

Bliss and is the source of getting all miseries, is difficult to resist.

Therefore one must make the utmost effort to avoid it. Hence the Lord

says:;

5.23 Yah saknoti, one who can, is able to; sodhum, withstand; iha eva,

here itself, while alive; prak, before; sarira-vimoksanat, departing from

the body, till death-. Death is put as a limit because the impulse of desire

and anger is certanily inevitable for a living person. For this impulse has

got infinite sources. One should not relax until his death. That is the idea.

Kama, desire, is the hankering, thirst, with regard to a coveted object-of

an earlier experience, and which is a source of pleasure-when it comes

within the range of the senses, or is heard of or remembered. And

krodha, anger, is that repulsion one has against what are adverse to

oneself and are sources of sorrow, when they are seen, heard of or

remembered. That impulse (veda) which has those desire and anger as

its source (udbhava) is kama-krodha-udbhava-vegah. The impulse

arising from desire is a kind of mental agitation, and has the signs of

horripilation, joyful eyes, face, etc. The impulse of anger has the signs of

trembling of body, perspiration, bitting of lips, red eyes, etc. He who is

able to withstand that impulse arising from desire and anger, sah narah,

that man; is yuktah, a yogi; and sukhi, is happy, in this world. What kind

of a person, being established in Brahman, attains Brahman? The Lord

says:

5.24 Yah antah-sukhah, one who is happy within, in the indwelling Self;

and so also antar-aramah, has pleasure within-he disports only in the

Self within; similarly, antar-jyotih eva, has his light only within, has the

indwelling Self alone as his light; [He has not to depend on the organs

like ear etc. for acquiring knowledge.] sah yogi, that yogi; yah, who is of

this kind; brahma-bhutah, having become Brahman, even while he is still

living; adhigacchati, attains; brahma-nirvanam, absorption in Brahmangets

Liberation. Besides,

5.25 Rsayah, the seers, those who have full realization, the monks;

ksina-kalmasah, whose sins, defects like sin etc., have been attenuated;

chinna-dvaidhah, who are freed from doubt; yata-atmanah, whose

organs are under control; ratah, who are engaged; sarvabhutahite, in

doing good to all beings-favourably disposed towards all, i.e. harmless;

labhante, attain; brahma-nirvanam, absorption in Brahman, Liberation.

Further,

5.26 Yatinam, to the monks; yata-cetasam, who have control over their

internal organ; kama-krodha-viyuktanam, who are free from desire and

anger; vidita-atmanam, who have known the Self, i.e. who have full

realization; vartate, there is; brahma-nir-vanam, absorption in Brahman,

Liberation; abhitah, either way, whether living or dead. Immediate

Liberation of the monks who are steadfast in full realization has been

stated. And the Lord has said, and will say, at every stage that Karmayoga,

undertaken as a dedication to Brahman, to God, by surrendering

all activities [The activities of body, mind and organs] to God, leads to

Liberation through the stages of purification of the heart, attainment of

Knowledge, and renunciation of all actions. Thereafter, now, with the

idea, 'I shall speak elaborately of the yoga of meditation which is the

proximate discipline for full realization,' the Lord gave instruction through

some verses in the form of aphorisms:

5.27 Krtva, keeping; bahyan, the external; sparsan, objects-sound etc.;

bahih, outside: To one who does not pay attention to the external

objects like sound etc., brought to the intellect through the ear etc., the

objects become verily kept outside. Having kept them out in this way,

and (keeping) the caksuh, eyes; antare, at the juncture; bhruvoh, of the

eye-brows (-the word 'keeping' has to be supplied-); and similarly,

samau krtva, making equal; prana-apanau, the outgoing and the

incoming breaths; nasa-abhyantara-carinau, that move through the

nostrils; munih, the contemplative-derived (from the root man) in the

sense of contemplating-, the monk; yata-indriya-mano-buddhih, who

has control over his organs, mind and intellect; should be moksa-parayanah,

fully intent on Liberation-keeping his body is such a posture, the

contemplative should have Liberation itself as the supreme Goal. He

should be vigata-iccha-bhaya-krodhah, free from desire, fear and anger.

The monk yah, who; sada, ever remains thus; sah, he; is muktah yah,

who;sada, ever remains thus; sah, he; is muktah, ever, verily free. He

has no other Liberation to seek after. What is there to be realized by

one who has his mind thus concentrated? The answer this is beig

stated:

5.28 Krtva, keeping; bahyan, the external; sparsan, objects-sound etc.;

bahih, outside: To one who does not pay attention to the external

objects like sound etc., brought to the intellect through the ear etc., the

objects become verily kept outside. Having kept them out in this way,

and (keeping) the caksuh, eyes; antare, at the juncture; bhruvoh, of the

eye-brows (-the word 'keeping' has to be supplied-); and similarly,

samau krtva, making equal; prana-apanau, the outgoing and the

incoming breaths; nasa-abhyantara-carinau, that move through the

nostrils; munih, the contemplative-derived (from the root man) in the

sense of contemplating-, the monk; yata-indriya-mano-buddhih, who

has control over his organs, mind and intellect; should be moksa-parayanah,

fully intent on Liberation-keeping his body is such a posture, the

contemplative should have Liberation itself as the supreme Goal. He

should be vigata-iccha-bhaya-krodhah, free from desire, fear and anger.

The monk yah, who; sada, ever remains thus; sah, he; is muktah yah,

who;sada, ever remains thus; sah, he; is muktah, ever, verily free. He

has no other Liberation to seek after. What is there to be realized by

one who has his mind thus concentrated? The answer this is beig

stated:

5.29 Rcchati, one attains; santim, Peace, complete cessation of

transmigration; jnatva, by knowing; mam, Me who am Narayana; who, as

the sarva-loka-mahesvaram, great Lord of all the worlds; am the

bhoktaram, enjoyer (of the fruits); yajna-tapasam, of sacrifices and

austerities, as the performer and the Deity of the sacrifices and

austerities (respectively); (and) who am the suhrdam, friend; sarvabhutanam,

of all creatures-who am the Benefactor of all without

consideration of return, who exist in the heart of all beings, who am the

dispenser of the results of all works, who am the Witness of all

perceptions.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 6

RO

6.1 Anasritah, without depending on;-on what?-on that which is karmaphalam,

the result of action- i.e. without craving for the result of action-.

He who craves for the results of actions becomes dependent on the

results of actions. But this person is the opposite of such a one. Hence

(it is said), 'wihtout depending on the result of action. Having become

so, yah he who; karoti, performs accomplishes; (karma, an action;)

which is his karyam, duty, the nityakarmas such as Agnihotra etc. which

are opposed to the kamya-karmas-. Whoever is a man of action of this

kind is distinguished from the other men of action. In order to express

this idea the Lord says, sah, he ; is a sannyasi, monk, and a yogi.

Sanyyasa, means renunciation. he who is possessed of this is a

sannyasi, a monk. And he is also a yogi. Yoga means concentration of

mind. He who has that is a yogi. It is to be understood that this man is

possessed of these qualities. It is not to be understood that, only that

person who does not keep a fire (niragnih) and who is actionless

(akriyah) is a monk and a yogi. Niragnih is one from whom the fires [viz

Garhapatya, Ahavaniya, Anvaharya-pacana, etc.], which are the

accessories of rites, have bocome dissociated. By kriya are mean

austerity, charity, etc. which are performed wityout fire. Akriyah,

actionless, is he who does not have even such kriyas. Objection: Is it

not only with regard to one who does not keep a fire and is acitonless

that monasticsm and meditativeness are well known in the Vedas, Smrtis

and scriptures dealing with meditation? Why are monasticism and

meditativeness spoken of here with regard to one who keeps a fire and

is a man of action-which is not accepted as a fact? Reply: This defect

does not arise, because both are sought to be asserted in some

secondary sense. Objection: How is that? Reply: His being monk is by

virtue of his having given up hankering for the results of actions; and his

being a man of meditation is from the fact of his doing actions as

accesories to meditation or from his rejection of thoughts for the results

of actions which cause disturbances in the mind. Thus both are used in

a figurative sense. On the contrary, it is not that monasticism and

meditativeness are meant in the primary sense. With a veiw to pointing

out this idea, the Lord says:

6.2 Yam, that which is characterized by the giving up of all actions and

their results; which prahuh, they, the knowers of the Vedas and the

Smrtis, call; sannyasam iti, monasticism, in the real sense; viddhi,

known; tam, that monasticism in the real sense; to be yogam, Yoga,

consisting in the performance of actions, O Pandava. Accepting what

kind of similarity between Karma-yoga, which is characterized by

engagement (in actions), and its opposite, renunciation in the real sense,

which is characterized by cessation from work, has their equation been

stated? When such an apprehension arises, the answer is this; From the

point of view of the agent, there does exist a simialrity of Karma-yoga

with real renunciation. For he who is a monk in the real sense, from the

very fact of his having given up all the means needed for accomplishing

actions, gives up the thought of all actions and their results-the source of

desire that leads to engagement in work. [Thoughts about an object lead

to the desire for it, which in turn leads to actions for getting it. (Also see

note under 4.19)] also, even while performing actions, gives up the

thought for results. Pointing out this idea, the Lord says: Hi, for; kascit,

nobody, no man of action whosoever; asannyasta-sankalpah, who has

not given up expactaions-one by whom has not been renounced

expectation, anticipation, of results;bhavati, becomes, i.e. can become;

yogi, a yogi, a man of concentration, because thought of results is the

cause of the disturbance of mind. Therefore, any man of action who

gives up the thought of results would become a yogi, a man of

concentration with an unperturbed mind, because of his having given up

thought of results which is the cause of mental distractions. This is the

purport. Thus, because of the similarity of real monasticism with Karmayoga

from the point of veiw of giving up by the agent, Karma-yoga is

extolled as monasticism in, 'That which they call monasticism, know that

to be Yoga, O Pandava.' Since Karma-yoga, which is independent of

results, is the remote help to Dhyana-yoga, therefore it has been praised

as monasticism. Thereafter, now the Lord shows how Karma-yoga is

helpful to Dhyana-yoga:

6.3 Aruruksoh, for one who wishes to ascend, who has not ascended,

i.e. for that very person who is unable to remain established in Dhyanayoga;-

for which person who is desirous to ascend?-munch, for the sage,

i.e. for one who has renounced the results of actions;-trying to ascend to

what?-yogam, to (Dhyana-) yoga; karma, action; ucyate, is said to be;

the karanam, means. Tasya, for that person, again; yoga-arudhasya,

when he has ascended to (Dhyana-) yoga; samah, inaction, withdrawl

from all actions; eva, alone; ucyate, is said to be; karanam, the means

for remaining poised in the state of meditation. This is the meaning. To

the extent that one withdraws from actions, the mind of that man who is

at cease and self-controlled becomes concentrated. When this occurs,

he at once becomes established in Yoga. And accordingly has it been

said by Vyasa: 'For a Brahmana there is no wealth conparable to (the

knowledge of) oneness, sameness, truthfulness, character, equipoise,

harmlessness, straightforwardness and withdrawal from various actions'

(Mbh. Sa. 175.37). After that, now is being stated when one becomes

established in Yoga:

6.4 Hi, verily; yada, when; a yogi who is concentrating his mind, sarvasankalpa-

sannyasi, who has given up thought about everything-who is

apt to give up (sannyasa) all (sarva) thoughts (sankalpa) which are the

causes of desire, for things here and hereafter; na anusajjate, does not

become attached, i.e. does not hold the idea that they have to be done

by him; indriya-arthesu, with regard to sense-objects like sound etc.;

and karmasu, with regard to actions-nitya, naimittika, kamya and

nisiddha (prohibited) because of the absence of the idea of their utility;

tada, then, at that time; ucyate, he is said to be; yoga-arudhah,

established in Yoga, i.e. he is said to have attained to Yoga. From the

expression, 'one who has given up thought about eveything', it follows

that one has to renounce all desires and all actions, for all desires have

thoughts as their source. This accords with such Smrti texts as: 'Verily,

desire has thought as its source. Sacrifices arise from thoughts' (Ma.

Sm. 2.3); 'O Desire, I know your source. You surely spring from thought.

I shall not think of you. So you will not arise in me' (Mbh. Sa. 177.25).

And when one gives up all desires, renunciation of all actions becomes

accomplished. This agrees with such Upanisadic texts as, '(This self is

identified with desire alone.) What it desires, it resolves; what it resolves,

it works out' (Br. 4.4.5); and also such Smrti texts as, 'Whatever actions

a man does, all that is the effect of desire itself' (Ma. Sm. 2.4). It accords

with reason also. For, when all thoughts are renounced, no one can even

move a little. So, by the expression, 'one who has given up thought

about everything', the Lord makes one renounced all desires and all

actions. When one is thus established in Yoga, then by that very fact

one's self becomes uplifted by oneself from the worldly state which is

replete with evils. Hence,

6.5 Uddharet, one should save; atmanam, oneself sunk in the sea of the

world; atmana, by oneself; one should save, ut-haret, should uplift

(oneself) from that, i.e. make it attain the state of being established in

Yoga. Na avasadayet, one should not lower, debase; atmanam, oneself.

Hi, for; atma eva, oneself is verily; atmanah one's own; bandhuh, friend.

Centainly there is no other friend who can bring about liberation from this

world. In fact, even a friend is an obstacle to Liberation, he being the

source of such bondages as love etc. Therefore the emphatic statement,

'For one is one's own friend, is justifiable. Atma eva, oneself verily; is

atmanah, one's own: ripuh, enemy. Anyone else who is an external

harmful enemy, even he is of one's own making! Therefore the firm

conclusion, 'oneself verily is one's own enemy's is reasonable. It has

been said that 'oneself is verily one's own friend, oneself verily is one's

own enemy.' As to that, (the self) [Ast. has this additional word, atma,

self.-Tr.] of what kind is one's own friend, or (the self) of what kind is

one's own enemy? This is being answered:

6.6 Tasya, of him; yena, by whom; jitah, has been conquered, subdued;

his eva atma, very self, the aggregate of body and organs; that atma,

self; is bandhuh, the friend; atmanah, of his self. The idea is that he is a

conqueror of his senses. Tu, but; anatmanah, for one who has not

conquered his self, who has no self-control; atma eva, his self itself;

varteta, acts; satruvat, like an enemy; satrutve, inimically, with the

attitude of an enemy. As an enemy, who is different from oneself, does

harm to oneself, similarly one's self behaves like an enemy to oneself.

This is the meaning. [If the body and organs are under control, they are

helpful in concentrating one's mind on the Self; but, if they are not under

control, they oppose this concentration.]

6.7 Parama-atma, the supreme Self; jita-atmanah, of one who has

control over the aggregate of his body and organs; prasantasya, who is

tranquil, who is a monk with his internal organ placid; samahitah,

becomes manifest, i.e. becomes directly manifest as his own Self.

Moreover, (he should be equipoised) sita-usna-sukha-duhkhesu, in the

midst of cold and heat, happiness and sorrow; tatha, as also; manaapamanayoh

in honour and dishonour, adoration and despise.

6.8 A yogi, jnana-vijnana-trpta-atma, whose mind is satisfied with

knowledge and realization-jnana is thorough knowledge of things

presented by the scriptures, but vijnana is making those things known

from the scriptures a subject of one's own realization just as they have

been presented; he whose mind (atma) has become contented (trpta)

with those jnana and vijnana is jnana-vijnana-trpta-atma-; kutasthah,

who is unmoved, i.e. who becomes unshakable; and vijita-indriyah, who

has his organs under control;- he who is of this kind, ucyate, is said to

be; yuktah, Self-absorbed. That yogi sama-losta-asma-kancanah, treats

equally a lump of earth, a stone and gold. Further,

6.9 The first line of the verse beginning with 'benefactor,' etc. is a single

compound word. Visisyate, he excels, i.e. he is the best among all those

who are established in Yoga-(a different reading is vimucyate, he

becomes free); sama-buddhih, who has sameness of view, i.e. whose

mind is not engaged with the question of who one is and what he does;

with regard to a suhrd, benefactor-one who does some good without

consideration of return; mitram, a friend, one who is affectionate; arih, a

foe; udasinah, a neutral, who sides with nobody; madhyasthah, an

arbiter, who is a well-wisher of two conflicting parties; dvesyah, the

hateful, who is repulsive to oneself; bandhuh, a relative;- to all these as

also sadhusu, with regard to good people, who follow the scriptures; api

ca, and even; papesu, sinners, who perform prohibited actions-with

regard to all of them. Therefore, to acquire this excellent result-

6.10 A yogi, a man of meditation; satatam yunjita, should constantly

concentrate; atmanam, his mind; sthitah, by staying; rahasi, in a solitary

place, in mountain caves etc.; ekaki, alone, without any companion;

yata-citta-atma, with mind and body controlled; nirasih, without

expectations, free from hankering; and aparigrahah, free from

acquisition. From the uise of the qualifying words, 'in a solitary place'

and 'alone', it follows that (he has to undertake all these) after espousing

monasticism. And even after renunciation, he should concentrate his

mind by desisting from all acquisition. This is the meaning. Now then

have to be stated the rules regarding seat, food, movements, etc. as

disciplines for yoga in the case of one practising concentration; as also

the signs of one who has succeeded in Yoga, and the consequent result

etc. Hence this is begun. Among these, the seat is being first spoken of:

6.11 See Commentary under 6.12

6.12 Pratisthapya, having established; sthiram, firmly; sucau, in a clean;

dese, place, which is solitary, either naturally or through improvement;

atmanah, his own; asanam, seat; na ati ucchritam, neither too high; na

ati nicam, nor even too low; and that made of caila-ajina-kusa-uttram,

cloth, skin, and kusa-grass, placed successively one below the other-the

successive arrangement of cloth etc. here is in a reverse order to that of

the textual reading-. What follows after thus establishing the seat?

Upavisya, sitting; tatra, on that; asane, seat; yogam yunjyat, he should

concentrate his mind. To what purpose should he concentrate his mind?

In answer the Lord says: atma-visuddhaye, for the purification of the

internal organ. How? Krtva, making; manah, the mind; ekagram, onepointed,

by withdrawing it from all objects; and yata-citta-indriya-kriyah,

keeping the actions (kriyah) of the mind (citta) and senses (indriya) under

control (yata). The external seat has been spoken of. Now is being

stated how the posture of the body should be:

6.13 See Commentary under 6.14

6.14 Dharayan, holding; kaya-siro-girvam, the body (torso), head and

neck; samam, erect; and acalam, still-movement is possible for one

(even while) holding these erect; therefore it is specified, 'still'-; sthirah,

being steady, i.e. remaining steady; sampreksya, looking svam

nasikagram, at tip of his own nose -looking at it intently, as it were; ca,

and; anavalokayan, not looking; disah, around, i.e. not glancing now and

then in various directions-. The words 'as it were' are to be understood

because what is intended here is not an injunction for looking at the tip

of one's own nose! What then? It is the fixing the gaze of the eyes by

withdrawing it from external objects; and that is enjoined with a veiw to

concentrating the mind. [What is sought to be presented here as the

primary objective is the concentration of mind. If the gaze be directed

outward, then it will result in interrupting that concentration. Therefore

the purpose is to first fix the gaze of the eyes within.] If the intention were

merely the looking at the tip of the nose, then the mind would remain

fixed there itself, not on the Self! In, 'Making the mind fixed in the Self'

(25), the Lord will speak of concentrating the mind verily on the Self.

Therefore, owing to the missing word iva (as it were), it is merely the

withdrawl of the gaze that is implied by sampreksya (looking). Further,

prasantatma, with a placid mind, with a mind completely at peace;

vigata-bhih, free from fear sthitah, firm; brahmacari-vrate, in the vow of a

celibate, the vow cosisting in serivce of the teacher, eating food got by

beggin, etc.-firm in that, i.e. he should follow these; besides, mat-cittah,

with the mind fixed on Me who am the supreme God; samyamya, by

controlling; manah, the mind, i.e. by stopping the modifications of the

mind; yuktah, through concentration, i.e. by becoming concentrated;

asita, he should remain seated; matparah, with Me as the supreme Goal.

Some passionate person may have his mind on a woman, but he does

not accept the woman as his supreme Goal. What then? He accepts the

king or Sive as his goal. But this one (the yogi) not only has his mind on

Me but has Me as his Goal. After that, now is being stated the result of

Yoga:

6.15 Yunjan, concentrating; atmanam, the mind; evam, thus, according

to the methods shown above; sada, for ever; the yogi, niyata-manasah,

of controlled mind; adhi-gacchati, achieves; santim, the Peace, the

indifference to worldly attachments and possessions; nirvana-paramam,

which culminates in Liberation; and mat-samstham, which abides in Me.

Now are bieng mentioned the rules about the yogi's food etc.:

6.16 (Tu, but) O Arjuna, Yoga na asti, is not; atiasnatah, for one who

eats too much, for one who eats food more than his capacity; na ca, nor

is Yoga; anasnatah, for one who does not eat; ekantam, at all. This

accords with the Vedic text, 'As is well known, if one eats that much

food which is within one's capacity, then it sustains him, it does not hurt

him; that which is more, it harms him; that which is less, it does not

sustain him' (Sa. Br.; Bo. Sm. 2.7.22). Therefore, a yogi should not eat

food more or less than what is suitable for him. Or the meaning is that

Yoga is not for one who eats more food than what is prescribed for a

yogi in the scriptures on Yoga. Indeed, the quantity has been mentioned

in, 'One half of the stomach is to be filled with food including curries; the

third quarter is to be filled with water; but the fourth quarter is to be left

for the movement of air,' etc. Similarly, Yoga is not for ati svapnasilasya,

one who habitually sleeps too long; and Yoga is na eva, surely

not; jagratah, for one who keeps awake too long. How, again, does

Yoga become possibel? This is being stated:

6.17 Yogah bhavati, Yoga becomes; duhkha-ha, a destroyer of sorrowthat

which destroys (hanti) all sorrows (duhkhani)-, i.e., Yoga destroys all

worldly sorrows; yukta-ahara-viharasya, of one whose eating and

movements are regulated- ahara (lit. food) means all that is gathered in,

[According to the Commentator, ahara, which also means food, includes

mental 'food as well. See Ch. 7.26.2.-Tr.] and vihara means moving

about, walking; one for whom these two are regulated (yukta) is yuktaahara-

vihara-; and also yukta-cestasya, of one whose effort (cesta) is

moderate (yukta); karmasu, in works; similarly, yukta-svapnaavabodhasya,

of one whose sleep (svapna) and wakefulness (avabodha)

are temperate (yukta), have regulated periods. To him whose eating and

movements are regulated, whose effort in work is moderate, whose

sleep and wakefulness are temperate, Yoga becomes a destroyer of

sorrows. When does a man become concentrated? That is being

presently stated:

6.18 A yogi, nihsprhah, who has become free from hankering, thirst;

sarva-kamebhyah, for all desirable objects, seen and unseen; is tada,

then; ucyate, said to be; yuktah, Self-absorbed; yada, when; the

viniyatam, controlled; cittam, mind, the mind that has been made fully

one-pointed by giving up thought of external objects; avatisthate, rests;

atmani eva, in the non-dual Self alone, i.e. he gets established in his own

Self. An illustration in being given for the mind of that yogi which has

become Self-absorbed:

6.19 Yatha, as; a dipah, lamp; nivata-sthah, kept in a windless place; na

ingate, does not flicker; sa upama, such is the simile-that with which

something is compared is an upama (smile)-; smrta, thought of, by the

knowers of Yoga who understand the movements of the mind; yoginah,

for the yogi; yata-citasya, whose mind is under control; and yunjatah,

who is engaged in; yogam, concentration; atmanah, on the Self, i.e. who

is practising Self-absorption. By dint of practising Yoga thus, when the

mind, comparable to a lamp in a windless place, becomes concentrated,

then-

6.20 Yatra, at the time when; cittam, the mind; niruddham, restrained,

entirely prevented from wandering; uparamate, gets withdrawn; yogasevaya,

through the practice of Yoga; ca, and; yatra eva, just when, at

the very moment when; pasyan, by seeing, by experiencing; atmanam,

the Self, which by nature is the supreme light of Consciousness; atmana,

by the self, by the mind purified by concentration; tusyati, one remains

contented, gets delighted; atmani eva, in one's own Self alone-.

[Samadhi is of two kinds, Samprajnata and Asamprajnata. The

concentration called right knowledge (Samprajnata) is that which is

followed by reasoning, discrimination, blisss and unqualified egoism.

Asamprajnata is that which is attained by the constant practice of

cessation of all mental activity, in which the citta retains only the

unmanifested impressions.-Cf. C. W., Vol. I, 1962, pp. 210, 212.

According to A.G. the verses upto 6.20 state in a general way the

characteristics of samadhi. From the present verse to the 25th,

Asamprajnata-samadhi is introduced and defined.-Tr.] Besides,

6.21 Yatra, when, at the time when; vetti, one experiences; tat, that;

atyantikam, absolute-which is verily limitless, i.e. infinite; sukham, Bliss;

yat, which; buddhi-grahyam, can be intuited by the intellect, intuited by

the intellect alone, without the help of the senses; and which is

atindriyam, beyond the senses, i.e. not objective; (-when one

experieneces this kind of Bliss) and sthitah, being established in the

nature of the Self; ayam, this person, the illumined one; eva, surely; na

calati, does not swerve; tattvatah, from that Reality-i.e. does not deviate

from the nature of Reality-. Further,

6.22 Labdhva, obtaining; yam, which-by acquiring which Selfattainment;

na manyate, one does not think; that there is aparam, any

other; labham, acquisition; tatah adhikam, superior to that; and also,

sthitah,being established; yasmin, in which Reality of the Self; na

vicalyate, one is not perturbed; api, even; guruna, by great; duhkhena,

sorrow, as may be caused by being struck with weapons, etc.-. The

yoga that has been spoken of as a particular state of the Self,

distinguished by its characterisics in the verses beginning with 'At the

time when the mind gets withdrawn,' (20) etc.-

6.23 Vidyat, one should know; tat, that; duhkha-samyoga-viyogam,

severance (viyoga) of contact (samyoga) with sorrow (duhkha); to be

verily yoga-sanjnitam, what is called Yoga-i.e. oen should know it

through a negative definition. After concluding the topic of the result of

Yoga, the need for pursuing Yoga is again being spoken of in another

way in order to enjoin 'preservance' and 'freedom from depression' as

the disciplines for Yoga: Sah, that; yogah, Yoga, which has the results

as stated above; yoktavyah, has to be practised; niscayena, with

perservance; and anirvinnacetasa, with an undepressed heart. That

which is not (a) depressed (nirvinnam) is anirvinnam. What is that? The

heart. (One has to practise Yoga) with that heart which is free from

depression. This is the meaning. Again,

6.24 See Commentary under 6.25

6.25 Tyaktva, by eschewing; asesatah, totally, without a trace; sarvan,

all; the kamam, desires; sankalpa-prabhavan, which arise from thoughts;

and further, viniyamya, restraining; manasa eva, with the mind itself, with

the mind endued with discrimination; indriya-gramam, all the organs;

samantatah, from every side; uparamet, one should withdraw, abstain;

sanaih sanaih, gradually, not suddenly;-with what?-buddhya, with the

intellect;- possessed of what distinction?-dhrti-grhitaya, endowed with

steadiness, i.e. with fortitude. Krtva, making manah, the mind; atmasamstham,

fixed in the Self, with the idea, 'The Self alone is all; there is

nothing apart from It'-thus fixing the mind on the Self; na cintayet, one

should not think of; kincit api, anything whatsoever. Thisis the highest

instruction about Yoga.

6.26 In the beginning, the yogi who is thus engaged in making the mind

established in the Self, etat vasamnayet, should bring this (mind) under

the subjugation; atmani eva, of the Self Itself; niyamya, by restraining;

etat. it; tatah tatah, from all those causes whatever, viz sound etc.; yatah

yatah, due to which, doe to whatever objects like sound etc.; the

cancalam, restless, very restless; and therefore asthiram, unsteady;

manah, mind; niscarati, wanders away, goes out due to its inherent

defects. (It should be restrained) by ascertaining through discrimination

those causes to be mere appearances, and with an attitude of

detachment. Thus, through the power of practice of Yoga, the mind of

the yogi merges in the Self Itself.

6.27 Uttamam, supreme, unsurpassable; sukham, Blisss; upaiti, comes;

hi enam yoginam, to this yogi alone; prasanta-manasam, whose mind

has become perfectly tranquil; santa-rejasam, whose (quality of) rajas

has been eliminated, i.e. whose rajas, viz defects such as delusion etc.

['The five klesas, pain-bearing obstructions, are: ignorance, egoism,

attachment, aversion, and clinging to life' (P.Y.Su.2.3).] have been

destroyed; brahma-bhutam, who has become identified with Brahman,

who is free even while living, who has got the certitude that Bramhman is

all; and akalmasam, who is taintless, free from vice etc.

6.28 Sada yunjan, by constantly concentrating; atmanam, his mind;

evam, thus, in the process stated; vigata-kalmasah, the taintles, sinless

yogi, free from the obstacles to Yoga; sukhena, easily; asnute, attains;

atayantam, absolute-that which exists by transcending limits-, supreme,

unsurpassable; sukham, Bliss; of brahma-samsparsam, contact with

Brahman-the Bliss that is in touch [In touch with, i.e. identified with,

homogeneous with, in essential oneness with.] with the supreme

Brahman. Now is being shown that result of Yoga which is the

realization of identity with Brahman and which is the cause of the

extinction of the whole mundane existence . [Liberation is conceived of

in two ways-total cessation of sorrows, and attainment of unsurpassable

Bliss.]

6.29 Yoga-yukta-atma, one who has his mind Self-absorbed through

Yoga, whose mind is merged in samadhi; and sarvatra-sama-darsanah,

who has the vision of sameness everywhere-who has the vision

(darsana) of sameness (sama-tva), the knowledge of identity of the Self

and Brahman everywhere (sarvatra) without exception, in all divergent

objects beginning from Brahma to immovable things; iksate, sees;

atmanam, the Self, his own Self; sarva-bhuta-stham, existing in

everything; and sarva-bhutani, everything from Brahma to a clump of

grass; unified atmani, in his Self. The fruit of this realization of the unity

of the Self is being stated:

6.30 Yah, one who; pasyati, sees; mam, Me, Vasudeva, who am the

Self of all; sarvatra, in all things; ca, and; sees sarvam, all things, all

created things, beginning from Brahma; mayi, in Me who am the Self of

all;-aham, I who am God; na pranasyami, do not go out; tasya,of his

vision-of one who has thus realized the unity of the Self; ca sah, and he

also; na pranasyati, is not lost; me, to My vision. That man of realization

does not get lost to Me, to Vasudeva, because of the indentity between

him and Me, for that which is called one's own Self is surely dear to one,

and since it is I alone who am the seer of the unity of the Self in all.

6.31 This being so, i.e. after reiterating (in the first line of the present

verse) the idea of full realization contained in the previous verse, the

result of that (realization), viz Liberation, is being spoken of (in the

second line): The yogi, the man of full realization; vartate, exists; mayi, in

Me, in the supreme state of Visnu; sarvatha api, in whatever condition;

vartamanah, he may be. He is verily ever-free. The idea is that he is not

obstructed from Liberation by anything. Furthermore,

6.32 Atma-aupamyena: Atma means the self, i.e. oneself. That by which

a comparison is made is an upama. The abstract from of that is

aupamya. Atma-aupamya means a standard as would be applicable to

oneself. O Arjuna, yah, he who; pasyati, judges; sarvatra, in all beings;

samam, by the same standard, in the same manner; atma-aupamyena,

as he would apply to himself-. And what does he view with sameness?

That is being stated: As sukham, happiness, is dear to me, so also is

happiness agreeable to all creatures. Va, and-the word va is (used) in

the sense of and; just as yadi, whatever; duhkham, sorrow is

unfavourable, unwelcome to me, so also is sorrow unwelcome and

unfavourable to all creatures. In this way, he looks upon happiness and

sorrow as pleasant and unpleasant to all bengs, by the same standard

as he would apply to himself. He does not act against anyone. That is ,

he is non-injurious. He who is thus non-injurious and steadfast in full

Illumination, sah, that yogi; paramah matah, is considered as the best

among all the yogis. Noticing that his Yoga-as spoken of and consisting

in full Illumination- is hard to acquire, Arjuna, with a view to hearing the

sure means to its attainment, said:

6.33 O Madhusudana, ayam, this; yogah, Yoga; yah proktah, that has

been spoken of; tvaya, by You; samyena, as sameness; na pasyami, I do

not see, I cannot conceive;-what?-etasya, its; sthiram, steady,

undisturbed; sthitim, continuance; cancalatvat, owing to the

unsteadiness of the mind, which is well known.

6.34 Hi, for, O Krsna-the word krsna is derived from the root krs

[Another derivative meaning may be-'the capacity to draw towards

Himself all glorious things of this and the other world'.], in the sense of

'uprooting'; He is Krsna because He uproots the defects such as sin etc.

of devotees-; manah, the mind; is cancalam, unsteady. Not only is it very

unsteady, it is also pramathi, turbulent. It torments, agitates, the body

and the organs. It brings them under extraneous control. Besides, it is

balavat, strong, not amenable ot anybody's restraint. Again, it is drdham,

obstinate, hard as the (large shark called) Tantu-naga (also known as

Varjuna-pasa). Aham, I; manye, consider; tasya, its-of the mind which is

of this kind; nigrahah, control, restraint; to be (suduskaram, greatly

difficult;) vayoh iva, as of the wind. Control of the wind is difficult. I

consider the control of the mind to be even more difficult than that. This

is the idea. 'This is just as you say.'

6.35 Mahabaho, O mighty-armed one; asamsayam, undoubtedly-there

is no doubt with regard to this; that the manah, mind; is durnigraham,

untractable; and calm, restless. Tu, but; it-the modifications of the mind

in the form of distractions-grhyate, is brought under control; abhyasena,

through practice- abhyasa means repetition of some idea or thought of

the mind one some mental plane ['Some mental plane' suggests some

object of concentration.]-; and vairagyena, through detachment-vairagya

means absence of hankering for enjoyment of desirable things, seen or

unseen, as a result of the practice of discerning their defect. That mind

is thus brought undr control, restrained, i.e. completely subdued. By

him, however, who has not controlled his mind-

6.36 Me, My; matih, conviction; is iti, that; Yoga is dusprapah, difficult

to be attained; asamyata-atmana, by one of uncontrolled mind, by one

who has not controlled his mind, the internal organ, by practice and

detachment. Tu, but, on the other hand; sakyah, Yoga is possible;

avaptum, to be attained; yatata, by one who strives, who repeatedly

makes effort; upayatah, through the means described above; and

vasyatmany, by one of controlled mind, by him whose mind has been

brought under control through practice and detachment. As to that, by

accepting the practice of Yoga, actions leading to the attainment of this

or the next world may be renounced by a yogi, and yet he may not attain

the result of perfection in Yoga, i.e. full Illumination, which is the means

to Liberation. Consequently, at the time of death his mind may waver

from the path of Yoga. Apprehending that he may be thereby ruined.

6.37 O krsna, aprapya, failing to achieve; yoga-sam-siddhim, perfection

in Yoga, the result of Yoga, i.e. full Illumination; kam gatim, what goal;

gacchati, does one attain; who, though upetah sraddhaya, possessed of

faith, belief in God and in the other world; is ayatih, not diligent, devoid

of effort on the path of Yoga; and, at the time of death, too, calitamanasah,

whose mind becomes deflected; yogat, from Yoga, (i.e.)

whose memory has been lost?

6.38 Mahabaho, O Mighty-armed one; ubhaya-vibhrastah, fallen from

both, having fallen from the Path of Action and the Path of Yoga;

apratisthah, without support; vimudhah, deluded-having become

deluded; brahmanah pathi, on the path of Brahman, on the path leading

to Brahman; kaccit na, does he not; nasyati, get ruined; iva, like; a

chinna-abhram, scattered cloud? Or is it that he does not?

6.39 O krsna, arhasi, You should; asesatah, totally; chettum, eradicate,

remove; etat, this; samsayam, doubt; me, of mine. Hi, for; na tvad

anyah, none other than You, be he a sage or a god; upapadyate, can

be; chetta, the despeller, the destroyer; asya, of this; samsayasya,

doubt. Therefore you Yourself should dispel (the doubt). This is the

meaning.

6.40 O Partha, eva vidyate, there is certainly; na vinasah, no ruin; tasya,

for him; iha, here, in this world; or amutra, hereafter, in the other world.

Ruin means a birth inferior to the previous one; that is not there for one

who has fallen from Yoga. Hi, for; na kascit, no one; kalyana-krt,

engaged in good; gacchati, meets with; durgatim, a deplorable end;

tata, My son! A father is called tata because he perpetuates himself

(tanoti) through the son. Since the father himself becomes the son,

therefore the son also is called tata. A disciple is called putra (son). [Sri

krsna addressed Arjuna thus because the latter was his disciple.] But

what happens to him?

6.41 Prapya, attaining, reaching, lokan, the worlds; punya-krtam, of the

righteous, of the performers of the Horse-sacrifice, etc.; and usitva,

residing there, enjoying the stay; for sasvatih, eternal; samah, years;

(then,) when the period of enjoyment is over, the yoga-bhrastah, man

fallen from Yoga, the one who had set out on the path Yoga, i.e. a

monk-as understood from the force of the context [From Arjuna's

question it minght appear that he was asking about the fate of people

who fall from both the paths, viz that of Karma and of Meditation. But

the possibility of getting ruined by performing actios (rites and duties)

according to Vedic instructions does not arise, since their results are

inevitable. However, the question of ruin is relevant in the case of a

monk, for on the one hand he has renounced actions, and on the other

he may fail to attain perfection in Yoga in the present life. Hence, the

Lord's answer relates to the fall and ruin of a monk alone.]; abhijayate, is

born; gehe, in the house; sucinam, of the pious, who perform actions

according to scriptural instructions; and srimatam, who are prosperous.

6.42 Athava, or; bhavati, he is born; kule, in the family; dhimatam, of

wise; yoginam, yogis; eva, only, who are poor-which is different from the

family of the prosperous. Etat janma, such a birth; yat idrsam, as is of

this kind-a birth that is in the family of poor yogis, in a family as

described; is hi, surely; durlabha-taram, more difficult to get, as

compared with the earlier one; loke, in the world. Becuase,

6.43 Tatra, there, in the family of yogis; labhate, tam buddhisamyogam,

he becomes endowed with that wisdom; paurva-dehikam, acquired in

the previous body. And yatate, he strives; bhuyah, more intensely; tatah,

than before, more intensely than that tendency acquired in the previous

birth; samsiddau, for, for the sake of, perfection; kuru-nandana, O scion

of the Kuru dynasty. How does he become endowed with the wisdom

acquired in the previous body? That is being answered:

6.44 Hi, for; tena eva, by that very; purva-abhyasena, past practice-the

powerful habit formed in the past life; hiryate, he, the yogi who had fallen

from Yoga, is carried forward; avasah api, even inspite of himself. If he

had not committed any act which could be characterized as unrigtheous

etc. and more powerful than the tendency created by the practice of

Yoga, then he is carried forward by the tendency created by the practice

of Yoga. If he had committed any unrighteous act which was more

powerful, then, even the tendency born of Yoga gets surely

overpowered. But when that is exhausted, the tendency born of Yoga

begins to take effect by itself. The idea is that it does not get destroyed,

even though it may lie in abeyance over a long period. Jijnasuh api, even

a seeker; yogasya, of Yoga from the force of the context, the person

implied is a monk who had engaged in the path of Yoga with a desire to

known his true nature, but had falled from Yoga-; ;even he, ativartate,

trascends-will free himself from; sabda-brahma, the result of the

performance of Vedic ritual. What to speak of him who after

understanding Yoga, may undertake it with steadfastness! And why is

the state of Yoga higher?

6.45 The yogi, the man of Knowledge; yatamanah, applying himself;

prayatnat, assiduously, i.e. striving more intensely; and as a result,

samsuddha-kilbisah, becoming purified from sin; and aneka-janmasamsiddhah,

attaining perfection through many births- gathering

together tendencies little by little in many births, and attaining perfection

through that totality of impressions acquired in many births; tatah,

thereby coming to have full Illumination; yati, achieves; the param,

highest, most perfect; ;gatim, Goal. Since this is so, therefore.

6.46 A yogi is adhikah, higher; tapasvibhyah, than men of austerity; he

is matah, considered; adhikah, higher than, superior to; api, even;

jnanibhyah, men of knowledge. Jnana here means scriptural learning. (A

yogi is superior) to even those who possess that (learning). The yogi is

adhikah, higher, greater; karmibhyah, than men of action-karma means

Agnihotra etc.; (greater) than those who adhere to them. Since this is so,

tasmat, therefore; O Arjuna, bhava, do you become a yogi.

6.47 Api, even; sarvesam yoginam, among all the yogis, among those

who are immersed in meditation on Rudra, Aditya, and others; yah, he

who; bhajate, adores; mam, Me; antaratmana,with his mind; madgatena,

fixed on Me, concentrated on Me who am Vasudeva; and sraddhavan,

with faith, becoming filled with faith; sah, he; is matah, considered; me,

by Me; to be yukta-tamah, the best of the yogis, engaged in Yoga most

intensely. [It has been shown thus far that Karma-yoga has monasticism

as its ultimate culmination. And in the course of expounding Dhyanayoga

together with its ausxiliaries, and instructing about the means to

control the mind, the Lord rules out the possibility of absolute ruin for a

person fallen from Yoga. He has also stated that steadfastness in

Knowledge is for a man who knows the meaning of the word tvam (thou)

(in 'Thou are That'). All these instructions amount to declaring that

Liberation comes from the knowledge of the great Upanisadic saying,

'Thou art That.']

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 7

RO

7.1 O Partha, mayi asaktamanah, having the mind fixed on Me- one

whose mind (manah) is fixed (asakta) on Me (mayi) who am the supreme

God possessed on the qualification going to be spoken of-. Yogam

yunjan, practising the Yoga of Meditation, concentrating the mind-.

Madasrayah, taking refuge in Me-one to whom I Myself, the supreme

Lord, am the refuge (asraya) is madasrayah-. Anyone who hankers after

some human objective resorts to some rite such as the Agnihotra etc.,

austerity or charity, which is the means to its attainment. This yogi,

however, accepts only Me as his refuge; rejecting any other means, he

keeps his mind fixed on Me alone. Srnu, hear; tat, that, which is being

spoken of by Me; as to yatha, how, the process by which; you who,

having become thus, jnasyasi, will know; mam, Me; asamsayam, with

certainty, without doubt, that the Lord is such indeed; and samagram, in

fullness, possessed of such qualities as greatness, strength, power,

majesty, etc. [Strength-physical; power-mental; etc. refers to

omniscience and will.] in their fullness.

7.2 Aham, I; vaksyami, shall tell; te, you; asesatah, in detail, fully; of that

(Knowledge) about Myself, which is idam, this; jnanam, Knowlege; which

is savijnanam, combined with realization, associated with personal

enlightenment; yat jnatva, after experiencing which Knowledge;

avasisyate, there remains; na anyat, nothing else, anything that can be a

means to human ends; jnatavyam, to be known; bhuyah, again; iha,

here. (In this way) the Lord praises that Knowledge which is intended to

be spoken, in order ot draw the attention of the hearer. Thus, 'he who

knows Me in reality becomes omniscient.' This is the idea. Therefore

Knowledge is difficult to attain because of its superexcellent result. How

so? This is being answered:

7.3 Sahasresu manusyanam, among thousands, among a multitude of

men; kascit, a rare one; yatati, endeavours; siddhaye, for perfection. [For

perfection: for the rise of Knowledge through the purification of the

mind.] Siddhanam api, even of the perfected one; yatatam, who are

diligent-they (those diligent ones themselves) being (considered to be)

verily perfect because they are striving for Liberation; of them-; kascit,

one perchance, indeed; vetti, knows; mam, Me; tattvatah, in truth.

Having drawn the attention of the hearer by arousing interest, the Lord

says:

7.4 Iyam, this; prakrtih, Prakrti, [Prakrti here does not mean the

Pradhana of the Sankhyas.] the divine power called Maya; me, of Mine,

as described; bhinna, is divided; astadha, eight-forl; iti, thus: bhumih,

earth-not the gross earth but the subtle element called earth, this being

understood from the statement, 'Prakrti (of Mine) is divided eight-fold'.

Similarly, the subtle elements alone are referred to even by the words

water etc. Apah, water; analah, fire; vayuh, air; kham, space; manah,

mind. By 'mind' is meant its source, egoism. By buddhih, intellect, is

meant the principle called mahat [Mahat means Hiranyagarbha, or

Cosmic Intelligence.] which is the source of egoism. By ahankarah,

egoism, is meant the Unmanifest, associated [Associated, i.e. of the

nature of.] with (Cosmic) ignorance. As food mixed with position is called

poison, similarly the Unmainfest, which is the primordial Cause, is called

egoism since it is imbued with the impressions resulting from egoism;

and egoism is the impelling force (of all). It is indeed seen in the world

that egoism is the impelling cause behind all endeavour.

7.5 O mighty-armed one, iyam, this; is apara, the inferior (Prakrti)-not

the higher, (but)-the impure, the source of evil and having the nature of

worldly bondage. Viddhi, know; anyam, the other, pure; prakrtim, Prakrti;

me, of Mine, which is essentially Myself; which, tu, however;is param,

higher, more exalted; itah, than this (Prakrti) already spoken of; Jivabhutam,

which has taken the form of the individual souls, which is

characterized as 'the Knower of the body (field)', and which is the cause

of sustenance of life; and yaya, by which Prakriti; idam, this; jagat, world;

dharyate, is upheld, by permeating it.

7.6 Upadharaya, understand; iti, thus; that sarvani, all; bhutani, things;

etat-yonini, have these (etat) as their source (yoni)-things that have these

lower and higher Prakrtis, charcterized as the 'field' and the 'Knower of

the field (body)', as their source are etat-yonini. Since My two Prakrtis

are the source, the cause of all things, therefore, aham, I; am the

prabhavah, origin; tatha, as also; the pralayah, end, the termination;

krtsnasya, of the whole; jagatah, Universe. The maning is this: I, who am

the ominscient God, am the source of the Univese through My two

Prakrtis. Since this is so, therefore-

7.7 O Dhananjaya, asti, there is; na anyat kincit, nothing else

whatsoever, no other cause; parataram, higher; mattah, than Me, the

supreme God; i.e. I Myself am the source of the world. Since this is so,

therefore, sarvam, all; idam, this, all things, the Universe; protam,is

strung, woven, connected, i.e. transfixed; mayi, on Me, the supreme

God; like cloth in the warp, [Like cloth formed by threads constituting its

warp and woof.] and iva, like; maniganah, peals; sutre,on a string. 'What

qualities are You endowed with, by virtue of which all this is strung on

You? This is being answered:

7.8 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti, aham, I; am rasah, the taste, which is the

essence of water. The idea is that water is depedent on Me who am its

essence. This is how it is to be understood in every case. Just as I am

the essence of water, similarly, asmi, I am; the prabha, effulgence; sasisuryayoh,

of the moon and the sun; pranavah, (the letter) Om; sarvavedesu,

in all the Vedas. All the Vedas are established on Me who am

that Om. So also (I am) sabdah, the sound; khe, in space, as the

essence. Space is established on Me who am that (sound). In the same

way, nrsu, in men; (I am) paurusam, manhood- the quality of being man,

from which arises the idea of manhood. Men are established on Me who

am such.

7.9 I am also the punyah, sweet; gandhah, fragrance; prthivyam, in the

earth. The earth is dependent on Me who am its fragrance. The natural

sweetness of smell in the earth is cited by way of suggesting sweetness

of taste of water etc. as well. But foulness of smell etc. is due to contact

with particular things, resulting from nescience, unholiness, etc. of

worldly people. Ca, and ; asmi, I am; the tejah, brilliance; vibhavasau, in

fire; so also (I am) the jivanam, life-that by which all creatures live; sarvabhutesu,

in all beings. And I am the tapah, austerity; tapasvisu, of

ascetics. Ascetics are established in Me who am that austerity.

7.10 O Partha, viddhi, know, mam, Me; to be the sanatanam, eternal;

bijam, seed, the source of growth; sarva-bhutanam, of all beings.

Besides, I am the buddhih, intellect, the power of discrimination of the

mind; buddhimatam, of the intelligent, of people having the power of

discrimination. I am the tejah, courage; tejasvinam, of the courageous, of

those possessed of that.

7.11 I am the balam, strength, ability, virility; balavatam, of the strong.

That strength, again, is kama-raga-vivarjitam, devoid of passion and

attachment. Kamah is passion, hankering for things not at hand. Ragah

is attachment, fondness for things acquired. I am the strength that is

devoid of them and is necessary merely for the maintenance of the body

etc., but not that strength of the worldly which causes hankering and

attachment. Further, bhutesu, among creatures; I am that kamah,

desire-such desires as for eating, drinking, etc. which are for the mere

maintenance of the body and so on; which is dharma-aviruddhah, not

contrary to righteousness, not opposed to scriptural injunctions;

bharatarsabha, O scion of the Bharata dynasty. Moreover,

7.12 Ye bhavah, those things; sattvikah eva, that indeed are made of

(the quality of) sattva; and ye rajasah, those that are made (of the quality)

of rajas; and tamasah, those that are made of (the quality of) tamaswhatever

things are made (of sattva, rajas and tamas) according to the

creatures's own actions: viddhi, know; tan, them, all without exception;

mattah eva iti, to have sprung from Me alone when they come into

being. Although they originate from Me, still, tu, however; aham, I; am na

tesu, not in them-I am not subject to them, not under their control, as

are the transmigrating bengs. Te, they, again; mayi, are in Me, subject to

Me, under My control. [For sattva, rajas, and tamas see note under 2.45

as also Chapters 14, 17 and 18.-Tr.] 'The world does not know Me, the

supreme Lord, even though I am of this kind, and am eternal, pure,

intelligent and free by nature, [See note on p.4.-Tr.] the Self of all beings,

free from all qualities, the cause of burning away the seed of the evil of

transmigration!'-in this way the Lord expresses regret. And what is the

source of that ignorance in the world? That is being stated:

7.13 Sarvam, all; idam, this; jagat, world, the aggregate of creatures;

mohitam, deluded as it is-made to have indiscrimination; ebhih, by

these; aforesaid tribhih, three; bhavaih, things, in the forms of

attachment, repulsion, delusion, etc; and gunamayaih, made of the

gunas, of the transformations of the gunas; na abhijanati, does not

know; mam, Me; who am param, transcendental to, distinct, different;

ebhyah, from these gunas as referred to above; and am avyayam,

undecaying, i.e. free from all (the six kinds of) changes in things, viz birth

etc. [See note on p.38.-Tr.] How, again, do they cross over this divine

Maya of Visnu, constituted by the three gunas? That is being stated:

7.14 Hi, since; esa, this, aforesaid; daivi, divine; Maya mama, of Mine, of

God, of Visnu, which (Maya) is My own; and which is guna-mayi,

constituted by the gunas; is duratyaya, difficult to cross over; therefore,

this being so, ye, those who; wholeheartedly prapadyante, take refuge;

mam eva, in Me alone, in Me who am the Master of Maya and who am

their own Self, by giving up all forms of rites and duties; te, they; taranti,

cross over; etam, this; mayam, Maya, which deludes all beings. That is

to say, they become freed from the bondage of the world. 'If it is that

those who resort to You cross over this Maya, why then do not all take

refuge in You alone?' This is being answered:

7.15 Mudhah, the foolish; duskrtinah, evildoers, sinners; who are naraadhamah,

the most depraved among men; who are also apa-hrtajnanah,

deprived of, despoiled of (their) wisdom; mayaya, by Maya; and

asritah, who resort to; asuram bhavam, demoniacal, ways, such as

cruelty, untruthfulness, etc.; na, do not; prapadyante, take refuge; man,

in Me, the supreme God.

7.16 Again, O Arjuna, foremost of the Bharata dynasty, caturvidhah,

four classes; of janah, people; who are eminent among human beings

and are pious in actions, and are sukrtinah, of virtuous deeds; bhajante,

adore; mam, Me; artah, the afflicted-one who is overcome by sorrow,

who is in distress, ['One who, being in distress and seeking to be saved

from it, takes refuge (in Me).'] being over-whelmed by thieves, tigers,

disease, etc.; jijnasuh, the seeker of Knowledge, who wants to know the

reality of the Lord; artharthi, the seeker of wealth; and jnani, the man of

Knowledge, [i.e. one who, already having intellectual knowledge, aspires

for Liberation.] who knows the reality of Visnu.

7.17 Tesam, of them, among the four; jnani, the man of Knowledge, the

knower of Reality, is nitya-yuktah, endowed with constant steadfastness

as a result of being a knower of Reality; and he also becomes ekabhaktih,

endowed with one-pointed devotion, because he finds no one

else whom he can adore. Consequently, that person of one-pointed

devotion visisyate, excels, becomes superior, i.e. he surpasses (the

others). Hi, since; I, the Self, am priyah, dear; jnaninah, to the man of

Knowledge; therefore aham, I; am atyartham, very much; priyah, dear to

him. It is indeed a well known fact in the world that the Self is dear. The

meaning, therefore, is that Vasudeva, being the Self of the man of

Knowledge, is dear to him. And sah, he, the man of Knowledge, being

the very Self of Me who am Vasudeva; is very much priyah, dear; mama,

to Me. 'If that be so, then the other three-the afflicted and the othersare

not dear to Vasudeva?' 'This is not so!' 'What then?'

7.18 Sarve, ete, all of these three, without exception; are eva, indeed,

udarah, noble, i.e.; they are verily dear to Me. For, no devotee of Mine

can become disagreeable to Me who am Vasudeva. But the man of

Knowledge becomes very much dear. This is the difference. Why is this

so? In answer the Lord says: Tu but; jnani, the man of Knowledge; is

atma eva, the very Self, not different from Me. This is me, My; matam,

opinion, conviction. Hi, for; yuktatma, with a steadfast mind-having his

mind absorbed in the idea, 'I am verily Vasudeva, the Lord, and none

else', that man of Knowledge asthitah, is set on the path leading to, he is

engaged in ascending to, going to; mam eva, Me alone, to the supreme

Brahman; who am the anuttamam gatim, super-excellent Goal to be

reached. The man of Knowledge is being eulogized again:

7.19 Ante, at the end, after the completion; bahunam, of many;

janmanam, births, which becme the repository for accumulating [Ast.

omits this word.-Tr.] the tendencies leading to Knowledge; jnanavan, the

man of Knowledge, who has got hiis Knowledge matured; directly

prapadyate, attains; mam, Me, Vasudeva, who am the inmost Self;

(realizing)-in what way?-iti, that; Vasudeva is sarvam, all. Sah, such a

one, who realizes Me [Here Ast. adds the word Narayana.-Tr.] thus as

the Self of all; is mahatma, a high-souled one. There is none else who

can equal or excel him. Therefore he is su-durlabhah, very rare among

thousands of men, as it has been said (in verse 3). The reason why one

does not realize that all this is verily Vasudeva, the Self, is being stated:

7.20 People, hrta-jnanah, deprived of their wisdom, deprived of their

discriminating knowledge; taih taih kamaih, by desires for various

objects, such as progeny, cattle, heaven, etc.; and niyatah, guided,

compelled; svaya prakrtya, by their own nature, by particular tendencies

gathered in the past lives; prapadyante, resort; anya-devatah, to other

deities, who are different from Vasudeva, the Self; asthaya, following

taking the help of; tam tam niyamam,the relevant methods-those

processes that are well known for the adoration of the concerned

deities.

7.21 Yam yam, whichever; tanum, form of a deity; yah, any covetous

person- among these people with desires; who, being endowed

sraddhaya, with faith; and being a bhaktah, devotee; icchati, wants;

arcitum, to worship; tam eva, that very; acalam, firm, steady; sraddham,

faith; tasya, of his, of that particular covetous person-that very faith with

which he desires to worship whatever form of a deity, in which (worship)

he was earlier engaged under the impulsion of his own nature-; [Ast.

takes the portion 'svabhavatah yo yam devata-tanum sraddhaya arcitum

icchati' with the next verse.-Tr.] vidadhami, I strengthen.

7.22 Yuktah,being endued; taya, with that; sraddhaya, faith, as granted

by Me; sah, that person; ihate, engages in; radhanam, i.e. aradhanam,

worshipping; tasyah, that form of the deity. And labhate, he gets; tan hi,

those very; kaman, desired results; tatah, there-from, from that form of

the deity which was worshipped; as vihitan, they are dispensed, meted

out; maya eva, by Me alone, who am the omniscient, supreme God,

because I am possessed of the knowledge of the apportionment of the

results of actions. The meaning his that he surely gets those desired

results since they are ordained by God. If the reading be hitan (instead

of hi tan), then the beneficence (-hita means beneficent-) of the desired

result should be interpreted in a figurative sense, for desires cannot be

beneficial to anyone!

7.23 Since those non-discriminating men with desires are engaged in

disciplines for limited results, therefore, tat phalam, that result; tesam, of

theirs; alpamedhasam, who are of poor intellect, of poor wisdom;

antavat tu bhavati, is limited, ephemeral, indeed. Deva-yajah, the

worshippers of gods; yanti, go; devan, to the gods. Madbhaktah, My

devotees; yanti, to; mam api, to Me alone. 'Thus, though the effort

needed is the same, they do not resort to me alone for the unlimited

result. Alas! they are surely in a pitiable condition.' In this manner the

Lord expresses his compassion. 'Why do they not take refuge in Me

alone?' The answer is:

7.24 Abuddhayah, the unintelligent, the non-discriminating ones;

ajanantah, unaware; mama, of My; param, supreme; bhavam, state, My

reality as the supreme Self; which is avyayam, immutable, undecaying;

and anuttanam, unsurpassable; manyante, think; mam, of Me; as

avyaktam, the unmanifest, the invisible; apannam, that has become;

vyaktim, manifest, visible, at present [At present, after being embodied

as an Incarnation.]-though I am the ever well-known God. They think so

because they are unaware of My reality. This is the idea. What is the

reason for their ignorance? This is being stated:

7.25 Yoga-maya-samavrtah, being enveloped by yoga-maya-Yoga

means the combination, the coming together, of the (three) gunas; that

(combination) is itself maya, yoga-maya; being enveloped, i.e. veiled, by

that yoga-maya; aham, I; na prakasah, do not become manifest;

sarvasya, to all, to the world. The idea is that I become manifest only to

some devotees of Mine. For this very reason, ayam, this; mudhah,

deluded; lokah, world; na abhijanati, does not know; mam, Me; who am

ajam, birthless; and avyayam, undecaying. [In verse 13 the reason for the

non-realization of the supreme, unqualified Brahman was stated. The

present verse states the reason for the non-realization of the qualified

Brahman.] 'That yoga-maya, because of My being covered by which the

world does not know Me- that yoga-maya, since it belongs to Me, does

not obstruct the knowlege of Me who am God, the possessor of maya,

just as the magic of any other magician does not cover his knowledge.'

Since this is so, therefore7.26

O Arjuna, aham, I, however; veda, know; samatitani, the past

beings; and vartamanani, the present. I know ca, also; bhavisyani, the

future; bhutani, beings. Tu, but; na kascana, no one; veda, knows; mam,

Me. Except the one person who is My devotee and has taken refuge in

Me, no one adores Me, jus because he does not know My reality.

'What, again,is the obstruction to knowing Your reality, being prevented

by which the creatures that are born do not know You?' In anticipation

of such a question, the Lord says this:

7.27 Iccha-dvesa-samutthena, by what arises from likes and dislikes:

iccha, likes, and dvesa, dislikes, are iccha-dvesau; anything arising from

them is icchadvesa-samutthah. (Creatures are duluded) by that. By

what? When that is thus sought to be known in particular, the Lord

answers: dvandva-mohena, by the delusion of duality. Delusion (moha)

that originates from duality (advandva) is dvandva-moha. Those very

likes and dislikes, which are mutually opposed like heat and cold, which

relate to happiness and sorrow and their causes, and which come into

association with all beings in due course, are termed as duality (and this

deludes all creatures). As regards them, when likes and dislikes arise

from the experience of happiness, sorrow and their causes, then, by

bringing the wisdom of all beings under their control, they create

bewilderment which is the cause of the impediment to the rise of

knowledg about the reality of Self, the suprem Truth. Indeed, exact

knowledg about objects even in the external world does not arise in one

whose mind is overpowered by the defects, viz likes and dislikes. It goes

without saying that knowledge of the indwelling Self, beset with many

obstacles as it is, does not arise in a completely bewildered person

whose intelligence has been overcome by them. Therefore, bharata, O

scion of the Bharata dynasty; owing to that delusion of duality arising

from likes and dislikes, sarvabhutani, all creatures become deluded.

Parantapa, O destroyer of foes; they yanti sammoham, become

bewildered, come under delusion; sarge, at the time of their birth, i.e. at

the time of their origination. The idea is that all creatures that come into

being do so prepossessed by delusion. 'Since this is so, therefore all

creatures, being deluded and having their wisdom obstructed by that

delusion of duality, do not know Me who am their Self. Hence, they do

not adore Me as their Self.' 'Who, again, are those that, becoming free

from the delusion of duality, come to know You, and adore You as the

Self in accordance with the scriptures?' In order to elaborate the subject

enquired about, it is being said:

7.28 Yesam jananam, those persons; tu, on the other hand; punyakarmanam,

who are of virtuous deeds, in whom exist virtuous deeds that

are the cause of purification of the mind; whose papam, sin; antagatam,

has come to an end, is almost eradicated, attenuated; te, they; dvandvamoha-

nirmuktah, being free from the delusion of duality as described;

and drdhavratah, firm in their convictions-those who [Here Ast. adds,

'sarva-parityaga-vratena, through the vow of relinquishing everything'.-

Tr.] have the firm knowledge that the supreme Reality is such alone and

not otherwise are called drdhavratah-; bhajante, adore; mam, Me, the

supreme Self. Why do they worship? This is being answered:

7.29 Ye, those who; yatanti, strive; asritya, by resorting; mam, to Me,

the supreme God, by having their minds absorbed in Me; jara-maranamoksaya,

for becoming free from old age and death; te, they; viduh,

know; tat, that; brahma, Brahman, which is the Supreme; they know

krtsnam, everything; about adhyatmam, the individual Self, that

indwelling intity; ca, and; they know akhiliam, all; about karma, actions.

7.30 Ye, those who; viduh, know; mam, Me; sa-adhi-bhuta-adhidaivam,

as existing in the physical and the divine planes; ca, and also; saadhiyajnam,

as existing in the context of the sacrifice; te, they; yuktacetasah,

of concentrated minds-those who have their minds absorbed in

God; viduh, know; mam, Me; api ca, even; prayanakale, at the time of

death. [For those who are devoted to God, there is not only the

knowledge of Brahman as identified with all individuals and all actions

(see previous verse), but also the knowledge of It as existing in all things

on the physical, the divine and the sacrificial planes. Those who realize

Brhaman as existing in the context of all the five, viz of the individual, of

actions, of the physical,of the divine, and of the sacrifices-for them with

such a realization there is no forgetting, loss of awareness, of Brahman

even at the critical moment of death.]

 

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 8

RO

8.1 See Commentary under 8.2.

8.2 In order to settle these questions seriatim -

8.3 Aksaram means that which does not perish (na ksarati), the

supreme Self. This agrees with the Upanisadic text, 'Under the mighty

rule of this Immutable, O Gargi...' (Br. 3.8.9). And (the letter) Om is not

accept here [as the meaning of aksara (lit. letter)], because of its being

mentioned (as a letter) later on in, 'The single letter Om, which is

Brahman' (13). Besides, the adjective 'supreme' is more apporpriate with

regard to the absolute, immutable Brahman. By svabhava, self-hood, is

meant the eixtence of that very supreme Brahman in every body as the

indwelling Self. Svabhavah ucyate, self-hood is said to be, is referred to

by the word; adhyatmam, the entity which, as the indwelling Self, exists

in the body (atma) by making it its habitat (adhikrtya), and which in the

ultimate analysis is the supreme Brahman. Visargah, the offerings, the

giving away to gods of things like porridge [Caru: An oblations of rice,

barley and pulse boiled-together to be offered to gods.], cake, etc.;

bhuta-bhava-udbhava-karah, which bring about the origin of the

existence of things; is karma-sanjnitah, meant by action. This sacrifice

consisting in pouring of oblations is called action. The existence (bhava)

of (moving and nonmoving) things (bhuta) is bhuta-bhava. The coming

into being (udbhava) of that (existence) is bhuta-bhava-udbhavah. That

which causes (karoti) this is bhuta-bhava-udbhava-karah, i.e. the

originator of existing things. It is needed from this source that all bengs,

moving and non-moving, originate thorugh the successive processes of

railfall etc. (see 3.14-15).

8.4 Adhibhutam, that which exists in the physical plane, i.e. that which

exists by comprising all creatures;-what is it?-it consists of the ksarah

bhavah, mutable entity. Ksarah is that which is mutable, which is

destructible; bhavah means anything whatsoever that has orgination.

This is meaning. Purusah means the Person, derived in the sense of he

by whom all things are pervaded; or, he who lies in every heart. He is

Hiranyagarbha, who resides in the Sun and sustains the organs of all

creatures. He is adhi-daivatam, the entity existing in the divine plane.

Deha-bhrtam-vara, O best among the embodied beings; adhiyajnah, the

entity existing in sacrifices, is the Deity, called Visnu, presiding over all

sacrifices-which agrees with the Vedic text, 'Sacrifice is indeed Vishu'

(Tai, Sam. 1.7.4). Aham eva, I Myself, who am that very Visnu; am

adhiyajnah, the entity existing in the sacrifice; which is going on atra

dehe, in this body. Since a sacrfice is performed with body, therefore it is

closely associated with the body. In this sense it is said to be going on in

the body.

8.5 Ca, and ; anta-kale, at the time of death; yah, anyone who; prayati,

departs; muktva, by giving up; the kalevaram, body; smaran, while

thinking; mam eva, of Me alone, who am the supreme Lord Visnu; sah,

he; yati, attains; madhavam, My state, the Reality that is Vishu, Asti,

there is; na, no; samsayah, doubt; atra, about this, in this regard, as to

whether he attains (Me) or not. 'This rule does not apply in relation to

me alone.' 'What then?'

8.6 O Son of Kunti, smaran, thinking of; bhavam, any entity, any

particular deity; yam yam va api, which ever it may be; tyajati, one gives

up; the kalevaram, body; ante, at the end, at the time of the departure of

life; eti, he attains; tam tam eva, that very one, that very entity which is

remembered-none else; having been sada, always; tadbhava-bhavitah,

engrossed in its thought. Engrossment in it is tad-bhavah; one by whom

that is remembered as a matter of habitual recollection is tadbhavabhavitah.

Since the last thought is thus the cause of acquiring the next

body-

8.7 Tasmat, therefore; anusmara, think of; mam, Me, in the way

prescribed by the scriptures; sarvesu kalesu, at all times; and yudhya,

fight, engage your-self in war, which is your own (caste) duty.

Asamsayah, there is no doubt in this matter; that arpita-mano-buddhih,

by dedicating your mind and intellect; mayi; to Me; esyasi, you-you who

have thus dedicated our mind and intellect to Me, Vasudeva-will attain;

mam eva, Me alone, as I shall be remembered. [When the Lord instructs

Arjuna to think of Him, and at the same time engage in war, it may seem

that He envisages a combination of Knowledge and action. But this is

not so, because when one thinks of all actions, accessories and results

that come within the purview of the mind and the intellect as Brahman, it

is denied that actions etc. have any separate reality apart from Brahman.

Therefore no combination is involved here.] Besides,

8.8 Partha, O son of Prtha; anu-cintayan, by meditating, i.e.

contemplating in accordance with (anu) the instruction of teachers and

scriptures; cestasa, with a mind; abhyasa-yogayuktena, engaged in the

yoga of practice-abhyasa, practice, consists in the repetition of the same

kind of thought, uninterupted by any contrary idea, with regard to Me

who am the object of concentration of the mind; that practice itself is

yoga; the mind of a yogi is engrossed (yuktam) in that itself; with a mind

that is such, and na anya-gamina, which does not stray away to

anything else which is not inclined to go away to any other object; yati,

one reaches; the paramam, supreme, unsurpassed; purusam, Person;

divyam, existing in the effulgent region (divi), in the Solar Orb. And, to

what kind of a Person does he go? This is being stated:

8.9 Yah, he who, anyone who; anusmaret, meditates on; kavim, the

Omniscient, the Knower of things past, present and future; puranam, the

Ancient, the Eternal; anusasitaram, the Ruler, the Lord of the whole

Universe; aniyamsam, subtler; anoh, than the subtle; dhataram, the

Ordainer; sarvasya, of every-thing-one who grants the fruits of actions, in

all their varieties, individually to all creatures; acintya-rupam, who is of

inconceivable form-His form, though always existing, defies being

conceived of by anybody; aditya-varnam, who is effulgent like the sun,

who is manifest as eternal Consciousness like the effulgence of the sun;

and parastat, beyond; tamasah, darkness-beyond the darkness of

delusion in the form of ignorance-(he attains the supreme Person). This

verse is to be connected with the earlier itself thus: 'by meditating (on

Him)...he attains Him.' Further,

8.10 Prayana-kale, at the time of death; after first brining the mind under

control in the lotus of the heart, and then lifting up the vital force-through

the nerve going upward-by gradually gaining control over (the rudiments

of nature such as) earth etc. [Space, air, fire, water and earth.] and after

that, samyak, avesya, having fully fixed; pranam, the Prana (vital force);

madhye, between; the bhruvoh, eye-brows, without losing attention;

acalena manasa, with an unwavering mind; he, the yogi possessed of

such wisdom, yuktah, imbued; bhaktya, with devotion, deep love; ca

eva, as also; yoga-balena, [Yoga means spiritual absorption, the fixing of

the mind on Reality alone, to the exclusion of any other object.] with the

strength of concentration-i.e; imbued with that (strength) also, consisting

in steadfastness of the mind arising from accumulation of impressions

resulting from spiritual absorption; upaiti, reaches; tam, that; div yam,

resplendent; param, supreme; purusam, Person, described as 'the

Omniscient, the Ancient,' etc. The Lord again speaks of Brahman which

is sought to be attained by the process going to be stated, and which is

described through such characteristics as, 'What is declared by the

knowers of the Vedas,'etc.:

error

8.12 Samyamya, having controlled; sarva-dvarani, all the passages, the

doors of perception; niruddhya, having confined; the manah, mind; hrdi,

in the heart-not allowing it to spread out; and after that, with the help of

the mind controlled therein, rising up through the nerve running upward

from the heart, adhaya, having fixed; atmanah, his own; pranam, vital

force; murdhni, in the lead; (and then) asthitah, continuing in;

yogadharanam, the firmness in yoga-in order to make it steady-. And

while fixing it there itself,

8.13 Yah, he who; prayati, departs, dies; tyajan, by leaving; deham, the

body-the phrase 'leaving the body' is meant for qualifying departure;

thereby it is implied that the soul's departure occurs by abandoning the

body, and not through the destruction of its own reality, having

abandoned thus-; vyaharan, while uttering; the eka-adsaram, single

syllable; om iti brahma, viz Om, which is Brahman, Om which is the

name of Brahman; and anusmaran, thinking; mam, of Me, of God who is

implied by that (syllable); sah, he; yati, attains; the paramam, supreme,

best; gatim, Goal. Further,

8.14 Partha, O son of Prtha, tasya yoginah, to that yogi; nitya-yuktasya,

of constant concentration, who is ever absorbed (in God); and ananyacetah,

of single-minded attention, a yogi whose mind is not drawn to any

other object; yah, who; smarati, remembers; mam, Me, the supreme

God; satatam, uninteruptedly; and nityasah, for long-. By satatam,

uninterrupteldy, is meant 'without any break'. By niryasah, is meant

along duration. Not six months, nor even a year! What then? The

meaning is: He who remembers Me for his whole life, continuously. To

that yogi aham, I; am sulabhah, easy of attainment. Since this is so,

therefore one should remain ever absorbed in Me, with mind given to

nothing else. 'What follows from Your being easy of attainment?' This is

being answered: 'Hear what follows from My being easy of attainment.'

8.15 Upetya mam, as a result of reaching Me who am God-as a result

of realizing My nature; mahatmanah, the exalted ones, the monks; gatah,

who have attained; the paramam, highest; samsiddhim, perfection,

called Liberation; na, do not; apnuvanti, get; this kind of punarjanama,

rebirth. As to what kind of rebirth they do not get, the Lord states its

characteristics-duhkhalayam, which is an abode of sorrows, a resort of

physical and other sorrows, i.e. a birth to which sorrows adhere. It is not

merely an abode of sorrows, but also asavatam, impermanent, having no

fixity of nature. On the other hand, those who do not reach Me, they

come again. Again, 'Is it that those who attain someone other than You

return?' This is being answered:

8.16 O Arjuna, all the lokah, worlds; abrahma-bhuvanat, together with

the world of Brahma-bhuvana is that (place) in which creatures are born,

and brahma-bhuvana means the world of Brahma; punah avartinah, are

subject to return, are by nature liable to come again; Tu, but; kaunteya,

O son of Kunti, na vidyate, there is no; punarjanma, rebirth; upetya, after

reaching; mam, Me alone. Why are all the worlds together with the

realm of Brahma subject to return? Becuase they are limited by time.

How?

8.17 Viduh, they know; that ahah, day; brahmanah, of Brahma, of

Prajapati, of Virat; yat, which; sahasra-yuga-paryantam, ends in a

thousand yugas; and also the ratirm, night; yuga-sahasra-antam, which

ends in a thousand yugas, having the same duration as the day. Who

knows (these)? In reply the Lord says: Te, they; janah, poeple; ahoratravidah,

who are the knowers of what day and night are, i.e. the people

who know the measurement of time. Since the worlds are thus delimited

by time, therefore they are subject to return. What happens during the

day and the night of Prajapati is being stated:

8.18 Ahar-agame, with the coming of day, at the time when Brahma

wakes; sarvah vyaktayah, all manifested things, all things that get

manifested, all creatures characterized as moving and non-moving;

prabhavanti, emerge, become manifested; avyaktat, from the

Unmanifested-avyakta (Unmanifested) is the state of sleep of Prajapati;

from that avyakta. Similarly, ratri-agame, when night comes, at the time

when Brahma sleeps; praliyante, they, all the manifested things, merge;

tatra eva, in that itself; avyakta-sanjnake, which is called the

Unmanifested referred to above. In order to obviate the defect of the

emergence of some unmerited result and the destruction of merited

results; [The following verse says that the very same multitude of beings

continues in the different cycles of creation, and there-fore these two

defects do not arise.] for pointing out the meaningfulness of the

scriptures [For the earlier reason the scriptures do not lose their validity.]

dealing with bondage and Liberation; and with a view to propounding

detachment from the world on the ground that the helpless multitude of

beings perishes after being born again and again under the influence of

accumulated results of actions that have for their origin such evils as

ignorance etc. [The five evils are: ignorance, egoism, attachment,

aversion and clinging to life. (See P. Y. Su. 2.3)], the Lord says this:

8.19 O son of Prtha, bhutva, after being born again and again at the

approach of day; sah eva, that very-not any other; bhutagramah,

multitude of beings, consisting of the moving and the non-moving

objects that existed in the earlier cycle of creation; praliyate, disappears

repeatedly; avasah, in spinte of itself, [For they are impelled by their own

defects] without any independence whatever; ratri-agame, at the

approach of night, at the close of the day. Prabhavati, it comes to life,

verily in spite of itself; ahar-agame, at the approach of day. The means

for the attainment of that Immutable which was introduced has been

pointed out in, 'He who departs by leaving the body while uttering the

single syllable, viz Om, which is Brahman, ' etc. (13). Now, with a vies to

indicating the real nature of that very Immutable, this is being said-that It

is to be reached through this path of yoga:

8.20 He is parah, distinct, different;-From what?-tasmat, from that

aforesaid (Unmanifested). The word tu, but, is meant for showing the

distinction of the Immutable that is going to be spoken of from the

Unmanifested. He is bhavah, the Reality, the supreme Brahman called

the Immutable. Even though different, there is the possibility of

similarlity of characteristics. Hence, for obviating this the Lord says:

anyah, the other, of a different characteristic, and He is the Immutable

which is beyond the range of the organs. It has been said that He is

distinct from that. From what, again is He distinct? Avyaktat, from the

Unmaifested spoken of earlier, which is the seed of the multitude of

beings, and which is characterized as ignorance (avidya) [Ast. adds,

'anyah vilaksanah, bhavah ityabhiprayah: The meaning is that the Reality

is different and distinct (form that Unmanifested).-Tr.] He is sanatnah,

eternal. Bhavah, the Reality; yah sah, who is such; na, does not;

vinasyati, get destroyed; when sarvesu bhutesu, all beings, beginning

from Brahma; nasyatsu, get destroyed.

8.21 He Himself who has been uktah, meantioned; as avyaktah,

Unmanifest; the aksarah, Immutable; ahuh, they call; tam, Him-that very

unmanifest Reality which is termed as the Immutable; the paramam,

supreme; gatim, Goal. Tat, That; is the paramam, supreme; dhama,

abode, i.e. the supreme State; mama, of Mine, of Visnu; yam prapya,

reaching which Reality; na nivartante, they do not return to the worldly

state. The means for gaining That is being stated:

8.22 O son of Prtha, sah, that; parah purusah, supreme, unsurpassable

Person-(the word purusa) derived in the sense of 'residing in the heart'

or 'all-pervasiveness'; that Person, compared to whom there is nothing

superior-; yasya, in whom, in which Person; antahsthani, are included;

bhutani, (all) the beings which are Its products-for a product remains

inherent in its cause; and yena, by whom, by which Person; tatam, is

pervaded; sarvam, all; idam, this, the Universe, as pot etc. are by space;

is tu, indeed; labhyah, reached; through ananyaya, one-pointed;

bhaktya, through devotion, characterized as Knowledge; ananyaya,

which is one pointed, which relates to the Self. The Northern Path

meant for the attainment of Braman by the yogis under discussion, who

have superimposed the idea of Brahman on the syllable Om and who are

destined to get Liberation in due course, has to be stated. Hence, in

order to present the intended idea the verse, '(O best of the Bharata

dynasty) of that time...at which,' etc. is being recited. The description of

the Path of Return (in verse 25) is by way of praising the other Path (of

Departure, in verse 24):

8.23 Bharatarsabha, O best of the Bharata dynasty; vaksyami, I shall

speak; tu, now; tam, of that; kalam, time; prayatah, by departing, by

dying; (-these words are to be which time; yoginah, the yogis; yanti,

attain; anavrttim, the State of Non-return, of nonrebirth; ca eva, and also;

of the time by departing at which they attain its opposite, avrttim, the

State of Return. By 'Yogis' are implied both the yogis (men of

meditation) and the men of acitons (rites and duties). But the men of

action are yogis by courtesy, in accordance with the description,

'through the Yoga of Action for the yogis' (3.3). The Lord speaks of that

time: [This is Ast.'s reading.-Tr.]

8.24 Agnih, fire-is a deity presiding over a period of time; similarly,

jyotih, light-also is a deity presiding over a period of time. Or fire and light

are the well-known Vedic deities. As the expression 'mango grove' is

used with regard to a place where mango trees are more numerous,

similarly, the expressions 'at which time' and 'that time' (in the earlier

verse) are used in view of the predominance (of the deities presiding over

time). [If the first two (fire and light) are taken as Vedic deities, then the

remaining three are the only deities of time. Still, the latter being

numerically greater, all the five deities are referred to as deities of time.

The deities of both the Paths-of gods and manes, or of the Northern and

the Southern Paths as they are called-who are gods of time, are referred

to here as 'time' by such words as day, fortnight, six months, etc.] So

also, ahah, daytime, means the deity of daytime. Suklah, the bright

fortnight, implies the deity presiding over the bright fortnight. Sanmasah

uttarayanam, the six months of the Northern solstice-here, too, is

understood the deity presiding over the Path. This is the principle (of

interpretation followed elsewhere (in the Upanisads also). Tatra,

following this Path; janah, persons; who are brahma-vidah, knowers of

Brahman, those engaged in meditation on (the qualified) Brahman;

gacchanti, attain; brahma, Brahman; prayatah, when they die. It is

understood that they attain Brahman through stages. Indeed, according

to the Upanisadic text, 'His vital forces do not depart' (Br. 4.4.46), there

is neither going nor coming back for those established in full realization,

who are fit for immediate Liberation. Having their organs merged in

Brahman, they are suffused with Brahman, they are verily identified with

Brahman.

8.25 Dhuman, smoke; and ratrih night, are the deities presiding over

smoke and night. Similarly, krsnah, the dark fornight, means the deity of

the dark fortnight. Just as before, by sanmasah daksinayanam the six

months of the Southern solstice, also is verily meant a deity. Tatra,

following this Path; yogi, the yogi who performs sacrifices etc., the man

of actions; prapya, having reached; candramasam jyotih, the lunar lighthaving

enjoyed the results (of his actions); nivartate, returns, on their

exhaustion.

8.26 Ete, these two; gati, courses; jagatah, of the world; which are

sukla-krsne, white and black [The Northern Path (the path of the Gods),

and the Southern Path (the Path of the Manes) respectively.]-white

because it is a revealer of Knowlege, and black because there is

absence of that (revelation); are hi, verily; mate, considered; sasvate,

eternal, because the world is eternal. These two courses are possible for

those who are qualified for Knowledge and for rites and duties; not for

everybody. This being so, ekaya, by the one, by the white one; yati, a

man goes; anavrttim, to the State of Non-return; anyaya, by the other;

avartate, he returns; punah, again.

8.27 O son of Prtha, na kascana yogi, no yogi whosoever; janan, has

known; ete srti, these two courses as described-that one leads to

worldly life, and the other to Liberation; muhyati, becomes deluded.

Tasmat, therefore; O Arjuna, bhava, be you; yoga-yuktah, steadfast in

Yoga; sarvesu kalesu, at all times. Here about the greatness of that

yoga:

8.28 Viditva, having known; idam, this-having fully ascertained and

practised what was spoken in the course of determining the answers to

the seven questions (put by Arjuna in verse 1 and 2); the yogi atyeti,

transcends, goes beyond; tat sarvam, all those; punya-phalam, results of

righteous deeds, aggregate of rewards; yat, that are; pradistam,

declared by the scriptures; with regard to these,viz vedesu, with regard

to teh Vedas which have been properly [Sitting facing eastward after

having washed one's hands, face, etc.] studied; yajnesu, with regard to

sacrifices performed together with their accessories; tapahsu, with

regard to austerities practised correctly [With concentrated mind,

intellect, etc.]; ca eva, and also; danesu, with regard to charities rightly

[Taking into consideration place, time and fitness of the recipient.] given;

and upaiti, he reaches; the param, supreme; sthanam, State of God;

adyam, which is primordial, the Cause that existed in the beginning, i.e.

Brahman.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 9

RO

9.1 Te, to you; anasuyave, who are not given to cavilling, who are free

from carping; pravaksyami, I shall speak of; idam, this. The Lord uttered

the word 'this' by bearing in mind as an immediately present fact the

knowledge of Brahman that will be and was spoken of in the earlier

chapters. The word tu (however) is used for pointing out a distinction

[The distinction of Knowledge from meditation that was being

discussed.]. (I shall speak) of this itself-what is that?-(it is) guhyatamam,

the highest secret; and is jnanam, Knowledge, complete Knowledgenothing

else-, the direct means to Liberation, as stated in the Upanisads

and the Smrtis, 'Vasudeva is all' (7.19), 'the Self verily is all this' (Ch.

7.25.2), 'One only, without a second' (op. cit. 6.2.1), etc., and also as

stated in such Upanisadic texts as, 'On the other hand, those who

understand otherwise than this come under a different ruler, and belong

to the worlds that are subject to decay' (op. cit. 7.25.2). (Knowledge) of

what kind? It is vijnana-sahitam, combined with experience; jnatva, by

realizing, by attaining; yat, which Knowledge; moksyase, you shall be

free; asubhat, from evil, from worldly bondage.

9.2 And that is raja-vidya, the Sovereign Knowledge, the kind among

sciences because of the abundance of its radiance. Indeed, this

knowledge of Brahman shines most brilliantly among all kiinds of learning

[The word raja means a king, or figuratively, the greatest; or, derived

from the root raj, to shine, it may mean shining.-Tr.] So also, idam, this;

is raja-guhyam, the Sovereign Profundity, the kind among profundities;

uttamam, the best; pavitram, sanctifier. This knowledge of Brahman,

which sanctifies all things that purify, is the greatest. Shine it reduces to

ashes in a moment (the results of) all actions-righteous, unrighteous and

others-together with their roots, accumulated over many thousands of

births, therefore, what to speak of its sanctifying power! Besides, it is

pratyaksavagamam, directly realizable, directly perceivable like

happiness etc. Even though possessed of many qualities, a thing may

be noticed to be contrary to righteousness. The knowledge of the Self is

not opposed to righteousness, in that way, but it is dharmyam,

righteous, not divorced from righteousness. Eeve so, it may be difficult

to practice. Hence the Lord says it is susukham, very easy; kartum to

practise, like the knowledge of the distinction among jewels. It is seen (in

the world) that, actions which require little effort and are accomplished

easily yield meagre results, whereas those that are difficult to accomplish

yield great results. Thus the contingency arises that this (knowledge of

Brahman), however. which is easily attained, perishes when its result

gets exhausted. Therefore the Lord says it is avyayam, imperishable.

From the point of view of its result, it is not perishable like (the results of)

actions. Hence the knowledge of the Self should be highly regarded.

9.3 Parantapa, O destroyer of foes; those purusah, persons, again; who

are asraddadhanah, regardless of, devoid of faith in; asya dharmasya,

this Dharma, this knowledge of the Self-those who are faithless as

regards its true nature as well as its result, who are sinful, who have

taken recourse to the 'upanisad' (mystical teaching) of demoniacal

people, consisting in consideration the body alone as the Self, and who

delight in life (sense enjoyments); nivartante, certainly go round and

round;-where?-mrtyu-samsara-vartmani, along the path (vartma) of

transmigration (samsara) fraught with death (mrtyu), the path leading to

hell, birth as low creatures, etc., i.e., they go round and round along that

very path; aprapya, without reaching; mam, Me, the supreme God.

Certainly there is no question of their attaining Me. Hence, the

implication is that (they go round and round) without even acquiring a

little devotion, which is one of the disciplines [Ast. omits the word

sadhana, disciplines.-Tr.] constituting the path for reaching Me. Having

drawn Arjuna's attention through the (above) eulogy, the Lord says:

9.4 Idam, this; sarvam, whole; jagat, world; is tatam, pervaded; maya,

by Me; through the supreme nature, that I have, avyakta-murtina, in My

unmanifest form, in that form in which My nature is not manifest, i.e. in

My form which is beyond the range of the organs. Sarva-bhutani, all

beings, from Brahma to a clump of grass; matsthani, exist in Me, are

established in Me in that unmanifest form. For, no created thing that is

bereft of the Self (i.e. of Reality) can be conceived of as an object of

practical use. Therefore, being possessed of their reality through Me who

am their Self, they exist in Me. Hence they are said to be established in

Me. I Myself am the Self of those created things. Consequently, it

appears to people of little understanding that I dwell in them. Hence I

say: Na ca aham, but I am not; avasthitah, contained; tesu, in them, in

the created things. Since unlike gross objects I am not in contact with

anything, therefore I am certainly the inmost core even of space. For, a

thing that has no contact with anything cannot exist like something

contained in a receptacle. For this very reason that I am not in contact

with anyting-

9.5 Na ca bhutani, nor do the beings, beginning from Brahma;

matsthani, dwell in Me. Pasya, behold; me, My; aisvaram, divine; yogam,

Yoga, action, performance, i.e. this real nature of Myself. The Upanisadic

text, too, similarly shows the absence of association (of the Self) due to

Its being free from contact: '...unattached, for It is never attached' (Br.

3.9.26). Behold this other wonder: I am the bhuta-bhrt, sustainer of

beings, though I am unattached. Ca, but; mama atma, My Self; na

bhutasthah, is not contained in the bengs. As it has been explained

according to the logic stated above, there is no possibility of Its

remaining contained in beings. How, again, is it said, 'It is My Self?

Following human understanding, having separated the aggregate of

body etc. (from the Self) and superimposing eoism of them, the Lord

calls It 'My Self'. But not that He has said so by ignorantly thinking like

ordinary mortals that the Self is different from Himself. So also, I am the

bhuta-bhavanah, originator of beings, one who gives birth to or

nourishes the beings. By way of establishing with the help of an

illustration the subject-matter [Subject-matter-that the Self, which has no

contact with anything, is the substratum of creation, continuance and

dissolution.] dealt with in the aforesaid two verses, the Lord says:

9.6 Upadharaya, understand; iti, thus; that yatha, just as; in the world,

the mahan, voluminous-in dimension; vayuh, wind; sarvatragah, moving

everywhere; is nityam, ever; [During creation, continuance and

dissolution] akasa-sthitah, present in space; tatha, similarly; (sarvani, all;

bhutani, beings; matsthani,) abide in Me who am omnipresent like

space-abide certainly without any contact.

9.7 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti; sarva-bhutani, all the beings-all the

beings which, like wind abiding in space, abide thus in Me during their

period of existence; yanti, go back; kalpa-ksaye, at the end of a cycle, at

the time of dissolution; mamikam prakrtim, to My Prakrti which consists

of the three gunas (qualities; see 7.13) and is (called My) lower Nature.

Punah, again; aham, I; visrjami, project forth, create; tani, them, the

beings, as before [As before: as in previous cycles of creation.];

kalpadau, at the beginning of a cycle, at the time of creation.

9.8 Thus avastabhya, keeping under control; svam, My own; prakrtim,

Prakrti, which is charcterized as nescience; visrjami, I project forth;

punah, punah, again and again; the krtsnam, whole of; imam, this;

existing bhuta-gramam, multitude of beings which are born of Prakrti;

which, being under another's sub-jugation due to such defects [See

under 8.19, introductory Commentary.-Tr.] as ignorance etc., are

avasam, powerless, not independent; prakrteh vasat, under the influence

of their own nature. 'In that case, You, who are the supreme God and

who ordain this multitude of beings unequally, will become associated

with virtue and vice as a result of that act?' In aswer the Lord says this

9.9 O Dhananjaya, na ca, nor do; tani, those; karmani, actions-which

are the sources of the creation of the multitude of beings unequally;

nibadhnanti, bind; mam, Me, who am God. As to that, the Lord states

the reason for His not becoming associated with the actions: Asinam,

remaining (as I do); udasinavat, like one unconcerned, like some

indifferent spectator- for the Self is not subject to any change; and

asaktam, unattached; tesu karmasu, to those actions-free from

attachment to results, free from the egoism that 'I do.' Hence, even int

he case of any other person also, the absence of the idea of agentship

and the absence of attachment to results are the causes of not getting

bound. Otherwise, like the silkworm, a foolish man becomes bound by

acitons. This is the idea. There (in th previous two verses) it involves a

contradiction to say, 'Remaining like one unconcerned, I project forth

this multitude of beings.' In order to dispel this doubt the Lord says:

9.10 Maya, under Me; adhyaksena, as the supervisor, remaining

changeless as a mere witness under all circumstances; prakrtih, the

Prakrti, My maya consisting of the three gunas and characterized as

ignorance; suyate, produces; the world sa-cara-acaram. of the moving

and the none-moving things. Thus there is the Vedic text, 'The one

divine Being is hidden in all beings; He is amnipresent, the indwelling Self

of all bengs, the Supervisor of actions, the refuge of all beings, the

witness, the one who imparts consceiousness, unconditioned [This is

according to Sankaracarya's commentary on this verse. A.G. interprets

kevala as non-dual.-Tr.] and without qualities' (Sv. 6.11). Anena hetuna,

owing to this reason-because of this presiding over; O son of Kunti, the

jagat, world, with the moving and the non-moving things, consisting of

the manifest and the unmanifest; viparivartate, revolves, under all

conditions [During creation, continuance and dissolution.] All the

activities of the world in the form, 'I eat this; I see; I hear this; I

experience this happiness, suffer this sorrow; I shall do this for that

purpose, [Ast. omits this portion.-Tr] I shall do this for this purpose; I

shall know this,' etc. indeed arise owing to their being the objects of the

conscious witness. They verily exist in consciousness, and end in

consciousness. And such mantras as, 'He who is the witness of this is in

the supreme heaven' [Supreme heaven, the heart; i.e. He is inscrutable.]

(Rg., Na. Su. 10.129.7; Tai. Br.2.8.9), reveal this fact. Since it follows

from this that there is no other conscious being part from the one Deitywho

is the witness of all as the absolute Consciousness, and who in

reality has no contact with any kind of enjoyment-, therefore there is no

other enjoyer. Hence, in this context, the question, 'For what purpose is

this creation?', and its answer are baseless-in accordance with the

Vedic text, 'Who know (It) truly, who can fully speak about this here?

From where has this come? From where is this variegated creation?'

(Rg. 3.54.5; 10.129.6). And it has been pointed out by the Lord also:

'Knowledge remains covered by ignorance. Thereby the creatures

become deluded' (5.15).

9.11 Ajanatah, not knowing; mama, My; param, supreme; bhavam,

nature-My supreme Reality, which is like space, nay, which is subtler and

more pervasive than space; as bhuta-maheswaram, the Lord of all

beings, the great Lord of all beings who is their Self; mudhah, foolish

people, the non-discriminating ones; avajananti, disregard, belittle; mam,

Me, although I am by nature thus eternal, pure, intelligent, free and the

Self of all beings; and asritam, who have taken; manusim tanum, a

human body common to men, i.e... when I act with the help of a human

body. As a result of that, as a result of continously disrespecting Me,

those wretches get ruined. How?

9.12 Moghasah, of vain hopes. So also, mogha-karmanah, of vain

actions: their rites, such as Agnihotra etc. which are undertaken by

them, verily become vain, fruitless actions, because of dishonouring the

Lord, disregarding Him who is their own Self. In this way they are of vain

actions. Similarly, mogha-jnanah, of vain knowledge: of fruitless

knowledge; even their knowledge verily becomes useless. And

vicetasah, senseless: i.e., they lose their power of discrimination.

Besides, [Besides, in the next birth...] they become sritah, possessed of;

the mohinim, self-deceptive, self-delusive; prakritim, disposition;

raksasim, of fiends; and asurim, of demons-according to which the body

is the Self; i.e., they become habitually inclined to act cruelly, saying,

'cut, break, drink, eat, steal others' wealth,' etc. [The habit to cut, break,

drink, eat, etc. is characteristic of fiends. The habit of stealing others'

wealth, etc. is characteristic of demons.] This is stated in the Sruti,

'Those worlds of devils (are covered by blinding darkness)' (Is. 3).

9.13 On the other hand, O son of Prtha, those mahat-manah, noble

ones-who are not small-mined, who are imbued with faith, and who have

set out on the path of Liberation, which is characerized by devotion to

God; being asritah, possessed of; daivim, divine; prakrtim, naturedistinguished

by mental and physical control, kindness, faith, etc.; tu,

surely; bhajante, adore; mam, Me, God; ananya-manasah, with singlemindedness;

jnatva, knowing Me; as the avyayam, immutable; bhutadim,

source of all objects, of space etc. (i.e. th five elements) as well as of

living beings. How?

9.14 Satatam, always; kirtayantah, glorifying; mam, Me, God, who am

Brahman in reaility; ca, and; yatantah, striving, endeavouring with the

help of such virtues as withdrawal of the organs, control of mind and

body, kindness, non-injury, etc.; drdha-vratah, the men of firm vows

those whose vows [Vows such as celibacy], those whosevows are

unshakable; upasate, worship Me; namasyantah, by paying obeisance;

mam, to Me, to the Self residing in the heart, ca, and; nitya-yuktah,

being ever endowed; bhaktya, with devotion. The various ways in which

they adore are being stated:

9.15 Anye, others, giving up others forms of adoration; ca, verily;

upasate, worship; mam, Me, God; yajantah, by adoring, glorifying; api,

exclusively; jnana-yajnene ekatvena, through the sacrifice of the

knowledge of oneness-knowledge of God itself being the sacrifice; and

that knowledge consists in the realization of the highest truth that the

supreme Brahman is verily one. Adoring with that (knowledge) they

worship Me. And some others Me prthaktvena, multifariously-in different

forms as the sun, moon, etc. They worship (Me) by thinking that, Visnu

who is God Himself exists in different forms as the sun etc. Still others

worship Me thinking that, that very God who is visvatomukhah,

mulitiformed, who has His facr everywhere, i.e., who is the Cosmic

Person; exists bahudha, variously. In numerous ways they worship Him,

the Cosmic Person, who has His face everywhere. 'If they worship in

numerous ways, how is it that they worship You alone?' Hence the Lord

says:

9.16 Aham, I; am the kratuh, a kind of Vedic sacrifice; I Myself am the

yajnah, sacrifice as prescribed by the Smrtis; further, I am svadha, the

food that is offered to the manes; I am ausadham-by which word is

meant the food that is eaten by all creatures. Or, svadha means food in

general of all creatures, and ausadha means medicine for curing

diseases. I am the mantra with which offering is made to manes and

gods. I Myself am the ajyam, oblations; and I am agnih, the fire-I Myself

am the fire into which the oblation is poured. And I am the hutam, act of

offering. Besides,

9.17 Asya, of this; jagatah, world; aham, I; am pita, the father; mata, the

mother; dhata, ordainer, dispenser of the results of their actions to the

creatures; (and the) pirtamahah, grand-father. I am the vedayam,

knowable-that which has to be known; the pavitram, sanctifier; [Virtuous

actions.] and the onkarah, syllable Om; eva ca, as also Rk, Sama and

Yajus. [Brahman, which has to be known, is realizable through Om,

regarding which fact the three Vedas are the authority. The ca (as also) is

suggestive of the Atharva-veda.] Moreover,

9.18 (I am) the gatih, fruit of actions; the bharta, nourisher; [The giver of

the fruits of actions.] the prabhuh, Lord; the saksi, witness of all tha is

done or not done by creatures; the nivasah, abode, where creatures live;

the saranam, refuge, remover of sufferings of the afflicted who take

shelter; the suhrt, friend, one who does a good turn without thought of

reward; the prabhavah, origin of the world; the pralayah, end, the place

into which the world merges. So also, (I am) the sthanam, foundation on

which the world rests; the nidhanam, store, which is for future enjoyment

of creatures; and the avyayam, imperishable; bijam, seed, the cause of

growth of all things which germinate. The seed is imperishable because

it continues so long as the world lasts. Indeed, nothing springs up

without a seed. And since creation is noticed to be continuous, it is

understood that the continuity of the seed never ends. Further,

9.19 O Arjuna, aham, I, in the form of the sun; tapami, give heat through

some intense rays. Through some rays utsrjami, I pour down; varsam,

rain. Having poured down, again nigrhnami, I withdraw it through some

rays-for eight months. Again I pour it down in the rainy season. I am eva

ca, verily; the amrtam, nectar of the gods; and mrtyuh, death of the

mortals. I Myself am sat, existence-the effect which has come into

bneing in relation to its cause; and its opposite, asat, nonexistence.

[Nonexistence: the cause which has not become manifest as the effect

possessing name and form, It cannot be admitted that the effect has

absolute existence, for the Upanisad says, 'All transformation has

speech as it basis, and it is name only' (Ch.6. 1. 4). Nor can it be said

that the cause has absolute non-existence, for there is the text,'...by

what logic can the existent come verily out of nonexistence? But

surely,...all this was Existence, one without a second' (op. cit. 6.2.2).] It

is not that the Lord is Himself absolutely nonexistence; nor are effect and

cause (absolutely) existence and nonexistent (respectively). Those men

of Knowledge who meditate of Me while worshpping Me according to

the respective forms of sacrifices mentioned above-regardomg Me as

one or multifirious, etc.-, they attain Me alone according to their

conceptions.

9.20 Those, again, who are ignorant and desirous of pleasures, traividyah,

who are versed in the three Vedas, who know the Rk, Yajus and

Sama Vedas; somapah, who are drinkers of Soma; and who, as a result

of that very drinking of Soma, are puta-papah, purified of sin;

prarthayante, pray for; the svargatim, heavenly goal, the attainment of

heaven-heaven itself being the goal [Ast. adds this portion-svareva gatih,

heaven itself being the goal.-Tr.]-; istva, by worshipping; mam, Me,

existing in the forms of gods such as the Vasus and others; yajnaih,

through sacrifices such as the Agnistoma etc. And asadya, having

reached; surendra-lokam, the place (world) of the kind of gods, of Indra;

(which is) punyam, the result of righteousness; te, they; asnanti, enjoy;

divi, in heaven; the devyan, divine, heavenly, supernatural;; devabhogan,

pleasures of gods.

9.21 Bhuktva, after having enjoyed; tam, that: visalam, vast;

svargalokam, heavenly world; te, they; visanti, enter into; this

martyalokam, human world; ksine, on the exhaustion; of their punye,

merit. Evam, thus, indeed; anuprapannah, those who follow in the

manner described; trai-dharmyam, [A variant reading is trayi-dharmam.-

Tr.] the rites and duties prescribed in the three Vedas-merely the Vedic

rites and duties; and are kama-kamah, desirous of pleasures; labhante,

attain; only gata-agatam, the state of going and returning, but never that

of independence. This is the meaning.

9.22 On the other hand, ye janah, those persons, the monks, who are

desireless and fully illumined; who ananyah, becoming non-different

(from Me), having realized the supreme Deity, Narayana, as their own

Self; and cintayantah, becoming meditative; ['Having known that I,

Vasudeva, am the Self of all, and there is nothing else besides Me'.]

paryu-pasate mam, worship Me everywhere; ['They see Me the one, allpervading,

infinite Reality.'] tesam, for them; who have realized the

supreme Truth, nitya-abhiyuktanam, who are ever attached (to Me);

aham, I; vahami, arrange for; both yoga-kesamam, securing what they

lack and preserving what they have. Yoga means making available what

one does not have, and ksema means the protection of what one has

got. Since 'but the man of Knowledge is the very Self. (This is) My

opinion' and 'he too is dear to Me' (7.17,18), therefore they have

become My own Self as also dear. Does not the Lord surely arrange for

securing what they lack and protecting what they have even in the case

of other devotees? This is true. He does arrange for it. But the difference

lies in this: Others who are devotees make their own efforts as well for

their own sake, to arrange for securing what they lack and protecting

what they have. On the contrary, those who have realized non-duality do

not make any effrot to arrange for themselves the acquisition of what

they do not have and the preservation of what they have. Indeed, they

desire nothing for themselves, in life or in death. They have taken refuge

only in the Lord. Therefore the Lord Himself arranges to procure what

they do not have and protect what they have got. 'If you Yourself are

the other gods even, then do not their devotees too worship You alone?'

'Quite so!'

9.23 Api, even; ye, those who; anya-devata-bhaktah, being devoted to

tother deities; and anvitah sraddhaya, endowed with faith; yajante,

worship (them), te api, they also; O son of Kunti, yajanti, worship; mam,

Me; eva, alone; (though) avidhi-purvakam, following the wrong method.

Avidhi implies ignorance. So the idea is that they worship (Me) ignorantly.

'How it is that they worship (Me) ignorantly?' [i.e. the worshippers of

other deities worship them knowingly, and hence, how can the question

of their ignorance arise?] This is being answered: Because-

9.24 As the Self of the deities (of the sacrifices), aham, I; hi, indeed; am

the bhokta, enjoyer; ca eva, as also; the prabhuh, Lord; [The Lord: 'I

being the indwelling Ruler of all.'] sarva-yajnanam, of all sacrifices

enjoined by the Vedas and the Smrtis. A sacrifice is verily presided over

by Me, for it has been said earlier, 'I Myself am the entity (called Visnu)

that exists in the sacrifice in this body' (8.4). Tu, but; na abhi-jananti,

they do not know; mam, Me as such; tattvena, in reality. And atah,

therefore, by worshipping ignorantly; te, they; cyavanti, fall from the

result of the sacrifice. ['Although they perform sacrifices with great

diligence, still just because they do not know Me real nature and do not

offer the fruits of their sacrifices to Me, they proceed to the worlds of the

respective deities through the Southern Path (beginning with smoke; see

8.25). Then, after the exhaustion of the results of those sacrifices and

the falling of the respective bodies (assumed in those worlds) they return

to the human world for rembodiment.'-M.S. (See also 9.20-1.)] The

result of a sacrifice is inevitable even for those who worship ignorantly

out of their devotion to other deities. How?

9.25 Deva-vratah, votaries of the gods, those whose religious

observances [Making offerings and presents, circumambulation, bowing

down, etc.] and devotion are directed to the gods; yanti, reach, go to;

devan, the gods. Pitr-vratah, the votaries of the manes, those who are

occupied with such rites as obsequies etc., who are devoted to the

manes; go pitrn, to the manes such as Agnisvatta and others. Bhutejyah,

the Beings such as Vinayaka, the group of Sixteen (divine) Mothers, the

Four Sisters, and others. And madyajinah, those who worship Me, those

who are given to worshipping Me, the devotees of Visnu; reach mam,

Me alone. Although the effort (involved) is the same, still owing to

ingorance they do not worship Me exclusively. Thereby they attain lesser

results. This is the meaning. 'Not only do My devotees get the

everlasting result in the form of non-return (to this world), but My worship

also is easy.' How?

9.26 Yah, whoever; prayaccati, offers; me, Me; bhaktya, with devotion;

patram, a leaf; puspam, a flower phalam, a fruit; or toyam, water;

asnami, I accept; tat, that (gift)-leaf etc.; prayata-atmanah, of the purehearted

man; which has been bhakti-upahrtam devotionally presented.

Since this is so, therefore-

9.27 O son of Kunti, yat-karosi, whatever you do, what comes

spontaneously; [Actions such as walking etc. that are spontaneous,not

injunctions of the scriptures.] yad-asnasi, whatever you eat; and yatjuhosi,

whatever you offer as a sacrifice, whatever sacrifices you

perform-be it prescribed by the Vedas or by the Smrtis; yatadadasi,

whatever you give-gold, food, clarified butter, etc. to Brahmanas and

others; and yat-tapasyasi, whatever austerties you undertake; (all) tat,

that; kurusva madarpanam, you offer to Me. 'Hear what happens to you

when you act thus.'

9.28 By dedicating to Me evam, thus; maksyase, you will become free;

karma-bandhanaih, from bondage in the form of actions-actions

themselves being the bonds; subha-asubha-phalaih, which are

productive of good and bad results-i.e. from actions that have desirable

(subha) and undesireable (asubha) results (phala). Sannyasa,

renunciation, is that which results from dedication (of actions) to Me, and

that is also yoga since it involves actions. He who has his mind (atma)

endowed (yukta) with that yoga of renunciation (sannyasa-yoga) is

sannyasa-yoga-yukta-atma. You, being such, having your mind

endowed with the yoga of renunciation, and vimuktah, becoming free

from the bonds of actions evern while living; upaisyasi, will attain, come;

mam, to Me, when this body falls. In that case the Lord is possessed of

love and hatred inasmuch as He favours the devotees, and not others?

That is not so:

9.29 Aham, I; am samah, impartial, equal; sarva-bhutesu, towards all

beings; me, to Me; na asti, there is none; dvesyah, detestable; na, none;

priyah, dear. I am like fire: As fire does not ward off cold from those who

are afar, but removes it from those who apporach, near, similarly I favour

the devotees, not others. Tu, but; ye, those who approach near, similarly

I favour the devotees, not others. Tu, but; ye, those who; bhajanti,

worship Me, God; bhaktya, with devotion; te they; exist mayi, in Me-by

their very nature; ['Their mind becomes fit for My manifestation, as it has

been purified by following the virtuous path.'] they do not exist in Me

because of My love, Ca, and; aham, I; api, too; naturally exist tesu, in

them, not in others. Thus there is no hatred towards them (the latter).

'Listen to the greatness of devotion to Me:'

9.30 Api cet, even if; su-duracarah, a man of very bad conduct, of

extremely vile behaviour, of very condemnable character; bhajate,

worships; mam, Me; ananyabhak, with one-pointed devotion, with his

mind not given to anybody else; he; mantavyah, is to be considered,

deemed; eva, verily; sadhuh, good, as well behaved; hi, for; sah, he;

samyakvyavasitah, has resolved rightly, has virtuous intentions.

9.31 Having given up his external evil behaviour due to the strength of

his internal proper resolves, ksipram bhavati, he soon becomes; verily

dharma-atma, possessed of a virtuous mind; and nigaccahti, he attains;

sasvat, everlasting; santim, peace, quietude [Cessation of evil acts.]. O

son of Kunti, listen to the supreme Truth: Pratijanihi, do you proclaim

boldly, make a firm declaration; that me, My; bhaktah, devotee, who has

dedicated his inner being to Me; na, does not; pranasyati, get ruined.

Moreover,

9.32 Hi, for; O son of Prtha, ye api, even those; papayonayah syuh, who

are born of sin;-as to who they are, the Lord says-striyah, women;

vaisyah, Vaisyas, tatha, as also; sudrah, Sudras; te api, even they; yanti,

reach, go to; the param, highest; gatim, Goal vyapasritya, by taking

shelter; mam, under Me-by accepting Me as their refuge.

9.33 Kim punah, what to speak of; the punyah brahmanah, holy

Bramanas, of sacred birth; tatha, as also; of the bhaktah, devout;

rajarsayah, kind-sages-those who are kings and, at the same time,

sages! Since this is so, therefore, prapya, having come; imam, to this;

anityam, ephemeral, ever changeful; and asukham, miserable, unhappy;

lokam, world, the human world-having attained this human life which is a

means to Liberation; bhajasva, do you worship, devoted yourself; mam

to Me. How?

9.34 Manmana bhava, have your mind fixed on Me; [Here Ast. adds the

word vasudeva.-Tr] and also be madbhakah, devoted to Me. Madyaji,

sacrifice to Me, be engaged in sacrificing to Me. And namaskuru, bow

down; only mam, to Me. Yuktva, by concentrating your mind; and matparayanah,

by accepting Me as the supreme Goal; esyasi eva, you shall

surely attain; mam, Me who am God. You shall attain Me evam

atmanam, who am thus the Self: I indeed am the Self of all the beings,

and am also the supreme Goal. You shall attain Me who am such. In this

way, the word atmanam (Self) is to be connected with the preceding

word mam (Me). This is the purport.

 

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 10

RO

10.1 O mighty-armed one, srnu, listen; bhuyah eva, over agiain; me, to

My; paramam, supreme; vacah, utterance, which is expressive of the

transcendental Reality; yat, which supreme Truth; aham, I; vaksyami,

shall speak; te, to you; priyamanaya, who take delight (in it). You

become greatly pleased by My utterance, like one drinking ambrosia.

Hence, I shall speak to you hita-kamyaya, wishing your welfare. 'Why

shall I speak?' In answer to this the Lord says:

10.2 Na sura-sanah, neither the gods-Brahma and others; viduh,

know;-what do they not know?-me, My; prabhavam (prabhavam),

majesty, abundance of lordly power-or, derived in the sense of 'coming

into being', it means origin. Nor even the maharsayah, great sages,

Bhrgu and others [Bhrgu, Marici, Atri, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu and

Vasistha.-Tr.] devanam, of the gods; ca, and; maharsinam, of the great

sages. Besides,

10.3 Yah, he who; vetti, knows; mam, Me; ajam, the birthless; and

anadim, the beginningless: Since I am the source of the gods and the

great sages, and nothing else exists as My origin, therefore I am birthless

and beginningless. Being without an origin is the cause of being

birthless. He who knows Me who am thus birthless and beginningless,

and loka-maheswaram, the great Lord of the worlds, the transcendental

One devoid of ignorance and its effects; sah, he; the asammudhah,

undeluded one; martyesu, among mortals, among human beings;

pramucyate, becomes freed; sarva-papaih, from all sins-committed

knowingly or unknowingly. 'For the following reason also I am the great

Lord of the worlds:'

10.4 See Commentary under 10.5.

10.5 Buddhih, intelligence-the power of the internal organ to know of

things which are subtle etc. Indeed, people talk of a man possessed of

this (power) as intelligent. Jnanam, wisdom-knowledge of entities such

as the Self etc. Asammohah, non-delusion-proceeding with

discrimination with regard to things that are to be known as they present

them-selves. Ksama, forgiveness-unperturbability of the mind of one

who is abused or assulted. Satyam, truth-an utterance regarding what

one has seen, heard, and felt oneself, communicated as such to others

for their understanding, is said to be truth. Damah, control of the external

organs. Samah, control of the internal organs. Sukham, happiness.

Duhkham, sorrow. Bhavah, birth; and its opposite abhavah, death. And

bhayam, fear; as also its opposite abhayam, fearlessness. Ahimsa, noninjury-

non-cruely towards creatures. Samata, equanimity. Tustih,

satisfaction-the idea of sufficiency with regard to things acquired. Tapah,

austerity-disciplining the body through control of the organs. Danam,

charity-distribution (of wealth) according to one's capacity. Yasah, famerenown

arising from righteousness. On the contrary, ayasah is infamy

due to unrighteousness. (These) prthak-vidhah, different; bhavah,

dispositions-intelligence etc. as described; bhuanam, of beings, of living

bengs. bhavanti, spring; mattah, eva, from Me alone, [This is said in the

sesne that none of these dispositions can exist without the Self.] from

God, in accordanced with their actions. Moreover,

10.6 Sapta, the seven; maharsayah, great sages-Bhrgu and others;

tatha, as also; catvarah, the four; manavah, Manus [Savarni, Dharmasavarini,

Daksa-savarni, and Savarna.-Tr.]- well known as Savarnas;

purve, of ancient days; yesam, of whom, of which Manus and the great

sages; imah, these; prajah, creatures, moving and non-moving; loke in

the world, are the creation; madbhavah, had their thoughts fixed on Methey

had their minds fixed on Me, (and hence) they were endowed with

the power of Visnu; and they jatah, were born; manasa; from My mindthey

were created by Me through My mind itself.

10.7 Yah, one who; vetti, knows; tattvatah, truly, i.e. just as it is; etam,

this, aforesaid; vibhutim. majesty, (divine) manifestations;

[Omnipresence.] and yogam, yoga, action, My own ability to achieve

[God's omnipotence. (God's power of accomplishing the impossible.-

M.S.)]-or, the capacity for mystic powers, the omniscience resulting from

yoga (meditation), is called yoga; sah, he; yujyate, becomes imbued

with; avikampena, unwavering; yogena, Yoga, consisting in

steadfastness in perfect knowledge. [After realizing the personal God, he

attains the transcendental Reality; the earlier knowledge leads to the

latter.] There is no samsayah, doubt; atra, about this. With what kind of

unwavering Yoga does he become endued? This is being answered:

10.8 Aham, I, the supreme Brahman called Vasudeva; am the

prabhavah, origin; sarvasya, of all, of the whole world; sarvam,

everything, the whole world of changes, consisting of continuance,

destruction, action and enjoyment of the fruits of action; pravartate,

moves on; mattah, owing to Me alone. Matva, realizing; iti, thus; the

budhah, wise ones, the knowers of the supreme Reality; bhavasamanvitah,

filled with fervour-bhava is the same as bhavana, meaning

ardent longing for the supreme Reality; filled (samanvitah) with that, i.e.

imbued with that; bhajante, adore; mam, Me. Besides,

10.9 Maccittah, with minds fixed on Me; mad-gata-pranah, with lives

(pranas) dedicated to Me, or having their organs, eyes etc. absorbed in

Me, i.e. having their organs withdrawn into Me; bodhayantah,

enlightening; parasparam, each other; and nityam, always; kathayantah,

speaking of; mam, Me, as possessed of qualities like knowledge,

strength, valour, etc; tusyanti, they derive satisfaction; and ramanti,

rejoice, get happiness, as by coming in contact with a dear one.

10.10 Tesam, to them, who, becoming devotees, adore Me in the

manner described earlier; satata-yuktanam, who are ever devoted, ever

attached, who have become free from all external desires; and bhajatam,

who worship-. Is it because of hankering for possessions? The Lord

says: No, (they worship) priti-purvakam, with love. To them who worship

Me with that (love), dadami, I grant; tam, that; buddhi-yogam,

possession of wisdom-buddhi means full enlightenment with regard to

My real nature; coming in possession (yoga) of that is buddhi-yoga;

yena, by which possession of wisdom consisting in full enlightenment;

upayanti, they reach, realize as their own Self; mam, Me, the supreme

God who is the Self. Who do so? Te, they, who adore Me through such

disciplines as fixing their minds on Me, etc. 'For what purpose, or as the

destroyer of what cause standing as an obstacle on the way of reaching

You, do You bestow that possession of wisdom to those devotees of

Yours?' In reply to such a query the Lord says:

10.11 Anukampartham, out of compassion; tesam eva, for them alone,

anxious as to how they may have bliss; aham, I; atmabhavasthah,

residing in their hearts-atmabhavah means the seat that is the heart;

being seated there itself; nasayami, destroy; tamah, the darkness;

ajnanajam, born of ignorance, originating from non-discrimination, the

darkness of delusion known as false comprehension; jnana-dipena, with

the lamp of Knowledge, in the form of discriminating comprehension; i.e.

bhasvata, with the luminous lamp of Knowledge-fed by the oil of divine

grace resulting from devotion, fanned by the wind of intensity of

meditation on Me, having the wick of the intellect imbued with the

impressions arising from such disciplines as celibacy etc., in the

receptacle of the detached mind, placed in the windless shelter of the

mind withdrawn from objects and untainted by likes and dislikes, and

made luminous by full Illumination resulting from the practice of constant

concentration and meditation. After hearing the above-described

majesty and yoga of the Lord,

10.12 Bhavan, You; are the param brahma, supreme Brahman, the

supreme Self; the param dhama, supreme Light; the paramam pavitram,

supreme Sanctifier. Sarve, all; rsayah, the sages-Vasistha and others;

tatha, as also; the devarisih, divine sage; naradah, Narada; Asita and

Devala ahuh, call; tvam, You; thus: Sasvatam, the eternal; divyam,

divine; purusam, Person; adi-devam, the Primal God, the God who

preceded all the gods; ajam, the birthless; vibhum, the Omnipresentcapable

of assuming diverse forms. And even Vyasa also speaks in this

very way. Ca, and; svayam, You Yourself; eva, verily; bravisi, tell; me, me

(so).

10.13 Bhavan, You; are the param brahma, supreme Brahman, the

supreme Self; the param dhama, supreme Light; the paramam pavitram,

supreme Sanctifier. Sarve, all; rsayah, the sages-Vasistha and others;

tatha, as also; the devarisih, divine sage; naradah, Narada; Asita and

Devala ahuh, call; tvam, You; thus: Sasvatam, the eternal; divyam,

divine; purusam, Person; adi-devam, the Primal God, the God who

preceded all the gods; ajam, the birthless; vibhum, the Omnipresentcapable

of assuming diverse forms. And even Vyasa also speaks in this

very way. Ca, and; svayam, You Yourself; eva, verily; bravisi, tell; me, me

(so).

10.14 O Kesava, manye, I accept; to be rtam, true indeed; sarvam, all;

etat, this that has been said by sages and You; yat, which; vadasi, You

tell, speak; mam, to Me. Hi, certainly; bhagavan, O Lord; na devah,

neither the gods; na danavah, nor the demons; viduh, comprehend; te,

Your; vyaktim, glory [Prabhavam in the Commentary is the same as

prabhavam, glory, the unqualified State.]. Since You are the origin of the

gods and others, therefore,

10.15 Purusottama, O supreme Person; bhuta-bhavana, O Creator of

beings, one who brings the creatures into being; bhutesa, the Lord of

beings; deva-deva, O God of gods; jagat-pate, the Lord of the worlds;

tvam, You; svayam, Yourself; eva, alone; vettha, know; atmanam,

Yourself, as God possessed of unsurpassable powers of knowledge,

sovereignty, strength, etc.; atmana, by Yourself.

10.16 Arhasi, be pleased; vaktum, to speak; asesena, in full;

atmavibhutayah, of Your own manifestations; divyah hi, which are indeed

divine; yabhih, through which; vibhutibhih, manifestations, manifestations

of Your glory; tisthasi, You exist; vyapya, pervading; iman, these; lokan,

worlds.

10.17 O Yogi, katham, how; aham vidyam, shall I know tvam, You; sada

pari-cintayan, by remaining ever-engaged in meditation? Ca, and; kesu

kesu bhavesu, through what objects; bhagvan, O Lord; cintah asi, are

You to be meditated on; maya, by me?

10.18 O Janardana: ardana is derived from ard, in the sense of the act

of going; by virtue of making the janas, the demons who are opposed to

the gods, go to hell etc. He is called Jana-ardana. Or, He is called so

because He is prayed to [The verbal root ard has got a second meaning,

'to pray'.] by all beings for the sake of human goals, viz prosperity and

Liberation. Kathaya, narrate to me; bhuyah, again, though spoken of

earlier; atmanah, Your own; yogam, yoga-the special ability in the form

of mystic powers; and vibhutaim, the (divine) manifestations-the variety

of the objects of meditation; vistarena, elaborately. Hi, for; srnvatah,

while hearing; (Your) amrtam, nectar-like speech issuing out of Your

mouth; na asti, there is no; trptih, satiety; me, in me.

10.19 Kuru-srestha, O best of the Kurus; hanta, now; since, on the

other hand, it is not possible to speak exhaustively of them even in a

hundred years, (there-fore) pradhanyatah, according to their importance,

according as those manifestations are pre-eminent in their respective

spheres; kathayisyami, I shall described; te, to you; atma-vibhutayah, My

own glories; which are (hi, indeed) divyah, divine, heavenly. Na asti there

is no; antah, end; me, to My; vistarasya, manifestations. 'Of those, now

listen to the foremost:'

10.20 Gudakesa, O Gudakesa-gudaka means sleep, and isa means

master; master of that (sleep) is gudakesa, i.e. one who has conquered

sleep; [See also under 1.24.-Tr.] or, one who has got thick hair; aham, I;

am the atma, Self, the indwelling Self; who is to be ever-meditated on as

sarva-bhuta-asaya [Asaya-that in which are contained the impressions of

meditations (upasanas), actions and past experiences.]-sthitah, residing

in the hearts of all beings. And, by one who is unable to do so, I am to

be meditated on through the following aspects. I am capable of being

meditated on (through them) becasue aham, I; am verily the adih,

beginning, the origin; and the madhyam, middle, continuance; ca, as

also; the antah, end, dissolution; bhutanam, of (all) beings. 'I am to be

meditated upon thus also:'

10.21 Adityanam, among the twelve Adityas; aham, I; am the Aditya

called Visnu. Jyotisam, among the luminaries; amsuman, the radiant;

ravih, sun. Marutam, among the different gods called Maruts; asmi, I am;

the one called Marici. Naksatranam, among the stars; I am sasi, the

moon.

10.22 Vedanam, among the Vedas; I am the Sama-veda. Devanam,

among the gods-such as Rudras, Adityas and others; I am vasavah,

Indra. Indriyanam, among the eleven organs, viz eye etc.; I am the

manah, mind. I am the mind which is of the nature of reflection and

doubt. And I am the cetana, intelligence [It is the medium for the

manifestation of Consciousness.], the function of the intellect ever

manifest in the aggregate of body and organs; bhtanam, in creatures.

10.23 Rudranam, among the eleven Rudras, I am Sankara; and

yaksaraksasam, among the Yaksas and goblins; I am vittesah, Kubera.

Vasunam, among the eight Vasus; I am pavakah, Fire; and sikharinam,

among the peaked mountains, I am Meru.

10.24 O son of Prtha viddhi, know; mam, Me; to be Brahaspati,

mukhyam, the foremost; purodhasam, among the priests of kings. Being

as he is the priest of Indra, he should be the foremost. Senaninam,

among commaners of armies; I am Skanda, the commander of the

armies of gods. Sarasam, among large expanses of water, among

reservoirs dug by gods (i.e. among nature reservoirs); I am sagarah, the

sea.

10.25 Maharsinam, among the great sages, I am Bhrgu, Giram, of

words, of utterances, in the form of words; I am the ekam, single;

aksaram, syllable Om. Yajnanam, among rituals; I am the japa-yajnah,

rituals of Japa. Sthavaranam, of the immovables, I am the Himalaya.

10.26 Sarva-vrksanam, among all trees, (I am) the Asvatta; and Narada

devarsinam, among the divine sages-those who were gods and became

sages by virtue of visualizing Vedic mantras; among them I am Narada.

Gandharvanam, among the gandharvas, I am the gandharva called

Citraratha. Siddhanam, among the perfected ones, among those who,

from their very birth, were endowed with an abundance of the wealth of

virtue, knowledge and renunciation; (I am) munih, the sage Kapila.

10.27 Asvanam, among horses; viddhi, know; mam, Me; to be the

horse named Uccaihsravas; amrta-udbhavam, born of nectar-born when

(the sea was) churned (by the gods) for nectar. Airavata, the son of

Iravati, gajendranam, among the Lordly elephants; 'know Me to be so'

remains understood. And naranam, among men; know Me as the

naradhipam, King of men.

10.28 Ayudhanam, among weapons; I am the vajram, thunderbolt,

made of the bones of (the sage) Dadhici. Dhenunam, among milch cows;

I am kama-dhuk, Kamadhenu, which was the yielder of all desires of (the

sage) Vasistha; or it means a cow in general which gives milk at all times.

I am Kandarpa, prajanah, the Progenitor, (the god) Kama (Cupid).

Sarpanam, among serpents, among the various serpents, I am Vasuki,

the kind of serpents.

10.29 Naganam, among snakes, of a particular species of snakes; asmi,

I am Ananta, the King of snakes. And Varuna, the King yadasam, of the

gods of the waters. Pitrnam, among the manes; I am the King of the

manes, named Aryama. And samyamatam, among the maintainers of

law and order I am Yama.

10.30 Daityanam, among demons, the descendants of Diti, I am the one

called Prahlada. And I am kalah, Time; kalayatam, among reckoners of

time, of those who calculate. And mrganam, among animals; I am

mrgendrah, the loin, or the tiger. And paksinam, among birds; (I am)

vainateyah, Garuda, the son of Vinata.

10.31 Pavatam, of the purifiers; I am pavanah, air. Sastra-bhrtam,

among weilders of weapons, I am Rama, son of Dasaratha. Jhasanam,

among fishes etc; I am the particular species of fish called makarah

shark. I am jahnavi, Ganga; srotasam, among rivers, among streams of

water.

10.32 O Arjuna sarganam, of creations; I am the adih, beginning; ca,

and ; he antah, end; ca eva, as also; the madhyam, middle-I am the

origin, continuance and dissolution. At the commencement (verse 20)

origin, end, etc. only of things possessed of souls were spoken of, but

here the mention is of all creations in general. This is the difference.

Vidyanam, among knowledges; I am the adhyatma-vidya, knowledge of

the Self, it being the foremost because of its leading to liberation.

Pravadatam, of those who debate; aham, I; am vadah, Vada, which is

preeminent since it is a means to determining true purport. Hence I am

that . By the word pravadatam are here meant the different kinds of

debate held by debators, viz Vada, Jalpa, and Vitanda. [Vada: discussion

with open-mindedness, with a veiw to determining true purport; jalpa:

pointless debate; Vitanda: wrangling discussion. [Jalpa is that mode of

debate by which both parties establish their own viewpoint through

direct and indirect proofs, and refute the view of the opponent through

circumvention (Chala) and false generalization (Jati) and by pointing out

unfitness (of the opponent) tobe argued with (Nigraha-sthana). But

where one party establishes his viewpoint, and the other refutes it

through circumvention, false generalization and showing the unfitness of

the opponent to be argued with, without establishing his own views, that

is termed Vitanda. Jalpa and Vitanda result only in a trial of streangth

between the opponents, who are both desirous of victory, But the result

of Vada is the ascertainment of truth between the teacher and the

disciple or between others, both unbiased.-Gloss of Sridhara Swami on

this verse.]-Tr.]

10.33 Aksaranam, of the letters; I am the akarah, letter a. Samasikasya,

of the group of compound words, I am the compund (called) Dvandva.

Besieds, aham eva, I Myself; am the aksayah, infinite, endless; kalah,

time, well known as 'moment' etc.; or, I am the supreme God who is

Kala (Time, the measurer) even of time. I am the dhata, Dispenser, the

dispenser of the fruits of actions of the whole world; visvatomukhah, with

faces everwhere.

10.34 Death which is of two kinds-one destroying wealth, and the other

destroying life-, [Here Ast. adds: tatra yah prana-harah sah (sarva-harah

ucyate)-Among them, that which destroys life (is called sarva-harah).-Tr.]

is called sarva-harah, the destroyer of all. I am that. This is the meaning.

Or, the supreme God is the all-destroyer because He destroys

everything during dissolution. I am He. And I am udbhavah, prosperity,

eminence, and the means to it. Of whom? Bhavisyatam, of those

destined to be prosperous, i.e. of those who are fit for attaining

eminence. Narinam, of the feminine qualities; I am kirtih, fame; srih,

beauty; vak, speech; smrtih, memory; medha, intelligence dhrtih,

fortitude; and ksama, forbearance. I am these excellent feminine

quialities, by coming to possess even a trace of which one considers

himself successful.

10.35 I am tatha, also; the Brhat-sama, the foremost samnam, of the

Sama-mantras. Chandasam, of the metres, of the Rk-mantras having the

metres Gayatri etc.; I am the Rk called Gayatri. This is meaning.

Masanam, of the months, I am Marga-sirsa (Agrahayana, November-

December). Rtunam, of the seasons; kusumakarah, spring.

10.36 Chalayatam, of the fraudulent, of the deceitful; I am the dyutam,

gambling, such as playing with dice. I am the tejah, irresistible

command; tejasvinam, of the mighty. [Some translate this as 'the

splendour of the splendid'.-Tr.] I am the jayah, excellence of the

excellent. [Some translate this as 'the victory of the victorious'.-Tr.] I am

the vyavasayah, effort of the persevering. I am the sattvam, sattva

quality; [The result of sattva, viz virtue, knowledge, detachment, etc.]

sattvavatam, of those possessed of sattva.

10.37 Vrsninam, of the Vrsnis, [Here Ast. adds yadavanam, of the

Yadavas.-Tr.] I am Vasudeva- I who am this person, your friend.

Pandavanam, of the Pandavas, (I am) Dhananjaya, you yourself. Api,

and; muninam, of the wise, of the thoughtful, of those who know of all

things, I am Vyasa. kavinam, of the omniscient (i.e. of the those who

know the past, present and future), I am the omniscient Usanas

(Sukracarya).

10.38 Damayatam, of the punishers; I am dandah, the rod, which is the

means of controlling the lawless. I am the nitih, righteous policy;

jagisatam, of those who desire to conquer. And guhyanam, of things

secret; I am verily maunam, silence. I am jnanam, knowledge;

jnanavatam, of the men of knowledge.

10.39 Ca, moreover; O Arjuna, yat api, whatsoever; is the bijam, seed,

the source of growth ; sarva-bhutanam, of all beings; tat, that I am. As

a conclusion of the topic the Lord states in brief His divine

manifestations: Na tat asti bhutam, there is no thing; cara-acaram,

moving or non-moving; yat, which; syat, can exist; vina maya, without

Me. For whatever is rejected by Me, from whatever I withdraw Myself will

have no substance, and will become a non-entity. Hence the meaning is

that everything has Me as its essence.

10.40 Parantapa, O destroyer of enemies; asti, there is; na, no; antah,

limit; to mama, My; divyanam, divine; vibhutinam, manifestations.

Indeed, it is not possible for anyone to speak or know of the limit of the

divine manifestations of the of the all-pervading God. Esah, this; vistarah,

description; vibhuteh, of (My) manifestations; tu, however; prokatah, has

been stated; maya, by Me; uddesatah, by way of illustration, partially.

10.41 Yat yat, whatever; sattvam, object in the world; is eva, verily;

vibhutimat, endowed with majesty; srimad, possessed of prosperity; va,

or; is urjitam, energetic, possessed of vigour; tvam, you; avagaccha,

know; eva, for certain; tat tat, each of them; as mama tejomsasambhavam,

having a part (amsa) of My (mama), of God's, power (teja)

as its source (sambhavam).

10.42 Athava, or, on the other hand; kim, what is the need; of tava

jnatena, your knowing; etena bahuna, this extensively-but imcompletelyin

the above manner, O Arjuna? You listen to this subject that is going to

be stated in its fullness: Aham, I; sthitah, remain; vistabhya, sustaining,

supporting, holding firmly, in a special way; idam, this; krtsnam, whole;

jagat, creation; ekamsena, by a part, by a foot [The Universe is called a

foot of His by virtue of His having the limiting adjunct of being its efficient

and material cause.] (of Myself), i.e. as the Self of all things [As the

material and the efficient cause of all things]. The Vedic text, 'All beings

form a foot of His' (Rg., Pu. Su. 10.90.3; Tai. Ar. 3.12.3) support this. [A

Form constituted by the whole of creation has been presented in this

chapter for meditation. Thereby the unqualified transcendental Reality,

implied by the word tat (in tattva-masi) and referred to by the latter

portion of the Commentator's quotation (viz tripadasyamrtam divi: The

immortal three-footed One is established in His own effulgence),

becomes established.]

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 11

RO

11.1 Ayam, this; mahah, delusion; mama, of mine; vigatah, has

departed, i.e., my non-discriminating idea has been removed; tena, as a

result of that; vacah, speech of Yours; which is paramam, most,

supremely; guhyam, secret; and adhyatma-sanjnitam, known as

pertaining to the Self-dealing with discrimination between the Self and

the non-Self; and yat, which; was uktam, uttered; tvaya, by You;

madanugrahaya, for my benefit, out of favour for me. Further,

11.2 Kamala-partraksa, O You with eyes like lotus leaves; bhavaapyayau,

the origin and dissolution- these two; bhutanam, of beings;

srutau, have been heard; maya, by me; vistarasah, in detail-not in brief;

tvattah, from You. Ca, and; (Your) avyayam, undecaying; mahatmyam,

glory, too;-has been heard-(these last words) remain understood.

11.3 Parama-isvara, O supreme Lord; evam, so; etat, it is-not

otherwise; yatha, as; tvam, You; attha, speak; atmanam, about Yourself.

Still, purusottama, O supreme Person; iccahmi, I wish; drastum, to see;

the aisvaram, divine; rupam, form; te, of Yours, of Visnu, endowed with

Knowledge, Sovereignty, Power, Strength, Valour and Formidability.

11.4 Prabho, O Lord, Master; yadi, if; manyase, You think; iti, that; tat

sakyam, it is possible; drastum, to be see; maya, by me, by Arjuna;

tatah, then, since I am very eager to see, therefore; yogeswara, O Lord

of Yoga, of yogis-Yoga stands for yogis; their Lord is yogeswara; tvam,

You; darsaya, show; me, me, for my sake; atmanam avyayam, Your

eternal Self. Being thus implored by Arjuna,

11.5 O son of Prtha, pasya, behold; me, My; rupani, forms; satasah, in

(their) hundreds; atha, and; sahasrasah, in thousands, i.e. in large

numbers. And they are nana-vidhani, of different kinds; divyani, celestial,

supernatural; and nana-varna-akrtini, of various colours and shapesforms

which have different (nana) colours (varna) such as blue, yellow,

etc. as also (different) shapes (akrtayah), having their parts differently

arranged.

11.6 Pasya, see; adityan, the twelve Adityas; vasun, the eight Vasus;

rudran, the eleven Rudras; asvinau, the two Asvins; and amarutah, the

Maruts, who are divided into seven groups of seven each. Bharata, O

scion of the Bharata dynasty; pasya, behold; tatha, also; bahuni, the

many other; ascaryani, wonders; adrstapurvani, not seen before-by you

or anyone else in the human world. Not only this much,-

11.7 Pasya, see; adya, now; O Gudakesa, the krtsnam, entire; jagat,

Universe; sa-cara-acaram, existing together with the moving and the

non-moving; ekastham, concentrated at the same place; iha, here;

mama dehe, in My body; ca, as also; yat anyat, whatever else-even

those victory, defeat, etc. with regard to which you expressed doubt in,

'whether we shall win, or whether they shall conquer us' (2.6); if icchasi,

you would like; drastum, to see them.

11.8 Tu, but; na sakyase, you are not able; drastum, to see; mam, Me,

who have assumed the Cosmic form; eva, merely; anena, with this

natural; sva-caksusa, eye of yours. However, dadami, I grant; te, you;

the divyam, supernatural; caksuh, eye, by which supernatural eye you

shall be able to see Pasya, behold with that; me, My, God's aisvaram,

divine; yogam, Yoga, i.e. the superabundance of the power of Yoga [The

power of accomplishing the impossible.-M.S.].

11.9 Rajan, O King, Dhrtarastra; uktva, having spoken evam, thus, in

the manner stated above; tatah, thereafter; harih, Hari, Narayana; mahayogeswarah,

the great Master of Yoga-who is great (mahan) and also the

master (isvara) of Yoga; darasyamasa showed; parthaya, to the son of

Prtha; the paramam, supreme; aisvaram, divine; rupam, form, the

Cosmic form:

11.10 A form aneka-vaktra-nayanam, having many faces and eyes;

aneka-adbhuta-darsanam, possessing many wonderful sights; as also

aneka-divya-abharanam, adorned with numerous celestial ornaments;

and divya-aneka-udyata-ayudham, holding many uplifted heavenly

weapons. This whole portion is connected with the verb '(He) showed' in

the earlier verse. Moreover,

11.11 Divya-malya-ambara-dharam, wearing heavenly garlands and

apparel-the God wearing celestial flowers and clothings; divya-gandhaanulepanam,

anointed with heavenly scents; sarva-ascaryamayam,

abounding in all kinds of wonder; devam, resplendent; anantam, infinite,

boundless; and visvato-mukham, with faces everywhere-He being the

Self of all beings. 'He showed (to Arjuna)', or 'Arjuna saw', is to be

supplied. An illustration is once more being given of the effulgence of

the Cosmic form of the Lord:

11.12 Should the bhah, effulgence; surya-sahasrasya, of a thousand

suns; utthita bhavet, blaze forth; yugapat, simultaneously; divi, in the

sky, or in heaven which is the third as counted (from this earth);sa, that;

yadi syat, might be-or it might not be-; sadrsi, similar; to the bhasah,

radiance; tasya, of that; mahat-manah, exalted One, the Cosmic Person

Himself. The idea is that the brillinace of the Cosmic Person surely excels

even this! Further,

11.13 Tada, at that time; pandavah, Pandava, Arjuna; apasyat, saw;

tatra, there, in that Cosmic form; sarire, in the body; devadevasya, of the

God of gods, of Hari; krtsnam, the whole; jagat, Universe; anekadha,

deversely; pravibhaktam, differentiated-into groups of gods, manes,

human beings, and others; ekastham, united in the one (Consmic form).

11.14 Tatah, then, having seen Him; sah, he, Dhananjaya; became

vismaya-avistah, filled with wonder; and hrsta-roma, had his hairs

standing on end. Becoming filled with humility, pranamya, bowing down,

bowing down fully; [With abundant respect and devotion.] sirasa, with his

head; devam, to the Lord, who had assumed the Cosmic form;

abhasata, he said; krta-anjalih, with folded hands, with palms joined in

salutation: How? 'I am seeing the Cosmic form that has been revealed

by You'-thus expressing his own experience,

11.15 Deva, O God; pasyami, I see, perceive; tava dehe, in Your body;

sarvan, all; the devan, gods; tatha, as also; bhuta-visesa-sanghan, hosts

of (various) classes of beings, groups of moving and non-moving living

things having different shapes; and besides, brahmanam, Brahma, with

four faces; isam, the Ruler of creatures; kamalasana-stham, sitting on a

lotus seat, i.e. sitting on Mount Meru which forms the pericarp of the

lotus that is the earth; and sarvan, all; the divyan, heavenly; rsin, sages-

Vasistha and others; and (the heavenly) uragan, serpents-Vasuki and

others.

11.16 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You; aneka-bahu-udara-vaktra-netram, as

possessed of numerous arms, bellies, mouths and eyes; ananta-rupam,

having infinite forms; sarvatah, all around. Visveswara, O Lord of the

Universe; visva-rupa, O Cosmic Person; na pasyami, I see not; ['I do not

see-because of Your all-pervasiveness.'] tava, Your; antam, end; na

madhyam, nor the middle-what lies between two extremities; na punah,

nor again; the adim, beginning-I see not the limit (end) nor the middle,

nor again the beginning, of You who are God! Furthermore,

11.17 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You; as kiritinam, wearing a diadem-kirita is

a kind of decoration for the head; one having it is kiriti; gadinam, wielding

a mace; and also cakrinam, holding a disc; tejorasim, a mass of

brilliance; sarvatah diptimantam, glowing all around; durniriksyam,

difficult to look at; samantat, from all sides, at every point; as though

dipta-analarka-dyutim, possessed of the radiance (dyuti) of the blazing

(dipta) fire (anala) and sun (arka); and aprameyam, immeasurable, i.e.

beyond limitation. 'For this reason also, i.e., by seeing Your power of

Yoga, I infer' that-

11.18 Tvam, You; are the aksaram, Immutable; the paramam, supreme

One, Brahman; veditavyam, to be known-by those aspiring for

Liberation. You are the param, most perfect; nidhanam, repositorywhere

things are deposited, i.e. the ultimate resort; asya visvasya, of this

Universe, of the entire creation. Further. You are the avyayah,

Imperishable-there is no decay in You; the sasvata-dharma-gopta,

Protector (gopta) of the ever-existing (sasvata) religion (dharma). You are

the sanatanah, eternal; transcendental purusah, Person. This is me, my;

matah, belief-what is meant by me. Moreover,

11.19 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You; as anadi-madhya-antam, without

beginning, middle and end; ananta-viryam, possessed of infinite valour;

and also ananta-bahum, having innumerable arms; sasi-surya-netram,

having the sun and the moon as the eyes; dipta-hutasavakram, having a

mouth like a blazing fire; tapantam, heating up; idam, this; visvam,

Universe; sva-tejasa, by Your own birlliance.

11.20 Hi, indeed; idam, this; antaram, intermediate space;

dyavaprthivyoh, between heaven and earth; ca, as also; sarvah, all; the

disah, direction; vyaptam, are pervaded; tvaya, by You; ekena, alone,

who have assumed the Cosmic form. Mahatman, O exalted One, who by

nature are high-minded; the lokatrayam, three worlds; pravyathitam, are

struck with fear, or are perturbed; drstva, by seeing; idam, this;

abdhutam, strange, astonishing; ugram, fearful, terrible; rupam, form;

tava, of Yours. Therefore, now, in order to clear that doubt which Arjuna

earlier had-as in, 'whether we shall win, or whether they shall conquer'

(2.6)-, the Lord proceeds with the idea, 'I shall show the inevitable

victory of the Pandavas.' Visualizing that, Arjuna said: 'Moreover-'.

11.21 Ami hi, those very; sura-sanghah, groups of gods, the soldiers

engaged in battle-groups of gods such as the Vasus who have

descended here in the form of human beings for eliminating the burden

of the earth; visanti, enter-are seen to be entering; tvam, You. Bhitah,

struck with fear, and unable to flee; kecit, some among them; grnanti,

extol You; pranjalayah, with their palms joined. Maharsi-siddha [Siddha:

A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and

said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called

siddhis.-V.S.A.]-sanghah, groups of great sages and perfected beings;

seeing protents foreboding evil, etc. as the battle became imminent;

stuvanti, praise; tvam, You; puskalabhih, with elaborate, full; stutibhih,

hymns; uktva, saying; 'svasti iti, May it be well!' And further,

11.22 Ye, those who are; the rudra-adityah, Rudras and Adityas;

vasavah, the Vasus; and sadhyah, the Sadhyas-the groups of Rudras

and other gods; the gods visve, Visve-devas; and asvinau, the two

Asvins; marutah, the Maruts; and usmapah, the Usmapas, (a class of)

manes; and gandharva-yaksa-asura-siddha-sanghah, hosts of

Gandharvas-viz Haha, Huhu and others-, Yaksas-viz Kubera and others-

, demons-Virocana and others-, and Siddhas-Kapila and others; sarve

eva, all of those very ones; viksante, gaze; tva, (i.e.) tvam, at You;

vismitah eva, being indeed struck with wonder. For,

11.23 Mahabaho, O mighty-armed One; drstva, seeing; te, Your; mahat,

immence, very vast; upam, form of this kind; bahu-vaktra-netram, with

many mouths and eyes; bahu-bahu-uru-padam, having many arms,

thighs and feet; and further, bahu-udaram, with many bellies; and bahudamstra-

karalam, fearful with many teeth; lokah, the creatures in the

world; are pravya-thitah, struck with terror; tatha, and so also; am even

aham, I. The reason of that is this:

11.24 O Visnu, hi, verily; drstva, seeing; tvam, You; nabhah-sprsam,

touching heaven; diptam, blazing; aneka-varnam, with many colours,

(i.e.) possessed of many frightening forms; vyatta-ananam, openmouthed;

dipta-visala-netram, with firey large eyes; I, pravyathita-antaraatma,

becoming terrified in my mind; na vindami, do not find; dhrtim,

steadiness; ca, and; samam, peace, calmness of mind. Why?

11.25 Drstva eva, having merely seen; te, Your; mukhani, mouths;

damstra-karalani, made terrible with (their) teeth; and kala-analasannibhani,

resembling the fire of Dissolution is kalanala; similar to that;

na jane, I have lost; the sense of disah, direction-I do not know the

directions as to which is East or which is West; and hence, na labhe, find

no; sarma, comfort. Therefore, prasida, be gracious; devesa, O Lord of

gods; jagannivasa, O Abode of the Universe! 'The apprehension which

was there of my getting defeated by those offers, that too has cleared

away, since-'

11.26 Ca, and; tvam, into You-this is to be connected with 'rapidly

enter' in the next verse; sarve, all; ami, those; putrah, sons-Duryodhana

and others; dhrtarastrasya, of Dhrtarastra; saha, along with; avanipalasanghaih,

multitudes of the rulers (pala) of the earth (avani); also Bhisma,

Drona, tatha, and; asau, that; suta-putrah, son of a Suta, Karna; saha,

together with; api, even; asmadiyaih, our; yodha-mukhyaih, prominent

warriors, the commanders-Dhrstadyumna and others. Moreover,

11.27 Visanti, they enter; tvarmanah, rapidly, in great haste; into te,

Your; vaktrani, mouths;-what kind of mouths?-bhayanakani, terrible;

damstra-karalani, with cruel teeth. Besides, among these who have

entered the mouths, kecit, some; samdrsyante, are see; vilagna,

sticking, like meat eaten; dasanantaresu, in the gaps between the teeth;

uttamangaih, with their heads; curnitaih, crushed. As to how they enter,

he says:

11.28 Yatha, as; the bahavah, numerous; ambu-vegah, currents of the

waters, particularly the swift ones; nadinam, of flowing rivers; dravanti

abhimukhah, rush towards, enter into; the samudram, sea; eva, alone;

tatha, so also; do ami, those; nara-loka-virah, heroes of the human

world-Bhisma and others; visanti, enter into; tava, Your; abhi-vijvalanti,

blazing, glowing; vaktrani, mouths. Why do they enter, and how? In

answer Arjuna says:

11.29 Yatha, as; patangah, moths, flying insects; visanti, enter;

samrddha-vegah, with increased haste; into a pradiptam, glowing;

jvalanam, fire; nasaya, for destruction; tatha eva, in that very way; do the

lokah, creatures; visanti, enter into; tava, Your; vaktrani, mouths; api,

too; samrddha-vegah, with increased hurry; nasaya, for destruction.

You, again-

11.30 O Visnu, Your fierce rays are acorching. [M.S., S., and S.S.

construe 'completely...heat' to qualify 'fierce rays' in the second

sentence. However, the use of kim ca (moreover) in the Comm. suggests

the translation as above.-Tr.] Lelihyase, You lick Your lips, You taste;

grasamanah, while devouring, while taking in; samagran, all; lokan, the

creatures; samantat, from all sides; jvaladbhih, with flaming; vadanaih,

mouths; which are apurya, completely filling; samagram, the wholetogether

(saha) with the foremost (agrena); jagat, world; tejobhih, with

heat. Moreover, O Visnu, the all-pervading One, tava, Your; ugrah, fierce;

bhasah, rays; are pratapanti, scorching. Since You are of such a terrible

nature, therefore-

11.31 Akhyahi, tell; me; kah, who; bhavan, You are; ugrarupah, fierce in

form. Namah, salutation; astu, be; te, to You; deva-vara, O supreme

God, foremost among the gods. Prasida, be gracious. Icchami, I desire;

vijnatum, to fully know; bhavantam, You; adyam, who are the Primal

One, who exist in the beginning. Hi, for; na prajanami, I do not

understand; tava, Your; pravrttim, actions!

11.32 Asmi, I am; the loka-ksaya-krt, world-destroying; kalah, Time;

pravrddhah, grown in stature. Hear the purpose for which I have grown

in stature: I am iha, now; pravrttah, engaged; samahartum, in

annihilating; lokan, the creatures. Api, even; rte tva, without you; sarve,

all-from whom your apprehension had arisen; the yodhah, warriors-

Bhisma, Drona, Karna and others; ye, who are; avasthitah, arrayed;

pratyanikesu, in the connfronting armies-in every unit of the army

confronting the other; na bhavisyanti, will cease to exist. Since this is

so-

11.33 Tasmat, therefore; tvam, you; uttistha, rise up; (and) labhasva,

gain; the yasah, fame, that Arjuna has conquered the Atirathas [Atirathasee

note under 1.4.6.-Tr.], Bhisma, Drona and others, who are

unconquerable even by the gods. Such fame can be acquired only by

virtuous actions. Jitva, by defeating; satrun, the enemies, Duryodhana

and others; bhunksva, enjoy; a rajyam, kingdom; that is samrddham,

propersous, free from enemies and obstacles. Ete, these; nihatah, have

been definitely killed, made lifeless; eva maya, verily by Me; eva purvam,

even earlier. Bhava, be you; nimitta-matram, merely an instrument, O

Savyasachin. Arjuna was called so because he could shoot arrows even

with his left hand.

11.34 By saying, 'who have been killed by Me,' the Lord names Drona

and those very warriors with regard to whom Arjuna had (his) doubts.

Now then, uncertainty with regard to Drona and Bhisma is well-founded.

Drona was the teacher of the science of archery, and was equipped with

heavenly weapons; and particularly, he was his (Arjuna's) own teacher

and most respected. Bhisma was destined to die at will, and possessed

heavenly weapons. He fought a duel with Parasurama and remained

unvanquished. So also Jayadratha-whose father was performing an

austerity with the idea that anyone who made his son's head fall on the

ground would have even his own head fall. Since Karna also was

equipped with an unerring spear given by Indra, and was a son of the

Sun, born of a maiden (Kunti), therefore he is referred to by his own

name itself. As a mere instrument, tvam, you; jahi, destory them; who

have been hatan, killed; maya, by Me. Ma, do not; vyathisthah, be afraid

of them. Yuddhyasva, fight. Jetasi, you shall conquer; the sapatnan,

enemies-Duryodhana and others; rane, in battle.

11.35 Srutva, hearing; etat, this, aforesaid; vacanam, utterance;

kesavasya, of Kesava; Kiriti, krtanjalih, with joined palms; and

vepamanah, trembling; nama-skrtva, prostrating himself; aha, said;

bhuyah eva, again; krsnam, to Krsna; sa-gadgadam, with a faltering

voice-. A person's throat becomes choked with phlegm and his eyes full

of tears when, on being struck with fear, he is overcome by sorrow, and

when, on being overwhelmed with affection, he is filled with joy. The

indistinctness and feebleness of sound in speech that follows as a result

is what is called faltering (gadgada). A speech that is accompanied with

(saha) this is sa-gadgadam. It is used adverbially to the act of utterance.

Pranamya, bowing down with humility; bhita-bhitah, overcome by fits of

fear, with his mind struck again and again with fear-this is to be

connected with the remote word aha (said). At this juncture the words

of Sanjaya have a purpose in view. How? It is thus: Thinking that the

helpless Duryodhana will be as good as dead when the four

unconquerable ones, viz Drona and others, are killed, Dhrtarastra, losing

hope of victory, would conclude a treaty. From that will follow peace on

either side. Under the influence of fate, Dhrtarastra did not even listen to

that!

11.36 Sthane, it is proper; -what is that?-that the jagat, world;

prahrsyati, becomes delighted; tava prakirtya, by Your praise, by reciting

Your greatness and hearing it. This is befitting. This is the idea. Or, the

word sthane may be taken as qualifying the word 'subject' (understood) :

It is proper that the Lord is the subject of joy etc. since the Lord is the

Self of all beings and the Friend of all. So also it (the world) anurajyate,

becomes attracted, becomes drawn (by that praise). That also is with

regard to a proper subject. This is how it is to be explained. Further,

that the raksamsi, Raksasas; bhitani, stricken with fear; dravanti, run;

disah, in all directions-that also is with regard to a proper subject. And

that sarve, all; the siddha-sanghah, groups of the Siddhas-Kapila and

others; namasyanti, bow down-that also is befitting. He points out the

reason for the Lord's being the object of delight etc.:

11.37 Ca, and; since You are the Primal Creator, the Cause, api, even;

brahmanah, of Brahma, of Hiranyagarbha; therefore, kasmat, why, for

what reason; should they na nameran, not bow down; te, to You;

mahatman, O exalted One; gariyase, who are greater (than all)! Hence,

why should these not bow down adi-karte, to the first Creator?

Therefore You are fit for, i.e. the fit object of, delight etc. and salutation

as well. Ananta, O infinite One; devesa, supreme God; jagannivasa,

Abode of the Universe; tvam, You; are the aksaram, Immutable; tat

param yat, that which is Transcendental, which is heard of in the

Upanisads;-what is that?-sad-asat, being and nonbeing. Being is that

which exists, and non-being is that with regard to which the idea of

nonexistence arises. (You are) that Immutable of which these two-being

and non-being-become the limiting adjuncts; which (Immutable), as a

result, is metaphorically referred to as being and non-being. But in reality

that Immutable is transcendental to being and non-being. 'That

Immutable which the knowers of the Vedas declare' (8.11; cf. Ka.

1.2.15)-that is You Yourself, nothing else. This is the idea. He praises

again:

11.38 You are the adi-devah, primal Deity, because of being the creator

of the Universe; the puranah, ancient, eternal; purusah, Person-(derived)

in the sense of 'staying in the town (pura) that is the body'. You verily are

the param, suprem; nidhanam, Resort, in which this entire Universe

comes to rest at the time of final dissolution etc. Besides, You are the

vetta, knower of all things to be known. You are also the vedyam, object

of knowledge-that which is fit to be known; and the param, supreme;

dhama, Abode, the supreme State of Visnu. Anantarupa, O You of

infinite forms, who have no limit to Your own forms; the entire visvam,

Universe; tatam, is pervaded; tvaya, by You. Further,

11.39 You are vayuh, Air; yamah, Death; and agnih, Fire; varunah, the

god of the waters; sasankah, the moon; prajapatih, the Lord of the

creatures- Kasyapa and others [See note on p.2.-Tr.]; and prapitamahah,

the Great-grandfather, i.e. the Father ever of Brahma

(Hiranyagarbha). Namo, salutations; namah, salutation; astu, be; te, to

You; sahasra-krtvah, a thousand times. Punah ca bhuyah api namo te,

salutation to You again and again; namah, salutation! The suffix krtvasuc

(after sahasra) indicates performance and repetition of the act of

salutation a number of times. The words punah ca bhuyah api (again and

again) indicate his own dissatisfaction [Dissatisfaction with only a few

salutations.] owing to abundance of reverence and devotion. So also,

11.40 Namah, salutation to You; purastat, in the East; atha, and; even

prsthatah, behind. Salutation be sarvatah, on all sides; eva, indeed; te,

to You who exist everywhere; sarva, O All! Tvam, You; are ananta-viryaamita-

vikramah, possessed of infinite strength and infinite heroism. virya

is strength, and vikramah is heroism. Someone though possessing

strength for the use of weapons etc. [Ast. reads 'satru-vadha-visaye, in

the matter of killing an enemy'.-Tr.] may lack heroism or have little

heroism. But You are possessed of infinite strength and infinite heroism.

Samapnosi, You pervade, interpenetrate; sarvam, everything, the whole

Universe, by Your single Self. Tatah, hence; asi, You are; sarvah, All, i.e.,

no entity exists without You. 'Since I am guilty of not knowing Your

greatness, therefore,'-

11.41 Like a fool, ajanata, without knowing-. Not knowing what? In

answer he says: idam, this; mahimanam, greatness-the Cosmic form;

tava, of Yours, of God; yat, whatever; uktam, was said; maya, by me (to

You); prasabham, rashly, slightingly; pramadat, through inadvertence,

being in a distracted state of mind; va api, or even; pranayena, out of

intimacy-itimacy is the familiarity arising out of love; whatever I have said

because of that reason; erroneously matva, thinking (You); sakha iti, to

be a friend, of the same age; iti, addressing You as, 'O Krsna,' 'O

Yadava,' 'O friend,'-. In the clause, 'tava idam mahimanam, ajanata,

without knowing this greatness of Yours,' idam (this) (in the neutor

gender) is connected with mahimanam (greatness) (in masculine gender)

by a change of gender. If the reading be tava imam, then both the words

would be in the same gender.

11.42 And, yat, that; asi, You have been; asatkrtah, discourteously

treated, slighted; avahasa-artham, out of fun, with a veiw to mocking;-

where?-in these, Acyuta, viz vihara-sayya-asana-bhojanesu, while

walking [Walking, i.e. sports or exercise], while on a bed, while on a seat,

and while eating;-that You have been insulted ekah, in privacy, in the

absence of others; adhava, or; that You have been insulted api, even;

tat-samaksam, in public, in the very presence of others-(-tat being used

as an adverb); tat, for that, for all those offences; O Acyuta, aham, I;

ksamaye, beg pardon; tvam, of You; aprameyam, the incomprehensible

One, who are beyond the means of knowledge. (I beg Your pardon)

because,

11.43 Asi, You are; pita, the Father, the Progenitor; lokasya, off all

beings; cara-acarasya, moving and nonmoving. Not only are Yur are

Father of this world, You are also pujyah, worthy of worship; since You

are the guruh, Teacher; [He is the Teacher since He introduce the line of

teachers of what is virtue and vice, and of the knowledge of the Self.

And He is greater than a teacher because He is the teacher even of

Hiranyagarbha and others.] gariyan, greater (than a teacher). How are

You greater? In answer he says: Asti, there is; na, none other; tvatsamah,

equal to You; for there is no possibility of two Gods. Because all

dealings will come to naught if there be many Gods! When there is no

possibility of another being equal toYou, kutah eva, how at all; can there

be anyah, anyone; abhyadhikah, greater; api, even; loka-traye, in all the

three worlds; apratima-prabhavah, O you of unrivalled power? That by

which something is measured is pratima. You who have no measure for

Your power (prabhava) are a pratima-prabhavah. Apratima-prabhava

means 'O You of limitless power!' Since this is so,

11.44 Tasmat, therefore; pranamya, by bowing down; and pranidhaya

kayam, prostrating, laying, the body completely down; prasadaye, I seek

to propitiate; tvam, You; who are isam, God, the Lord; and are idyam,

adorable. Deva, O God; You are Your part, arhasi, should; sodhum, bear

with, i.e. forgive (my faults); iva, as would; a pita, father; forgive all the

faults putrasya, of a son; and as a sakha, friend; the fautls sakhyuh, of a

friend; or as a priyah, lover; forgives the faults priyayah, of a beloved.

11.45 Asmi, I am; hrsitah, delighted; drstva, by seeing; adrsta-purvam,

something not seen heretofore-by seeing this Cosmic form of Yours

which has never been seen before by me or others. And me, my; manah,

mind; is pravyathitam, stricken; bhayena, with fear. Therefore, deva, O

Lord; darsaya, show; me, to me; tat eva, that very; rupam, form, which is

of my friend. Devesa, O supreme God; jagan-nivasa, Abode of the

Universe; prasida, be gracious!

11.46 Aham, I; icchami, want; drastum, to see; tvam, You; kiritinam,

wearing a crown; as also gadinam, wielding a mace; and cakra-hastam,

holding a disc in hand; i.e., tatha eva, just as before. Since this is so,

therefore, sahasra-baho, O You with a thousand arms-in Your present

Cosmic form; visva-murte, O you of Cosmic form; bhava, apeear; tena

eva rupena, with that very form-with the form of the son of Vasudeva;

caturbhujena, with four hands. The idea is: withdrawing the Cosmic

form, appear in that very form as the son of Vasudeva. Noticing Arjuna

to have become afraid, and withdrawing the Cosmic form, reassuring

him with sweet words-

11.47 Prasannena, out of grace-grace means the intention of favouring

you; O Arjuna, idam, this; param, supreme; tejomayam, abundantly

radiant; visvam, Cosmic, all-comprehensive; anantam, infinite, limitless;

adyam, primeval-that which existed in the beginning; rupam, form, the

Cosmic form; yat which form; me, of Mine; na drsta-purvam, has not

been seen before; tvat-anyena, by anyone other than you; daristam, has

been shown; tava, to you; maya, by Me-who am racious, being

possessed of that (intention of favouring you); atma-yogat, through the

power of My own Yoga, through the power of My own Godhood. 'You

have certainly got all your ends accomplished by the vision of the form of

Mine who am the Self [The word atmanah (who am the Self) does not

occur in some editions.-Tr.] .' Saying so, He eulogizes that (vision):

11.48 Na veda-yajna-adhyayanaih, not by the study of the Vedas and

sacrifices, (i.e.) not by the methodical study of even the four Vedas and

the study of the sacrifices-since the study of the sacrifices is achieved by

the very study of the Vedas, the separate mention of the study of

sacrifices is for suggesting detailed knowledge of sacrifices; [This

separate mention of the study of sacrifices is necessary because the

ancients understood the study of Vedas to mean learing them by rote.]

so also, na danaih, not by gifts-in such forms as distributing wealth equal

to the weight of the giver; na ca kriyabhih, not even by rituals-by Vedic

and other rituals like Agnihotra etc.; nor even ugraih tapobhih, by severe

austerities such a Candrayana [A religious observance or expiatory

penance regulated by the moon's phases. In it the daily quantity of food,

which consists of fifteen mouthfuls at the full-moon, is curtailed by one

mouthful during the dark fornight till it is reduced to nothing at the new

moon; and it is increased in a like manner during the bright fortnight.-

V.S.A.] etc. which are frightful; sakyah aham, can I; evam rupam, in this

form-possessing the Cosmic form as was shown; drastum, be

perceived; nrloke, in the human world; tvad-anyena, by anyone other

than you; kuru-pravira, O most valiant among the Kurus.

11.49 Ma te vyatha, may you have no fear; and ma vimudha-bhavah,

may not there be bewilderment of the mind; drstva, by seeing,

perceiving; idam, this rupam, form; mama, of Mine; idrk ghoram, so

terrible, as was revealed. Vyapetabhih, becoming free from fear; and

becoming prita-manah, gladdened in mind; punah, again; prapasya, see;

idam, this; eva, very; tat, earlier; rupam, form; me, of Mine, with four

hands, holding a conch, a discus and a mace, which is dear to you.

11.50 Iti, thus; uktva, having spoken; arjunam, to Arjuna; tatha, in that

manner, the words as stated above; Vasudeva darsayamasa, showed;

svakam, His own; rupam, form, as was born in the house of Vasudeva;

bhuyah, again. And the mahatma, exalted One; asvasayamasa,

reassured; enam, this; bhitam, terrified one; bhutva, by becoming;

punah, again; saumya-vapuh, serene in form, graceful in body.

11.51 O Janardana, drstva, having seen; idam, this; saumyam, serene;

manusam, human; rupam, form; tava, of Yours-gracious, as of my friend;

asmi, I have; idanim, now; samvrttah, become;-what?-sacetah, calm in

mind; and gatah, restored; prakrtim, to my own nature.

11.52 Idam, this; rupam, form; mama, of Mine; yat, which; drstavan, asi,

you have seen is; sudur-darsam, very difficult to see. Api, even; the

devah, gods; are nityam, ever; darsana-kanksinah, desirous of a vision;

asya, of this; rupasya, form of Mine. The idea is that though they want to

see, they have not seen in the way you have, nor will they see! Why so?

11.53 Na vedaih, not through the Vedas, not even through the four

Vedas-Rk, Yajus, Sama and Atharvan; na tapasa, not by austerity, not

by severe austerities like the Candrayana; not danena, by gifts, by gifts

of cattle, land, gold, etc.; na ca, nor even; ijyaya, by sacrifices or

worship; sakyah aham, can I; drastum, be seen evamvidhah, in this

form, in the manner as was shown; yatha, as; drstavan asi, you have

seen mam, Me. 'How again, can You be seen? This is being answered:

11.54 Tu, but, O Arjuna; bhaktya, by devotion-. Of what kind? To this

the Lord says: Ananyaya, by (that devotion which is ) single-minded.

That is called single-minded devotion which does not turn to anything

else other than the Lord, and owing to which nothing else but Vasudeva

is perceived by all the organs. With that devotion, aham sakyah, am I

able; evamvidhah, in this form-in the aspect of the Cosmic form; jnatum,

to to known-from the scriptures; not merely to be known from the

scriptures, but also drastum, to be seen , to be realized directly;

tattvena, in reality; and also pravestum, to be entered into-for attaining

Liberation; parantapa, O destroyer of foes. Now the essential purport of

the whole scripture, the Gita, which is meant for Liberation, is being

stated by summing it up so that it may be practised:

11.55 Pandava, O son of Pandu; yah, he who; mat-karma-krt, works for

Me: work for Me is mat-karma; one who does it is mat-karma-krt-. Matparamah,

who accepts Me as the supreme Goal: A servant does work

for his master, but does not accept the master as his own supreme Goal

to be attained after death; his one, however, who does work for Me,

accepts Me alone as the supreme Goal. Thus he is matparamah-one to

whom I am the supreme Goal-. So also he who is madbhaktah, devoted

to me: He adores Me alone in all ways, with his whole being and full

enthusiasm. Thus he is madbhaktah-. Sanga-varjitah, who is devoid of

attachment for wealth, sons, friends, wife and relatives, Sanga means

fondness, love; devoid of them-. Nirvairah, who is free from enmity;

sarva-bhutesu, towards all beings-berefit of the idea of enmity even

towards those engaged in doing unmost harm to him-. Sah, he who is

such a devotee of Mine; eti, attains; mam, Me. I alone am his supreme

Goal; he does not attain any other goal. This is the advice for you, given

by Me as desired by you.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 12

RO

12.1 The subject-matter stated in the immediately preceding verse,

'...he who works for Me,' etc. is referred to by the word evam (thus). Ye

bhaktah, those devotees who, seeking no other refuge; evam, thus;

satata-yuktah, being ever-devoted, i.e., remaining unceasingly engaged

in the works of the Lord, etc., intent on the aforesaid purpose;

paryupasate, meditate; tvam, on You, in the Cosmic form as revealed

earlier; ye ca api, and those others, again, who have renounced all

desires, who have given up all actions; who meditate on Brahman as

described (below), aksaram, on the Immutable; avyaktam, on the

Unmanifested, which is so on account of being bereft of all limiting

adjuncts, (and) which is beyond the comprehension of the organs-in the

world, whatever comes within the range of the organs is said to be

manifest, for the root anj conveys that sense; but this Immutable is the

opposite of that and is endowed with qualifications that are spoken of by

the great ones; those again, who meditate on that-; tesam, of them,

among the two (groups); ke, who; are the yoga-vit-tamah, best

experiencers of yoga, i.e., who are those that are surpassingly versed in

yoga? But leave alone those who meditate on the Immutable, who are

fully enlightened and are free from desires. Whatever has to be said with

regard to them, we shall say later on. As for those others12.2

Ye, those who, being devotees; upasate, meditate; mam, on Me,

the supreme Lord of all the masters of yoga, the Omniscient One whose

vision is free from purblindness caused by such defects as attachment

etc.; avesya,by fixing, concentrating; their manah, minds; mayi, on Me,

on God in His Cosmic form; nitya-yuktah, with steadfast devotion, by

being ever-dedicated in accordance with the idea expressed in the last

verse of the preceding chapter; and being upetah, endowed; paraya,

with supreme; sraddhaya faith;-te, they; matah, are considered; to be

yukta-tamah, most perfect yogis; me, according to Me, for they spend

days and nights with their minds constantly fixed on Me. Therefore, it is

proper to say with regard to them that they are the best yogis. 'Is it that

the others do not become the best yogis?' No, but listen to what has to

be said as regards them:'

12.3 Ye, those; tu, however; who, pari-upasate, meditate in every way;

aksaram, on the Immutable; anirdesyam, the Indefinable-being

unmanifest, It is beyond the range of words and hence cannot be

defined; avyaktam, the Unmanifest-It is not comprehensible thrugh any

means of knowledge-. Upasana, meditation, means approaching an

object of meditation as presented by the scriptures, and making it an

object of one's own thought and dwelling on it uniterruptedly for long by

continuing the same current of thought with regard to it-like a line of

pouring oil. This is what is called upasana. The Lord states the

characteristics of the Immutable [Here Ast. adds 'upasyasya, which is

the object of meditation'.-Tr.] : Sarvatragam, all-pervading, pervasive like

space; and acintyam, incomprehensible-becuase of Its being

unmanifest. For, whatever comes within the range of the organs can be

thought of by the mind also. Being opposed to that, the Immutable is

inconceivable. It is kutastham, changeless. Kuta means something

apparently good, but evil inside. The word kuta (deceptive) is well known

in the world in such phrases as, 'kuta-rupam, deceptive in appearance,'

'kuta-saksyam, false evidence', etc. Thus, kuta is that which, as

ignorance etc., is the seed of many births, full of evil within, referred to

by such words as maya, the undifferentiated, etc., and well known from

such texts as, 'One should know Maya to be Nature, but the Lord of

Maya to be the supreme God' (Sv. 4.10), 'The divine Maya of Mine is

difficult to cross over' (7.14), etc. That which exists on that kuta as its

controller (or witness) is the kuta-stha. Or, kutastha may mean that

which exists like a heap [That is, motionless.]. Hence it is acalam,

immovable. Since It is immovable, therefore It is dhruvam, constant, i.e.

eternal.

12.4 Samniyamya, by fully controlling, withdrawing; indriya-gramam, all

the organs; and sarvatra, always at all times; sama-buddhayah, being

even-minded-the even-minded are those whose minds remain

equipoised in getting anything desirable or undesirable; te, they, those

who are of this kind; ratah, engaged; sarva-bhuta-hite, in the welfare of

all beings prapnuvanti, attain; mam, Me; eva, alone. As regards them it

needs no saying that they attain Me, for it has been said, '...but the man

of Knowledge is the very Self. (This is) My opinion' (7.18). It is certainly

not proper to speak of being or not being the best among the yogis with

regard to those who have attained identity with the Lord. But,

12.5 Tesam, for them; avyakta-asakta-cetasam, who have their minds

attached to the Unmanifest; klesah,the struggle; is adhika-tarah, greater.

Although the trouble is certainly great for those who are engaged in

works etc. for Me, still owing to the need of giving up self-identification

with the body, it is greater in the case of those who accept the

Immutable as the Self and who kept in view the supreme Reality. Hi, for;

avyakta gatih, the Goal which is the Unmanifest-(the goal) which stands

in the form of the Immutable; that is avapyate, attained; duhkham, with

difficulty; dehavadbhih, by the embodied ones, by those who identify

themselves with the body. Hence the struggle is greater. We shall speak

later of the conduct of those who meditate on the Unmanifest.

12.6 Tu, as for; ye, those who; sannyasya, having dedicated; sarvani,

all; karmani, actions; mayi, to Me who am God; and matparah, having

accepted Me as the supreme; upasate, meditate; dhyayantah, by

thinking; mam, of Me; ananyena, with single-minded; yogena,

concentration; eva, only-. That (yoga) is single-minded which has no

other object than the Cosmic Deity, the Self. By thinking exclusively with

that single-minded [The Ast. and the A.A. read 'kena, what?' in place of

'kevalena, exclusively'.-Tr.] (yoga)-. What comes to them?

12.7 O son of Prtha, tesam, for them who are solely devoted to

meditating on Me; avesita-cetasam mayi, who have their minds

absorbed in, fixed on, merged in, Me who am the Cosmic Person;

aham, I, God; bhavami, become; na cirat, without delay;-what then?

soon indeed-the samuddharta, Deliverer-. Wherefrom? In answer the

Lord says, mrtyu-samsara-sagarat, from the sea of the world which is

fraught with death. Samsara (world) fraught with mrtyu (death) is mrtyusamsara.

That itself is like a sea, being difficult to cross. I become their

deliverer from that sea of transmigration which is fraught with death.

Since this is so, therefore,

12.8 Adhatsva, fix manah, the mind-possessed of the power of thinking

and doubting; mayi, on Me, on God as the Cosmic Person; eva, alone.

Mayi, in Me; eva, alone; nivesaya, rest; the buddhim, intellect, which

engages in determining (things). Listen to what will happen to you

thereby: Na samsayah, there is no doubt-no doubt should be

entertained with regard to this; that atah urdhvam, hereafter, after the fall

of the body; nivasisyasi, you will dwell; mayi, in Me, live in identity

withMe; eva, alone.

12.9 Atha, if, however; na saknosi, you are unable; samadhatum, to

establish, in this way as I have described; cittam, the mind; sthiram,

steadily, unwaveringly; mayi, on Me; tatah, then; O Dhananjaya, iccha,

seek, pray; aptum, to attain; mam, Me, as the Cosmic person; abhyasayogena,

through the Yoga of Practice. Practice consists in repeatedly

fixing the mind on a single object by withdrawing it from everything else.

The yoga following from this, and consisting in concentration of the

mind, is abhyasa-yoga.

12.10 If asamarthah asi, you are unable; api, even; abhyase, to practise;

then, bhava, be; mat-karma-paramah, intent on works for Me-works

(karma) meant for Me (mat) are mat-karma-i.e., you be such that works

meant for Me become most important to you. In the absence of Practice,

api, even; kurvan, by undertaking; karmani, works alone; madartham, for

Me; avapsyasi, you will attain; siddhim, perfection-by gradually acquiring

purification of mind, concentration and Knowledge.

12.11 Atha, if, again; asaktah asi, you are unable; kartum, to do; etat

api, even this-what was stated as being 'intent on doing works for Me';

in that case, mad-yogam-asritah, having resorted to the Yoga for Me-the

performance of those works that are being done by dedicating them to

Me is madyogah; by resorting to that Yoga for Me; tatah, thereafter;

sarva-karma-phala-tyagam kuru, renounce, give up, the results of all

works; by becoming yata-atmavan, controlled in mind. [In the earlier

verse it was enjoined that all works, be they Vedic or secular, are to be

considered as belonging to God and should be done for Him-not for

oneself-, as a soldier would do for his king. In the present verse it is

stated that the attitude should be, 'May this work of mine please God.'

This very attitude involves dedicating of results to God. See S.

According to M.S., mat-karma in the earlier verse means bhagavatadharma,

i.e. hearing, singing, etc. about God. In the present verse,

sarva-karma means all works in general.-Tr.] Now the Lord praises the

renunciation of the results of all works:

error

12.13 Advesta, he who is not hateful; sarva-bhutanam, towards any

creature: He does not feel repulsion for anything, even for what may be

the cause of sorrow to himself, for he sees all beings as his own Self.

Maitrah, he who is friendly-behaving like a friend; karunah eva ca, and

compassionate: karuna is kindness, compassion towards sorrowstricken

creatures; one possessing that is karunah, i.e. a monk, who

grants safety to all creatures. Nirmamah, he who has no idea of 'mine';

nirahankarah, who has no idea of egoism; sama-duhkha-sukhah, who is

the same under sorrow and happiness, he in whom sorrow and

happiness do not arouse any repulsion or attraction; ksami, who is

forgiving, who remains unperturbed even when abused or assaulted;

12.14 Santustah satatam, he who is ever content: who has the sense of

contentment irrespective of getting or not getting what is needed for the

maintenance of the body; who is similarly ever-satisfied whether he gets

or not a good thing. Yogi, who is a yogi, a man of concentrated mind;

yata-atma, who has self-control, whose body and organs are under

control; drdha-niscayah, who has firm conviction-with regard to the

reality of the Self; arpita-mano-buddhih, who has dedicated his mind and

intellect; mayi, to Me-(i.e.) a monk whose mind (having hte

characteristics of reflection) and intellect (possessed of the faculty of

taking decisions) are dedicated to, fixed on, Me alone; sah yah, he who

is; such a modbhaktah, devotee of Mine; is priyah, dear; me, to Me. It

was hinted in the Seventh Chapter, 'For I am very much dear to the man

of Knowledge, and he too is dear to Me' (7.17). That is being elaborated

here.

12.15 Sah ca, he too; yasmat, owing to whom owing to which monk;

lokah, the world; na udvijate, is not disturbed, not afflicted, not agitated;

so also, yah na udvijate, he who is not disturbed; lokat, by the world;

muktah, who is free; harsa-amarsa-bhaya-udvegaih, from joy,

impatience, fear and anxiety;-harsa is elation of the mind on acquiring a

thing dear to oneself, and is manifested as horripillation, shedding of

tears, etc.; amarsa is non-forbearance; bhaya is fright; udvega is

distress; he who is free from them-, is priyah, dear; me, to Me.

12.16 Anapeksah, he who has no desires with regard to covetable

things like body, organs, objects, (their inter-) relationship, etc.; sucih,

who is pure, endowed with external and internal purity; daksah, who is

dextrous, who is able to promptly understand in the right way the duties

that present themselves; udasinah, who is impartial, the monk who does

not side with anybody-friends and others; gatavyathah, who is free from

fear; sarva-arambha-parityagi, who has renounced every undertakingworks

under-taken are arambhah; sarva-arambhah means works

undertaken out of desire for results to be enjoyed here or hereafter; he

who is apt to give them up (pari-tyaga) is sarva-arambha-parityahi; he

who is such a madbhaktah, devotee of Mine; he is priyah, dear; me, to

Me. Further,

12.17 Yah, he who; na hrsyati, does not rejoice on getting a coveted

object; na dvesti, does not fret on getting an undesirable object; na

socati, does not lament on the loss of a dear one; and na kanksati, does

not hanker after an object not acquired; subha-asubha-parityogi, who

gives up good and bad, who is apt to give up good and bad actions;

bhaktiman, who is full of devotion-he is dear to Me.

12.18 Samah, who is the same; satrau ca mitre, towards friend and foe;

ca tatha, and so also; mana-apamanayoh, in honour and dishonour, in

adoration and humiliation; who is the same sita-usna-sukha-duhkhesu,

under cold, heat, happiness and sorrow; and sanga-vivar-jitah, free from

attachment to everything; Moreover,

12.19 Narah, the person; tulya-ninda-stutih, to whom denunciation and

praise are the same; mauni, who is silent, restrained in speech;

santustah, content; yena-kenacit, with anything-for the mere

maintenance of the body, as has been said in, 'The gods know him to be

a Brahmana who is clad by anyone whosoever' (Mbh. Sa. 245.12);

further, aniketah, he who is homeless, who has no fixed place of

residence-'without a home' [ The whole verse is 'He,however is certainly

the knower of Liberation who has attachment neither for a hut, nor for

water, nor cloth, nor the three places of pilgrimage, nor a home, nor a

seat, nor food.'], as said in another Smrti; sthira-matih, steady-minded,

whose thought is steady with regard to the Reality which is the supreme

Goal; and bhaktiman, who is full of devotion-(he) is dear to Me. [There is

a repeated mention of Bhakti in this Chapter because it is means to the

Knowledge which leads to the supreme Goal.] The group of qualities

of the monks who meditate on the Immutable, who have renounced all

desires, who are steadfast in the knowledge of the supreme Goal-which

(qualities) are under discussion beginning from 'He who is not hateful

towards any creature' (13), is being concluded:

12.20 Tu, but; ye bhaktah, those devotees of Mine, the monks who

have resorted to the highest devotion consisting in the knowledge of the

supreme Reality; mat-paramah, who accept Me as the supreme Goal, to

whom I, as mentioned above, who am identical with the Immutable, am

the highest (parama), unsurpassable Goal; and sraddadhanah, with faith;

paryupasate, seek for, practise; idam, this; dharmyamrtam, ambrosia

that is indistinguishable from the virtues-that which is indistinguishable

from dharma (virtue) is dharmya, and this is called amrta (ambrosia) since

it leads to Immortality-; yatha-uktam, as stated above in, 'He who is not

hateful towards any creature,' etc.; te, they; are ativa, very; priyah, dear;

me, to Me. After having explained what was hinted in, 'For I am very

much dear to the man of Knowledge...'(7.17), that has been concluded

here in, 'Those devotees are very dear to Me.' Since by seeking for this

ambrosia which is indistinguishable from the virtues as stated above one

becomes very dear to Me, who am theLord Vishnu, the supreme God,

therefore this nectar which is indistinguishable from the virtues has to be

diligently sought for by one who is a seeker of Liberation, who wants to

attain the coveted Abode of Visnu. This is the purport of the sentence.

[Thus, after the consummation of meditation on the qualified Brahman,

one who aspires after the unqualified Brahman, who has the

qualifications mentioned in, 'He who is not hateful towards any creature,'

etc., who is pre-eminently fit for this purpose, and who practises sravana

etc. has the possibility of realizing the Truth from which his Liberation

logically follows. Hence, the conclusion is that the meaning of the word

tat (in the sentence tattvamasi) has to be sought for, since his has the

power to arouse the comprehension of the meaning of that sentence,

which is the means to Liberation.]

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 13

RO

13.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not comment on this sloka. Many editions of

the Bhagavadgita do not contain this sloka.. If this sloka is included, the

total number of slokas in the Bhagavadgita is 701.

13.2 The Lord specifies the body as the object referred to by the

pronoun idam (this). O son of Kunti, (this body) abhidhiyate, is referred

to; ksetram iti, as the field-because it is protected (tra) against injury

(ksata), or because it perishes (ksi), wastes away (ksar), or because the

results of actions get fulfilled in the body as in a field (ksetra). The word

iti is used in the sense of 'as'. They-who?-tadvidah, who are versed in

this, who know the 'field' and the 'knower of the field'; ahuh, call; tam,

him, the knower; yah, who; vetti etat, is concious of, knows, it, the body,

the field-makes it, from head to foot, an abject of his knowledge; makes

it an object of perception as a separate entity, through knowledg which

is spontaneous or is acquired through instruction; ksetrajna iti, as the

knower of the field. As before, the word iti is used in the sense of 'as'.

They call him as the knower of the field. Is it that the field and the

knower of the field thus mentioned are to be understood through this

much knowledge only? The answer is, no.

error

13.4 Srnu, hear, i.e., having heard, understand; me, from Me, from My

utterance; samasena, in brief; about (all) tat, that-the true nature of the

field and the Knower of the field, as they have been described; as to yat,

what; tat, that-tat stands for that which has been indicated as 'This

body' (in verse 1); ksetram, field is, which has been referred to as 'this';

ca, and; yadrk, how it is along with its own qualities; yadvikari, what its

changes are; ca, and; yatah, from what cause; arises yat, what effect (-

arises is understood-); sah ca yah, and who He, the Knower of the field

indicated above, is; ca, and; yat-prabhavah, what His powers are. Yatprobhavah

is He who is possessed of the powers arising from the

adjuncts. The word ca has been used (throughout) in the sense of and.

For making the intellect of the hearer interested the Lord praises that

true nature of the field and the Knower of the field which is intended to

be taught:

13.5 Gitam, It has been sung of, spoken of; bahudha, in various ways;

rsibhih, by the Rsis, by Vasistha and others; sung prthak, separately;

vividhaih, by the different kinds of; chandobhih, Vedic texts-chandas

mean the Rg-veda etc; by them; ca, and; besides, hetumadbhih, by the

rational; and viniscitaih, by the convincing, i.e. by those which are

productive of certain knowledge-not by those which are in an ambiguous

form; brahma-sutra-padaih eva, sentences themselves which are

indicative of and lead to Brahman. Brahma-sutras are the sentences

indicative of Brahman. They are called padani since Brahman is reached,

known, through them. By them indeed has been sung the true nature of

the field and the Knower of the field (-this is understood). The Self is

verily known through such sentences as, 'The Self alone is to be

meditated upon' (Br. 1.4.7), which are indicative of and lead to Brahman.

To Arjuna who had become interested as a result of the eulogy, the

Lord says:

13.6 Mahabhutani, the great elements: Those elements which are great

owing to their pervasion of all midifications, and which are subtle. As for

the gross elements, they will be spoken of by the word indriya-gocarah,

objects of the senses. Ahankarah, egoism, which is the source of the

great elements and consists of the idea of 'I'. Buddhih, intellect, the

source of egoism and consisting of the faculty of judgement; ca, and; its

cause, the avyaktam eva, Unmanifest itself, the Undifferentiated, the

power of God spoken of in, 'Maya of Mine...difficult to cross' (7.14). The

word eva (itself) is used for singling out Prakrti (Nature). The Prakrti

divided eightfold [The undifferentiated (avyakta), mahat, egoism and the

five uncompunded subtle elements] is this much alone. The word ca

(and) is used for joining the various categories. The dasa, ten; indriyani,

organs : The five, organs ear etc., which are called sense-organs since

they produce perception, and the (other) five organs-organ of speech,

hands, etc.-which are called motor-organs since they accomplish

actions. They are ten. Ekam ca, and the one-which is that?-the mind, the

eleventh, possessed of the power of thinking etc. (see fn. on p. 173). Ca,

and; the panca, five; indriya-gacarah, objects of the senses-such objects

as sound etc. The followers of the Sankhya call these which are such the

twenty-four categories. Thereafter, the Lord now says that even those

qualities which the Vaisesikas speak of as the attributes of the sould are

certainly the attributes of the field, but not of the Knower of the field:

13.7 Iccha, desire: Having experienced again an object of that kind

which had given him the feeling of pleasure earlier, a man wants to have

it under the idea that it is a source of pleasure. That is this desire which

is an attribute of the internal organ, and is the 'field' since it is an object

of knowledge. So also dvesah, repulsion: Having experienced again an

object of that kind which he had earlier felt as a cause of sorrow, he

hates it. That is this repulsion, and it is surely the 'field' since it is an

object of knowledge. Similarly, sukham, happiness- which is favourable,

tranquil, having the quality of sattva-is the 'field' since it is an object of

knowledge. Duhkham, sorrow-which is by nature adverse-, that, too, is

the 'field' since it is a knowable. Sanghatah is the aggregate, the

combination, of body and organs. Cetana, sentience, is a state of the

internal organ, manifest in that aggregate like fire in a heated lump of

iron, and pervaded by an essence in the form of a semblance of

Consciousness of the Self. That too is the 'field' because it is an object

of knowledge. Dhrtih, fortitude, by which are sustained the body and

organs when they get exhausted-that too is the 'field' becuase it is an

object of knowledge. Desire etc. have been selected as suggestive of all

the qualities of the internal organ. The Lord concludes what has been

said: Etat, this; ksetram, field; savikaram, together with its modifications

beginning from mahat (buddhi); has been samasena, briefly; udahrtam,

spoken of. That 'field' which was referred to as, 'This body is called the

field' (1), and is constituted by the aggregate of the constituents of the

field has been explained in its different forms beginning from the great

elements etc. ending with fortitude. The Knower of the field whose

qualities are going to be described, and by realizing which Knower of the

field along with His majesty Immortality follows-of Him, togehter with His

attributes, the Lord Himself will narrate in the verse, 'I shall speak of that

which is to be known' (12). But, for the present, the Lord enjoins the

group of disciplines characterized as humility etc. which lead one to the

knowledge of That (Knower of the field)-that group of humility etc. which

are referred to by the word Knowledge since they lead to Knowledge,

and owing to the existence of which one becomes appropriately

competent for the realization of that Knowable, and being endued with

which a monk is said to be steadfast in Knowledge:

13.8 Amanitvam, humility-the quality of a vain person is manitvam,

boasting about oneself; the absence of that is amanitvam.

Adambhitvam, unpretentiousness- proclaming one's own virtues is

dambhitvam; the absence of that is adambhitvam. Ahimsa, non-injury,

absence of cruely towards creatures; ksantih, for-bearance, remaining

undisturbed when offened by others; arjavam, sincerity, uprightness,

absence of crookedness; acarya-upasanam, service of the teacher,

attending on the teacher who instructs in the disciplines for Liberation,

through acts of service etc.; saucam, cleanliness-washing away the dirt

from the body with earth and water, and internally, removing the 'dirt' of

the mind such as attachment etc. by thinking of their opposites;

sthairyam, steadiness, perseverance in the path to Liberation alone;

atma-vinigrahah, control of the aggregate of body and organs which is

referred to by the word 'self', but which is inimical to the Self; restricting

only to the right path that (aggregate) which naturally strays away in all

directions. Further,

13.9 Vairagyam, non-attachment, the attitude of dispassion; indriyaarthesu,

with regard to objects of the senses, viz sound etc., with regard

to seen or unseen objects of enjoyment; eva ca, and also; anahankarah,

absence of egotism, absence of pride; janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi-duhkhadosa-

anudarsanam, seeing the evil in birth, death, old age, diseases and

miseries-seeing the evil in each one of them from 'birth' to 'miseries'.

The evil in birth consists in lying in the womb and coming out of it;

seeing, i.e. thinking, of it. Similarly, thinking of the evil in death; so also,

seeing in old age the evil in the form of deprivation of intelligence,

strength and vigour, and becoming an object of contempt. In the same

way, thinking of the evil in diseases like headtache etc.; so also with

regard to miseries arising from causes physical, natural and

supernatural. Or, duhkha-dosa may mean the miseries themselves

which are evil. Seeing, as before, that (evil in the form of miseries) in birth

etc.-birth is miserable, death is miserable, old age is miserable, diseases

are miserable. Birth etc. are miserable because they cause misery; not

that they are miseries in themselves. [Birth etc. are perceivable events,

and as such are not miseries in themselves.] Thus, when one thinks of

the evil in the form of miseries in birth etc. dispassion arises with regard

to the pleasures in the body, organs and objects. From that follows the

tendency of the organs towards the indwelling Self for the realization of

the Self. The seeing of the evil in the form of misery in birth etc. is called

Knowledge because it thus becomes a cuase of the rise of Knowledge.

Moreover,

13.10 Asaktih, non-attachment-attachment means merely the kind for

things arising from association; the absence of that is asaktih; and

anabhisvangah, absence of fondness-abhisvangah, is in fact a special

kind of attachment consisting of the idea of self-identification; as for

instance, thinking 'I myself am happy,' or, 'I am sorrowful,' when

somebody else is happy or unhappy, and thinking 'I live', or, 'I shall die,'

when some- body else lives or dies-With regard to what? In answer the

Lord says: putra-dara-grhadisu, with regard to sons, wives, homes, etc.

From the use of 'etc.' (it is understood that this fondness is) even with

regard to others who are liked very much-retinue of sevants and so on.

And since both these (absence of attachment and fondness) lead to

Knowledge, therefore they are called Knowledge. And nityam, constant;

sama-cittatvam, equanimity of mind, mental equipoise;-with regard to

what?-ista-anista-upapattisu, the attainment of the desirable and the

undesirable; mental equipoise with regard to them, always, without

exception. One does not become happy on the attainment of the

desirable, nor does he become angry on the attainment of the

undesirable. And that constant equanimity of mind which is of this kind is

Knowledge Further,

13.11 Ca, and; avyabhicarini, unwavering-not having any tendency to

deviate; bhaktih, devotion; mayi, to Me, to God; ananya-yogena, with

single-minded concentration, with undivided concentration-ananyayogah

is the decisive, unswerving conviction of this kind: 'There is none

superior to Lord Vasudeva, and hence He alone is our Goal'; adoration

with that. That too is Knowledge. Vivikta-desa-sevitvam, inclination to

repair into a clean place-a place (desa) naturally free (vivikta) or made

free from impurity etc. and snakes, tigers, etc.; or, place made solitary

(vivikta) by being situated in a forest, on a bank of a river, or in a temple;

one who is inclined to seek such a place is vivikta-desa-sevi, and the

abstract form of that is vivikta-desa-sevitvam. Since the mind becomes

calm in places that are indeed pure (or solitary), therefore meditation on

the Self etc. occurs in pure (or solitary) places. Hence the inclination to

retire into clean (or solitary) places is called Knowledge. Aratih, lack of

delight, not being happy; jana-samadi, in crowd of people-an

assemblage, a multitude of people without culture, lacking in purity and

immodest-, (but) not (so) in a gathering of pure and modest persons

since that is conducive to Knowledge. Hence, lack of delight in an

assembly of common people is Knowledge since it leads to Knowledge.

Besides,

13.12 Adhyatma-jnana-nityatvam, steadfastness in the knowledge of

the Self: adhyatma-jnanam is the knowledge of the Self, etc.; constant

dwelling in that is nityatvam. Tattva-jnanartha-darsanam, contemplating

on the Goal of the knowledge of Reality: Tattva-jnanam is that (realization

of Truth) which arises from the fruition of application to the disciplines

like humility etc. which are the means to knowledge. Its Goal (artha) is

Liberation, the cessation of mundane existence. Contemplation (darsana)

on that is tattva-jnana-artha-darsanam. For, when one engages in

contemplation on the result of the knowledge of Reality, one gets the

urge to undertake the disciplines which are its means. Etat, this-those

that have been stated from 'humility' etc. to 'contemplation on the Goal

of the knowledge of Reality'; proktam, is spoken of; iti, as; jnanam,

Knowledge, because they are meant to lead one to Knowledge.

Ajnanam, ignorance; is yat, that which is; anyatha, other; atah, than thiswhat

has been stated above. Contrarily, arrogance, pretentiousness,

cruelty, revenge, insincerity, etc. are to be known as ignorance so that,

since they are the cause of the origination of worldly existence, they can

be avoided. To the question as to what is to be known through the

aforesaid Knowledge, the Lord says, 'I shall speak of that which is to be

known,' etc. Objection: Do not humility etc. constitute yama and niyama

[See fn. on p. 239.-Tr.]? The Knowable is not known through them. For

humility etc. are not seen to determine the nature of anything. Moreover,

everywhere it is observed that whatever knowledge reveals its own

object, that itself ascertains the nature of that object of knowledge (the

knowable). Indeed, nothing else is known through a knowledge

concerning some other object. As for instance, fire is not known through

the knowledge of a pot. Reply: This is not a defect, for we have said

that they are called 'Knowledge' because they lead one to Knowledge,

and because they are auxiliary causes of Knowledge.

13.13 Pravaksyami, I shall speak of, fully describe just as it is; tat, that;

yat, which; is jenyam, to be known. In order to interest the hearer

through inducement, the Lord speaks of what its result is: Jnatva, by

realizing; yat, which Knowable; asnute, one attains; amrtam, Immortality,

i.e.; he does not die again. Anadimat, without beginning-one having a

beginning (adi) is adimat; one not having a beginning is anadimat. What

is that? The param, supreme, unsurpassable; brahma, Brahman, which

is under discussion as the Knowable. Here, some split up the phrase

anadimatparam as anadi and matparam because, if the word anadimat

is taken as a Bahuvrihi compound, ['That which has no (a), beginning

(adi) is anadi.' Matup is used to denote possession. Since the idea of

possession is a already implied in anadi, therefore matup, if added after

it, becomes redundant.] then the suffix mat (matup) becomes redundant,

which is undesirable. And they show a distintive meaning: (Brahman is

anadi, beginningless, and is) matparam, that of which I am the supreme

(para) power called Vasudeva. Trully, the redundance could be avoided

in this way if that meanig were possible. But that meaning is not

possible, because what is intended is to make Brahman known only

through a negation of all attributes by saying, 'It is called neither being

nor non-being.' It is contradictory to show a possession of a distinctive

power and to negate attributes. Therefore, although matup and a

bahuvrihi compound convey the same meaning of 'possession', its

(matup's) use is for completing the verse. [The Commentator accepts

anadimat as a nan-tatpurusa compund. If, however, the Bahuvrihi is

insisted on, then the mat after anadi should be taken as completing the

number of syllables needed for versification. So, nat need not be

compounded with param.] Having aroused an interest through

inducement by saying, 'The Knowable which has Immortality as its result

is beeing spoken of by Me,' the Lord says: Tat, that Knowable; ucyate, is

called; na sat, neither being; nor is it called asat, non-being. Objection:

After strongly girding up the loins and declaring with a loud voice, 'I shall

speak of the Knowable,' is it not incongruous to say, 'That is called

neither being nor non-being'? Reply: No. What has been said is surely

consistent. Objection: How? Reply: For in all the Upanisads, the

Knowable, i.e. Brahman, has been indicated only by negation of all

attributes-'Not this, not this' (Br. 4.4.22), 'Not gross, not subtle' (op. cit.

3.3.8), etc.; but not as 'That is this', for It is beyond speech. Objection:

Is it not that a thing which cannot be expressed by the word 'being'

does not exist? Like-wise, if the Knowable cannot be expressed by the

word 'being', It does not exist. And it is contradictory to say, 'It is the

Knowable', and 'It cannot be expressed by the word being.' Counterobjection:

As to that, no that It does not exist, because It is not the

object of the idea, 'It is non-being.' Objection: Do not all cognitions

verily involve the idea of being or non-being? This being so, the

Knowable should either be an object of a cognition involving the idea of

existence, or it should be an object of a cognition involving the idea of

non-existence. Reply: No, because, by virtue of Its being supersensuous,

It is not an object of cognition involving either, of the two

ideas. Indeed, any object perceivable by the senses, such as pot etc.,

can be either an object of cognition involving the idea of existence, or it

can be an object of cognition involving the idea of non-existence. But

this Knowable, being supersensuous and known from the scriptures,

which are the sole means of (Its) knowledge, is not, like pot etc., an

object of cognition involving either of the two ideas. Therefore It is called

neither being nor non-being. As for your objection that it is contradictory

to say, 'It is the Knowable, but it is neither called being nor non-being,'-it

is not contradictory; for the Upanisad says, 'That (Brahman) is surely

different from the known and, again, It is above the unknown' (Ke. 1.4).

Objection: May it not be that even the Upanisad is contradictory in its

meaning? May it not be (contradictory) as it is when, after beginning with

the topic of a shed for a sacrifice, [Cf. 'Pracinavamsam karoti, he

constructs (i.e. shall construct) (the sacrificial shed) with its supporting

beam turned east-ward' (Tai, Sam.; also see Sanskrit-English Dictionary,

Monier Williams).-Tr.] it is said, 'Who indeed knows whether there exists

anything in the other world or not!' (Tai. Sam. 6.1.1)? Reply: No, since

the Upanisad speaking of something that is different from the known and

the unknown is meant for establishing an entity that must be realized.

[The Upanisadic text is not to be rejected on the ground that it is

paradoxical, for it is meant to present Brahman as indentical with one's

own inmost Self.] But, '...whether there exists anything in the other

world,' etc. is merely an arthavada [See note on p. 40. Here, the

passage, '...whether there exists...,' etc. is to be interpreted as an

arthavada emphasizing, the need of raising a shed, irrespective of any

other consideration.-Tr.] connected with an injunction. From reason who

it follows that Brahman cannot be expressed by such words as being,

non-being, etc. For, every word used for expressing an object, when

heard by listeners, makes them understand its meaning through the

comprehension of its significance with the help of genus, action, quality

and relation; not in any other way, because that is not a matter of

experience. To illustrate this: a cow, or a horse, etc. (is comprehended)

through genus; cooking or reading, through action; white or black,

through quality; a rich person or an owner of cows, through relation. But

Brahman does not belong to any genus. Hence it is not expressible by

words like 'being' etc.; neither is It possessed of any qualitity with the

help of which It could be expressed through qualifying words, for It is

free from qualities; nor can It be expressed by a word implying action, It

being free from actions-which accords with the Upanisadic text,

'Partless, actionless, calm' (Sv. 6.19). Nor has It any relation, since It is

one, non-dual, not an object of the senses, and It is the Self. Therefore

it is logical that It cannot be expressed by any word. And this follows

from such Upanisadic texts as, 'From which, words trun back' (Tai.

2.4.1), etc. Therefore it is logical that It cannot be expressed by any

word. And this follows from such Upanisadic texts as, 'From which,

words turn back' (Tai. 2.4.1), etc. Since the Knowable (Brahman) is not

an object of the word or thought of 'being', there arises the

apprehension of Its nonexistence. Hence, for dispelling that

apprehension by establishing Its existence with the help of the adjuncts

in the form of the organs of all creatures, the Lord says:

13.14 Tat, That-the Knowable; sarvatah-pani-padam, which has hands

and feet everywhere-. The existence of the Knower of the field is

revealed through th adjuncts in the form of the organs of all creatures.

And the Knower of the field is spoken of as such because of the limiting

adjuncts of the field. The field, too, is diversely differentiated as hands,

feet, etc. All diversity in the Knower of the field, caused by the

differences in the adjunct-the field-, is certainly unreal. Hence, by

denying it, the nature of the Knowable has been stated, in, 'That is called

neither being nor non-being.' Although the unreal form is caused by the

limiting adjuncts, still, for the comprehension of Its existence it is said,

'(It) has hands and feet everywhere, etc., by assuming this as a quality of

the Knowable. Thus, as is well known, there is saying of the people

versed in tradition, 'The Transcendental is described with the help of

superimposition and its refutation'. Everywhere the hands, feet, etc.,

which are perceived as limbs of all bodies, perform, their duties due to

the presence of the power of the Knowable (Brahman). Thus the

grounds for the inference of the existence of the Knowable are

metaphorically spoken of as belonging to the Knowable. The others have

to be explained similarly. That Knowable has hands and feet everwhere.

That which has eyes, heads, and mouths everywhere is sarvatoksi-siromukham.

That which has ears every-where is sarvatah-srutimat: sruti

means the organs of hearing; that which has it is sruti-mat. Tisthati, It

exists, remains established; loke, in the multititude of creatures; avrtya,

by pervading; sarvam, them all. With this purpose is view, that as a

result of the superimposition of the organs like hands, feet, etc., which

are adjuncts, there may not be the misconception that the Knowable is

possessed of them (adjuncts), the (next) verse is begun:

13.15 Sarvendriya-guna-abhasam, shining through the functions of all

the organs: By the use of the words all the organs are understood ears

etc., known as the sense-organs and motor-organs, as also the internal

organs-the intellect and the mind, for they are equally the limiting

adjuncts of the Knowable. Besides, the organs of hearing etc. become

the limiting adjuncts from the very fact of the internal organ becoming

so. Hence, the Knowable gets expressed through determination,

thinking, hearing, speaking, etc. that are the functions of all the organs,

internal and external, which are the limiting adjuncts. In this way, It is

manifest through the functions of all the organs. The idea is that, that

Knowable appears to be as though active owing to the functions of all

the organs, as it is said in the Upanisadic text, 'It thinks, as it were, and

shakes, as it were' (Br. 4.3.7). For that reason, again, is It not perceived

as being actually active? In answer the Lord says: It is sarva-indriyavaritam,

devoid of all the organs, i.e. bereft of all the instruments of

action. Hence the Knowable is not active through the functioning of the

instruments of action. As for the Upanisadic verse, 'Without hands and

feet He moves swiftly and grasps; without eyes He sees, without ears He

hears' (Sv. 3.19), etc.-that is meant for showing that that Knowable has

the power of adapting Itself to the functions of all the organs which are

Its limiting adjuncts; but it is not meant to show that It really has such

activity as moving fast etc. The meaning of that verse is like that of the

Vedic text, 'The blind one discoverd a gem' (Tai, Ar. 1.11). [This is an

artha-veda (see note on p.530), which is not to be taken literally but

interpreted in accordance with the context.] Since the Knowable is

devoid of all the instruments of actions, therefore It is asaktam,

unattached, devoid of all associations. Although It is of this kind, yet it is

ca eva, also verily; the sarva-bhrt, supporter of all. Indeed, everything

has existence as its basis, because the idea of 'existence' is present

everywhere. Verily, even mirage etc. do not occur without some basis.

Therefore, It is sarva-bhrt, the supporter of all-It upholds everything.

There can be this other organs as well for the realization of the existence

of the Knowable: Nirgunam, without quality-the qualities are sattva, rajas

and tamas; that Knowable is free from them; and yet It is the gunabhoktr,

perceiver of qualities; i.e., that Knowable is the enjoyer and

experiencer of the qualities, sattva, rajas and tamas, which, assuming

the forms of sound etc., transform them-selves into happiness, sorrow,

delusion, etc. Further,

13.16 Existing, bahih, outside- the word bahih is used with reference to

the body including the skin, which is misconceived through ignorance to

be the Self, and which is itself taken as the boundary. Similarly, the word

antah, inside, is used with reference to the indwelling Self, making the

body itself as the boundary. When 'outside' and 'inside' are used, there

may arise the contingency of the nonexistence of That in the middle.

Hence this is said: acaram caram eva ca, moving as well as not movingeven

that which appears as the body, moving or not moving, is nothing

but the Knowable, in the same way as the appearance of a snake on a

rope (is nothing but the rope). In all empirical things, moving as also

non-moving, be the Knowable, why should It not be known by all as

such? In answer it is said: It is true that It shines through everything; still

it is subtle like space. Therefore, although It is the Knowable, tat, It; is

avijneyam, incomprehensible to the ignorant people; suksmatvat, due to

Its intrinsic subtleness. But to the enlightened It is ever known from the

valid means of knowledge such as (the texts), 'All this is verily the Self'

(Ch. 7.25.2), 'Brahman alone is all this' (Nr. Ut.7), etc. It is durastham, far

away, since, to the unenlightened, It is unattainable even in millions of

years. And tat, That; is antike, near, since It is the Self of the

enlightened.

13.17 And further, tat, that; jneyam, Knowable; though avibhaktam,

undivided, remaining the same in all beings like space; iva sthitam,

appears to be existing; as vibhaktam, divided; bhutesu, in all beings,

because It is perceived as existing in the bodies themselves. And just as

a rope etc. are with regard to a snake etc. That are falsely imagined,

similarly that Knowable is bhutabhartr, the sustainer of all beings, sinced

It sustains all during the period of their existence; grasisnu, the devourer,

at the time of dissolution; and prabhavisnu, the originator, at the time of

creation. Further, it the Knowable is not perceived though existing

everywhere, then It is darkness? Not! What then?

13.18 Tat, that Knowable; is the jyotih, Light; api, even; jyotisam, of the

lights-of the sun etc. For the lights like the sun etc. shine because they

are enkindled by the light of consciousness of the Self, as is known from

Upanisadic texts like, 'Illumined by whose light the sun shines' (Tai. Br.

3.12.9.7), 'By Its light all this shines variously' (Sv. 6.14), and from the

Smrti also, as here (in the Gita) itself: 'That light in the sun...' (15.12), etc.

It is ucyate, spoken of as; param, beyond, untouched by; tamasah,

darkness; ignorance. For cheering up anyone who may become

disheartened by thinking that Knowledge etc. is difficult to attain, the

Lord says: It is jnanam, Knowledge-humility etc. (verse 7, etc.); jneyam,

the Knowable, which has been spoken of in, 'I shall speak of that which

is to be known' (12); and jnana-gamyam, the Known. The Knowable

itself is referred to as jnanagamyam, when after being known, It

becomes the result of Knowledge. But when It is an object to be known,

It is called jneyam. All these three which are such, visthitam, specially

exist; hrdi, in the hearts, in the intellects; sarvasya, of all, of all creatures.

For these three are, indeed, perceived there. This verse is begun for

concluding the topic under discussion:

13.19 Iti, thus; uktam, has been spoken-commencing from 'I shall

speak of that which is to be known' (12) and ending with 'It is spoken of

as beyond darkness' (17); samasatah, in brief; the ksetram, field -

beginning with the 'great elements' and ending with 'for titude' (5,6);

tatha, as also; jnanam, Knowledge-beginning from 'humility' (7) and

ending with 'contemplation on the Goal of the knowledge of Reality' (11);

and the jneyam, Knowable. All this has been stated by way of

summarizing the purport of the Vedas and the Gita. Who is fit for this

true knowledge? The answer is: madbhaktah, My devotee, who

attributes the fact of being the Self of all to Me who am God, Vasudeva,

the Omniscient, the supreme Teacher, (and) whose conviction has been

saturated with the idea that whatever he sees, hears or touches, all that

verily is Lord Vasudeva. Vijnaya, by understanding; etat, this, the

aforesaid true knowledge; he upa-padyate, becomes qualified; madbhavaya,

for My State (bhava) -the State of being the supreme Self; for

that State of Mine. He attains Liberation. There in the Seventh Chapter

have been presented the two aspects [Cf. 15.16-18.] of God, viz the

higher and the lower, characterized as the field and the Knower of the

field. And it has also been said, '(Understand thus) that all things have

these as their source' (7.6). The explanation as to how creatures have

the two aspects, the field and the Knower of the field, as their source is

now being stated:

13.20 Viddhi, know; ubhau, both; prakrtim Nature; and also the

purusam, individual soul;-these two; Nature and the soul. the aspects of

God-to be api, verily; anadi, without beginning. Those two that have no

beginning (adi), are anadi. Since the godhood of God is eternal, therefore

it is logical that even His aspects also should have eternality. For God's

god-hood consists verily in having the two aspects. Those two aspects

through which God becomes the cause of creation, continuance and

dissolution of the Universe, and which are beginningless, are the sources

of mundane existence. Some interpret the phrase anadi in the tatpurusa

[Tatpurusa: Name of a class of compounds in which the first member

determines the sense of the other members, or in which the last member

is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original

independence.-V.S.A.] sense of na adi, not primeval (not cause).

(According to them) thereby indeed is established the causality of God.

Again, if Nature and soul themselves be eternal, the mundane existence

would surely be their creation, and the causality of the mundane

existence would not be God's. That is wrong because, there being

nothing to rule over before the emergence of Nature and soul, there will

arise the contingency of God ceasing to be God! And if the mundane

state be uncaused [Uncaused, i.e. not caused by Nature and soul, but

by God independently of those two aspects.] there arises the

contingency of the absence of Liberation, [If God were. Himself the sole

cause of mundane existence, independently of His two aspects, then it

would be endless because there would be nothing to prevent liberated

souls from being put under bondage again.] the scriptures becoming

useless, and the absence of bondage and freedom. On the other hand,

all these become justifiable if God and the two aspects be eternal.

How? Viddhi, know; the vikaran, modifications that will be spoken of-the

intellect etc., the body and the organs; ca eva, as also; gunan, the

qualities (sattva etc.)-manifest in the form of the mental states of

happiness, sorrow and attachment; as prakriti-sambhavan, born of

Nature. Nature, Maya, is the power of God, which is the cause of the

modifications and which consists of the three qualities. Those

modifications and qualities, which have that Nature as their source,-

know those modifications and qualities as 'born of Nature', as

transformations of Nature. Which again, are those modifications and

qualities born of Nature?

13.21 Karya-karana-kartrtve, with regard to the source of body and

organs: Karya is the body, and karana are the thirteen [Five sense

organs, five motor organs, mind, intellect and ego.] organs existing in it.

Here, by the word karya are understood the aforesaid elements that

produce the body as also the objects which are modifications born of

Nature. And since the qualities-which are born of Nature and manifest

themselves as happiness, sorrow and delusion-are dependent on the

organs, (therefore) they are implied by the word karana, organs. The

kartrtvam, (lit) agentship, with regard to these body and organs consists

in being the source of the body and organs. With regard to this source of

the body and organs, prakrtih, Nature; ucyate, is said to be; the hetuh,

cause, in the sense of being the originator. Thus, by virtue of being the

source of body and organs, Nature is the cause of mundane existence.

Even if the reading be karya-karana-kartrtva, karya (effect, modification)

will mean anything that is the transformation of something; and karana

(cause) will be that which becomes transformed. So the meaning of the

compund will be: 'with regard to the source of the effect and the cause'.

Or, karya means the sixteen [The eleven organs (five sensory, five motor,

and mind) and the five objects (sound etc.).] modificaitons, and karana

means the seven [Mahat, egoism, and the five subtle elements.]

transformations of Nature. They themselves are called effect and cuase.

So far as the agentship with regard to these is concerned Nature is said

to be the cause, because of the same reason of being their originator.

As to how the soul can be the cause of mundane existence is being

stated: Purusah, the soul, the empirical being, the knower of the field-all

these are synonymous; is the hetuh, cause; bhoktrtve, so far as

enjoyership, the fact of being the perceiver; sukha-duhkhanam, of

happiness and sorrow-which are objects of experience, is concerned.

How, again, is it asserted with respect to Nature and soul that, they are

the causes of mundane existence by virtue of this fact of their

(respectively) being the source of body and organs, and the perceiver of

happiness and sorrow? As to this the answer is being stated: How can

there be any mundane existence if there be no modification of Nature in

the form of body and organs, happiness and sorrow, and cause and

effect, and there be no soul, the conscious being, to experience them?

On the other hand, there can be mundane existence when there is a

contact, in the form of ignorance, between Nature-modified in the form

of body and organs, and cause and effect as an object of experience

and the soul opposed to it as the experiencer. Therefore it was

reasonable to have said that, Nature and soul become the cause of

mundane existence by (respectively) becoming the originators of the

body and organs, and the perceiver of happiness and sorrow. What

again is this that is called worldly existence? Worldly existence consists

in the experience of happiness and sorrow; and the state of mundane

existence of the soul consists in its being the experiencer of happiness

and sorrow. It has been asserted that the state of mundane existence of

the soul consists in its being the experiencer of happiness and sorrow.

How does it come about? This is being answered:

13.22 Hi, since; purusah, the soul, the experiencer; is prakrtisthah,

seated in Nature, which is characterized as ignorance and gets

transformed into body and organs, i.e., (since the soul) has become

identified with Nature; therefore, bhunkte, [Bhunkte, lit. enjoys, here

means 'experiences'.-Tr.] it enjoys, i.e. experiences; gunan, the qualitiesmanifest

as happiness, sorrow and delusion; prakrtijan, born of Nature,

thinking thus, 'I am happy, sorrowful, deluded, learned.' Even though

ignorance continues as a cause, still the main cause of worldly

existence, of birth, is the contact, the self-identification, with the

qualities-happiness,sorrow, and delusion-when they are experienced, as

is affirmed by the Upanisadic text, 'What it desires, it resolves' (Br. 4.4.5)

[See Sankaracarya's Comm. on this.-Tr.]. That very fact is stated here:

Gunasangah, contact with the qualities; is karanam, the cause; asya, of

its, the soul's, the experiencer's; sad-asad-yoni-janmasu, births in good

and evil wombs. Self-identification with the qualities is the cause of the

experience of births in good and evil wombs. Or the meaning is, 'Selfidentification

with the qualities is the cause or its worldly existence

through birth in good and evil wombs,' where the words 'of worldly

existence' have to be supplied. The good wombs are he wombs of gods

and others; evil wombs are the wombs of gods and others; evil wombs

are the wombs of beasts etc. From the force of the context it is to be

understood that there is no contradiction in including even human

wombs among 'good and evil wombs'. It amounts to saying that

ignorance-called 'being seated in Nature'-and the contact with. i.e. the

desire for, the qualities are the causes of worldly existence. And this is

said so that they can be avoided. And in the scripture Gita it is a wellknown

fact that knowledge and dispassion, accompanied with

renunciation, are the causes of removing this (ignorance and selfidentification

with the qualities). That knowledge about the field and the

Knower of the field, too, has been presented earlier. This has also been

said in, '...by realizing which one attains Immortality' (12), etc., through

the process of refutation of elements alien (to the Self) and

superimposition of qualities belonging to others (that are not the Self).

[Verse 12 deals with the refutation of alien elements, and vere 13 with

the superimposition of qualities belonging to others.] A direct

presentation is again being made of that (knowledge) itself:

13.23 He who is the upadrasta, Witness, who while staying nearby does

not Himself become involved: As when the priests and the performer of a

sacrifice remain engaged in duties connected with the sacrifice, there is

another (called Brahma) remaining nearby who is unengaged, is versed

in the science of sacrifices and witnesses the merit or demerit of the

activities of the priest and the performer of the sacrifice, similarly, He

who is not engaged in the activities of and is different from the body and

organs, who has characteristics other than theirs, and is the proximate

(upa) observer (drasta) of the body and organs engaged in their duties, is

the upa-drasta. Or: The observers are the body, eyes, mind, intellect

and the soul. Of them the body is the external observer. Proceeding

inwards from that (body), the Self is the inmost as also the proximate

observer, compared with which there is no other higher and inner

observer. The Self, because of being the most proximate observer, is the

upadrasta. Or, It is the upadrasta since, like the non-looker of a sarifice,

It witness everything. And He is the anu-manta, Permitter:

Anumananam, approval, means satisfaction with those performers (viz

body and organs) as also their perfomances. The agent of that (approval)

is the anumanta. Or, He is the anumanta since, even though Himself not

engaged in the activities of the body and organs, He appears to be

favourably disposed towards and engaged in them. Or, He is the

anumanta because, when the body and organs are engaged in their own

functions, He remains as a witness and never dissuades them. It is the

bharta, Sustainer: Bharanam means the continuance in their own state

of the body, organs, mind and intellect, which reflect consciousness and

have become aggregated owing to the need of serving the purpose [Viz

enjoyment, or Liberation.-Tr.] of some other entity, viz the conscious

Self. And that (continuance) is verily due to the consciousness that is the

Self. In this sense the Self is said to be the Sustainer. It is the bhokta,

Experiencer: As heat is by fire, similarly, the experiences of the intellectin

the form of happiness, sorrow and delusion in relation to all objects-,

when born as though permeated by the consciousness that is the Self,

are manifested differently by the Self which is of the nature of eternal

Consciousness. In this sense the Self is said to be the Experiencer. He

is maheswarah, the great God, because, as the Self of all and

independent, He is the great Ruler. He is paramatma, the

transcendental Self, because He is the Self which has the characteristics

of being the supreme Witness etc. of (all) those-beginning from the body

and ending with the intellect-which are imagined through ignorance to

be the indwelling Self. He is api ca, also; uktah, spoken of, referred to, in

the Upanisads; iti, as, with the words; 'He is the indwelling One, the

paramatma, the transcendental Self.' [Ast reads atah in place of antah.

So the translation of the sentence will be: Therefore He is also referred to

as the transcendental Self in the Upanisads.-Tr.] Where is He? The

parah, suprem; purusah, Person, who is higher than the Unmanifest and

who will be spoken of in, 'But different is the supreme Person who is

spoken of as the transcendental Self' (15.17); is asmin, in this; dehe,

body. What has been presented in, '...also understand Me to be the

Knower of the field' (2), has been explained and conclude.

13.24 Sah yah, he who; vetti, knows, in the manner described; the

purusam, Person, that Self possessed of the characteristics stated

above, as 'I myself (am That)'; and knows prakrtim, Nature as described

above, which is characterized as ignorance; to have been eradicated by

Knowledge, saha, along with; gunaih, the qualities which are its

modifications; na abhijayate, will not be born; bhuyah, again-after the fall

of this body of the man of realization, he does not become born again for

(taking) another body, i.e. he does not take up another body; sarvatha

api, in whatever way; vartamanah, he may live. From the word api it is

understood that, it goes without saying that one who is firm in his own

duty is not reborn. Objection: Though it has been said that there is

absence of rebirth after the dawn of Knowledge, still is not illogical that

actions done (in the present life) before the rise of Knowledge and those

done subsequently, as also those done in the many past lives, should be

destroyed without yielding their results? Hence there should be three

births! For destruction of acquired merit is not logical, to the same extent

as actions that have produced the present birth and are yielding their

proper results (cannot be destroyed). Besides, it is not understood that

actions have distinctions [Since all actions arise from ignorance, they are

on the same level so far so they are opposed to Knowledge; i.e., there

can be no such distinction among actions as 'those which have started

yielding results' and 'those that have not'.]. Therefore, the actions of the

three kinds, without exception, will produce three births or they all

collectively will produce one birth. Otherwise, if the acquired merits

become destroyed, it will lead to loss of faith everywhere as well as to

the purposelessness of scriptures. Therefore it has been illogical to say,

'he will not be born again.' Reply: No, for the burning away of all the

actions of the man of knowledge has been stated in hundreds of

Upanisadic texts such as: 'And all one's actions become dissipated'

(Mu. 2.2.8); 'Anyone who knows (that supreme) Brahman, becomes

Brahman' (op. cit. 3.2.9); 'For him the delay is for so long only (as he

does not become freed)' (Ch. 6.14.2); 'As the fibres at the tip of a blade

of reed (become completely burnt...,' so) all actions 'get completely

burnt' (op. cit. 5.24.3). Here too the burning of all actions has been

stated in, 'as a blazing fire reduces pieces of wood to ashes,...'etc.

(4.37), and He will also say so (later) [See 18.66: 'I shall free you from all

sins,' etc.-Tr.]. This accords with reason also. Verily, actions, which

arise from the seed of evils [Klesas, evils-see note under 8.19-Tr.] like

ignorance and desires, germinate the sprout of rebirth. Here also it has

been said by the Lord in various places that actions which are

associated with egoism and desire for results bear fruits, not the others.

And there is also the verse: 'As seeds burnt by fire do not germinate, so

also the Self does not acquire another body due to evils that have been

burnt by Knowledge (cf. Mbh. Va. 199. 107). Objection: It may be

granted for the present that actions performed after the rise of

Knowledge are burnt by Knowledge, since they coexist with Knowledge.

But the burning away of actions done in this life prior to the rise of

Knowledge and those done in the many past lives is not reasonable.

Reply: No, because of the qualification, 'all actions' (4.37). Objection:

May it not be that 'all actions' means those that are undertaken after

Illumination? Reply: No, for there is no reason for the restriction (of the

meaning). On the other hand, as for the statement, 'just as actions that

have produced the present birth and are already active in producing their

results do not get dissipated even after Illumination, similarly it is not

reasonable that actions which have not commenced producing their

results should get dissipated,'-that is wrong. Objection: Why? Reply:

Since they have already begun producing results, like an arrow that has

been shot: As an arrow, freed earlier from a bow for hitting a target, even

after piercing through the target comes to a stop only after falling down

as a result of the dissipation of its initial momentum, similarly, actions

that produced the (present) body verily continue, even after fulfilling the

purpose of maintaining the body, to exist as before until the dissipation

of their inherent tendencies. But, as that very arrow, when it has not

acquired the momentum, needed for action, when it has not been shot

even though fixed on the bow, can be withdrawn, similarly, actions

which have not begun yielding their results may be rendered

unproductive by Knowledge, even while existing in their receptacle. [The

internal organ bearing the reflection of Consciousness.] Hence, it is

established that , it has been reasonable to state that on the fall of the

present body of an enlightened person, 'He is not born again.' Here are

being presented these meditation etc. which are the alternative means

for the realization of the Self:

13.25 Dhyanena, through meditation: Meditation means contemplation

(on the Self) after withdrawing into the mind with concentration the

organs of hearing etc. from the objects like sound etc., and then

withdrawing the mind into the indwelling conscious Self. Thus, from the

citation of such illustrations as, 'the crane meditates, as it were, 'the

earth meditates, as it were; the mountains meditate, as it were' (Ch.

7.6.1), it follows that meditation is a constant and uninterrupted current

of thought like a line of pouring oil. Through that meditation, kecit, some

yogis; pasyanti, realize; the indwelling conscious atmanam, Self; atmani,

in (their) intellect; atmana, with the help of the internal organ that has

been purified by meditation. Anye, others; sankhyena yogena, through

Sankhya-yoga: Sankhya means thinking, 'These qualities, viz sattva,

rajas and tamas, are objects of my perception; I am the Self, distinct

from them, a witness of their functions, eternal and different from the

qualities.' This Sankhya is Yoga. [By Sankhya is meant that knowledge

which arises from the foregoing reflection. This knowledge is itself called

Yoga (concentration of mind) inasmuch as it is similar to Yoga in leading

to the realization of the Self.] Through that they realize the Self with the

help of the internal organ. This is how it is to be construed. And anye,

others; karma-yogena, through Karma-yoga-action itself being the Yoga:

Action performed with the idea of dedication to God is figuratively called

Yoga since it leads to Yoga. (others realize) with the help of that (action),

through purification of the mind and rise of Knowledge. [The best among

the yogis are competent for meditation (dhyana); the modiocre for

reflection (Sankhya); and the lowest for Karma-yoga.]

13.26 Anye tu, others again; ajanantah, who do not know the Self as

described above; evam, thus, even in one of these alternative ways;

upasate, take to thinking, take to reflection, being imbued with faith;

srutva, after hearing; anyebhyah, from others, from the teachers, having

been told, 'Think only of this.' Te api ca, they, too; sruti-parayanah, who

are devoted to hearing, to whom hearing is the supreme course, the

best discipline for starting on the path to Liberation, i.e., those who,

themselves lacking in discrimination, accept only others' advice as most

authoritative; eva, certainly; ati-taranti, overcome; mrtyum, death, i.e. the

mundane existence which is fraught with death. The implication is; It

goes without saying that those discriminating people who are

idenpendent in the application of the valid means of knowledge, cross

over death. That the knowledge of the identity of the Knower of the field

and God leads to Liberation has been stated in, '...by realizing which one

attains Immortality' (12). For what reason is it so? To point out that

reason the (next) verse is begun:

13.27 Bharatarsabha, O scion of the Bharata dynasty; yavat kincit,

whatever; sattvam, object;-as to whether they are without exception the

Lord says-sthavara-jangamam, moving or non-moving; sanjayate, comes

into being; viddhi, know; tat, that; as originating ksetra-ksetrajnasamyogat,

from the association of the field and the Knower of the field.

Objection: What, again, is meant by this 'association of the field and the

Knower of the field'? Since the Knower of the field is partless like space,

therefore Its conjunction with the field cannot be a kind of relationship

like coming together of a rope and a pot through the contact of their

parts. Nor can it be an intimate and inseparable relation as between a

thread and a cloth, since it is not admitted that the field and the Knower

of the field are mutually related by way of being cause and effect. Reply:

The answer is: The association of the field and the Knower of the fieldwhich

are the object and the subject, respectively, and are of different

natures-is in the form of superimposition of each on the other an also of

their qualities, as a consequence of the absence of discrimination

between the real natures of the field and the Knower of the field. This is

like the association of a rope, nacre, etc. with the superimposed snake,

silver, etc. owing to the absence of discrimination between them. This

association of the field and the Knower of the field in the form of

superimposition is described as false knowledge. After having known the

distinction between and the characteristics of the field and the Knower

of the field according to the scriptures, and having separated, like a stalk

from the Munjagrass, the above-described Knower of the field from the

field whose characteristics have been shown earlier, he who realizes the

Knowable (i.e. the Knower of the field)-which, in accordance with 'That is

neither called being nor non-being' (12), is devoid of all distinctions

created by adjuncts- as identical with Brahman; and he who has the firm

realization that the field is surely unreal like an elephant created by

magic, a thing seen in a dream, an imaginary city seen in the sky, etc.,

and it appears as though real-for him false knowledge becomes

eradicated, since it is opposed to the right knowledge described above.

Since the cause of his rebirth has been eliminated. therefore what was

said in, 'He who knows thus the Person and Nature along with the

qualities...', that the man of realization is not born again (23), has been a

reasonable statement. In 'He...will not be born again' (23) has been

stated the result of right knowledge, which is the absence of birth owing

to the destruction of ignorance etc., the seeds of worldly existence. The

cause of birth, viz the association of the field and the Knower of the field

brought about by ignorance, has also been stated. Hence, although right

knowledge, which is the remover of that ignorance, has been spoken of,

still it is being stated over again in other words:

13.28 Sah, he; pasyati, sees; yah, who; pasyati, sees;-whom?-

parameswaram, the supreme Lord-the Lord who is supreme as

compared with the body, organs, mind, intellect, the Unmanifest and the

individual soul; as tisthantam, existing, having His presence; samam,

equally, without distinction;-where?-sarvesu, in all; bhutesu, beings, all

living things from Brahma to the non-moving;-he who sees Him existing

equally in all living things. The Lord specifies them by the word

vinasyatsu, among the perishable; and He also specifies Him, the

supreme Lord, by the word avinasyantam, the Imperishable. This is

meant for showing the absolute difference between the living things and

God. How? For, all the modifications [See note 3 on p.38.-Tr.] of an

existing thing have as their root that modification of an existing thing

described as birth. All other modifications of existing things that follow

birth end with destruction. After destruction there is no modification of

an existing thing, because the object itself becomes nonexistent. Indeed,

qualities can exist so long as the thing qualified exists. Therefore, by the

reiteration of the absence of the last modification of an existing thing, all

its preceding modifications become negated along with their effects.

Hence it is established that the supreme Lord is very greatly different

from all beings, and is also Unconditioned [Free from all modifications

that things are subject to.] and One. He sees who thus sees the

supreme Lord as described. Objection: Is it not that all poeple see?

What is the need of specification? Reply: True, they see; but they see

contrarily! Hence the Lord specifies, 'He alone sees'. As in comparison

with one who, suffering from the (eye) disease called Timira, sees many

moons, the person who sees one moon is distingusihed by saying, 'He

alone sees,' similarly, here as well, the man who sees the one undivided

Self as described above is distinguished from those who contrarily see

many and differentiated selves, by saying 'He alone sees'. Others,

though seeing, do not see because they see contrarily like the person

who sees many moons. This is the meaning. The obove-described true

knowledge has to be praised by stating its result. Hence the verse

begins:

13.29 Hi, since; pasyan, by seeing, by realizing; samam, equally;

isvaram, God, i.e., (by realizing Him) as described in the immediately

preceding verse; who is samavasthitam, present alike; sarvatra,

everywhere, in all beings;-what follows from seeing equally?-he na, does

not; hinasti, injure; his own atmanam, Self; atmana, by the Self, by his

own Self; tatah, therefore, as a result of that non-injuring; yati, he attains;

the param, supreme; gatim, Goal, called Liberation. Objection: Is it not

that no creature whatsoever injures himself by himself? Why do you refer

to an irrelevant thing by saying, 'He does not injure...,which is like

saying, 'Fire should neither be lit on the earth nor in the sky,' etc.?

Reply: This defect does not arise, because it is logical with reference to

an unenlightened person's ignoring the Self. For, all unillumined people

ignore the very wellknown Self which is manifest and directly perceptible,

and regard the non-Self as the Self. By performing righteous and

unrighteous acts they destroy even that self which has been accepted,

and adopt another new self. And destroying even that, they take up

another. Similarly, destroying even that, they adopt another. In this way

they destroy the self that had been accepted successively. Thus, all

unillumined persons are destroyers of the Self. But that which is the Self

in reality, even that remains as though destroyed for ever by ignorance,

because of the absence of any benefit from Its presence. So, all

unenlightened persons are, verily, destroyers of the Self. On the

contrary, the other person who has realized the Self as described does

not injure in either way [i.e. either through superimposition or through

non-super-imposition.] the Self by his own Self. Therefore he attains the

supreme Goal, i.e., the result stated above comes to him. Lest it be

doubted that what was said in, 'seeing equally God who is present in all

beings, he does not injure the Self by the Self, is improper with regard to

the selves which are diverse according to the differences created by the

variety in their own qualities and actions, the Lord says:

13.30 And yah, he who; pasyati, sees, realizes; karmani, actions, those

performed through speech, mind and body; as kriyamanani, being done,

being accomplished; sarvasah, in various ways; prakrtya, by Nature-

Nature is God's Maya consisting of the three qualities, as is said in the

Upanisadic text, 'However, know Maya as Nature' (Sv. 4.10); by that

Nature; eva, itself-not by the other [Not by the Pradhana of the

Sankhyas, known otherwise as prakrti.] which transforms itself in the

form of cause and effects such as Mahat etc.; tatha, and also; atmanam,

the Self, the Knower of the field; as akartaram, the non-agent, devoid of

all adjuncts; sah, he; pasyati, sees-he is the one who has realized the

supreme Reality. This is the idea. What is implied is that there is no valid

proof about differences in the Non-agent who is devoid of qualities and

is unconditioned like space. The Lord elaborates again in other words

that very true knowledge:

13.31 Yada, when, at the time when; anupasyati, one realizes-having

reflected in accordance with the instructions of the scriptures and the

teachers, one realizes as a matter of one's own direct experience that

'All this is but the Self' (Ch. 7.25.2); that bhuta-prthak-bhavam, the state

of diversity of living things; is ekastham, rooted in the One, existing in the

one Self; and their vistaram, manifestation, origination; tatah, eva, is also

from That-when he realizes that origination in such diverse ways as, 'the

vital force is from the Self, hope is from the Self, memory [Smara,

memory; see Sankaracarya's Comm. on Ch. 7.13.1.-Tr.] is from the Self,

space is from the Self, fire is from the Self, water is from the Self, coming

into being and withdrawal are owing to the Self, food is from the Self'

(op. cit. 7.26.1); tada, then, at that time; brahma sampadyate, one

becomes identified with Brahman Itself. This is the import. If the same

Self be the Self in all the bodies, then there arises the possiblity of Its

association with their defects. Hence this is said:

13.32 Anadivat, being without beginning: Adih means cause; that which

has no cause is anadih. That which has a cause undergoes loss of its

own characteristics. But this One, being causeless, has no parts. This

being so, It does not suffer loss. So also, nirgunatvat, being without

qualities: indeed, It si only something possessing qualities that perishes

owing to the losss of its qualities. But this One, being without qualities,

does not perish. Hence, ayam, this; paramatma, supreme Self; is

avyayah, immutable. It suffers no depletion. Therefore It is immutable.

Since this is so, therefore, api, although; sarira-sthah, existing in the

body-since the perception of the Self occurs in the bodies, It is said to

be 'existing in the body'; even then, It na, does not; karoti, act. From the

very fact that It does not act, It na, is not; lipyate, affected by the result

of any action. For, one who is an agent of action becomes affected by its

result. But this One is not an agent. Hence It is not affected by any

result. This is the meaning. Objection: Who is it, again, that acts in the

body and becomes affected? On the one hand, if there be some

embodied being other than the supreme Self who acts and becomes

affected, then it has been improper to say in, 'And also understand Me

to be the Knower of the field,' etc., that the Knower of the field and God

are one. Again, if there be no embodied being who is different from God,

then it has to be stated who is it that acts and gets affected. Or it has to

be asserted that the supreme One does not exist. [If the supreme One

also acts like us, then He is no God.] Thus, since the Upanisadic

philosophy as stated by the Lord is in every way difficult to understand

and difficult to explain, it has therefore been abandoned by the

Vaisesikas, the Sankhyas, the Jainas and the Buddhists. Reply: As to

that, the following refutation has been stated by the Lord Himself in, 'But

it is Nature that acts' (5.14). Indeed, Nature, which is nothing but

ignorance, acts and becomes affected. In this way empirical dealing

becomes possible; but in reality it does not occur in the one supreme

Self. It has been accordingly shown by the Lord in various places that

there is no duty to be performed by those who adhere to this philosophy

of discriminating knowledge of the supreme Reality, who are steadfast in

Knowledge, who have spurned actions arising out of ignorance, and who

are mendicants belonging to the highest Order of monks. The Lord cites

an illustration to show like what It does not act and is not affected:

13.33 Yatha, as; sarva-gatam, the all-pervading; akasam, space;-

though pervasive, still, na upalipyate, is not defiled, does not come into

contact; saukmyat, because of its subtlety; tatha, similarly; atma, the

Self; avasthitah, present, sarvatra, everywhere; dehe, in the body; na, is

not; upalipyate, defiled. Further,

13.34 Yatha, as; ekam, the one; ravih, sun; prakasayati, illumines;

imam, this; krtsnam, whole; lokam, world tatha, similarly;-who?-ksetri,

the Knower of the field, i.e. the supreme Self, though one; prakasayati,

illumines; krtsnam, the whole; ksetram, field, from the 'great elements' to

'fortitude' (cf. 5-6). Here the illustration of the sun serves to highlight

two aspects of the Self, viz that, like the sun, the Self is one in all the

fields, and that It remains unaffected. This verse is meant for

summarizing the idea of the whole of this chapter:

13.35 Ye, those who; viduh, know; evam, thus, in the manner described

above; jnana-caksusa, through the eye of wisdom-the eye is the

realization in the form of the knowledge of the Self, which arises from

following the instructions of the scriptures and teachers; through that

eye of wisdom; antaram, the distinction, the particular mutual distinction;

ksetra-ksetrajnayoh, beween the field and the Knower of the field as they

have been explained; and bhuta-prakrti-moksam, the annihilation of the

Matrix of beings-the Matrix of beings is that which is described as

ignorance and is called the Unmanifest; (those who know) the

annihilation (moksanam) of that Matrix of beings; te, they; yanti, reach,

go to; param, the Supreme, to Brahman, the Reality which is the suprme

Goal. The idea is that they do not take up a body again.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 14

RO

14.1 The word param should be connected with the remote word

jnanam. Pravaksyami, I shall speak; bhuyah, again-even though spoken

of more than once in all the preceding chapters; of the param, supremeit

is supreme because it is concerned with the supreme Reality;-which is

that?-jnanam, Knowledge; uttamam, the best-since it has the best

result; jnananam, of all knowledges-. 'Of all knowledges' does not mean

'of humility' etc. (13.7-11). What then? It means 'among knowledges of

all knowable things like sacrifice etc.' They do not lead to Liberation, but

this (Knowledge) leads to Liberation. Hence the Lord praises it with the

words 'supreme' and 'best', so as to arouse interest in the intellect of

the listener. Yat jnatva, by realizing which, by attaining which

Knowledge; sarve, all; munayah, the contemplatives, the monks [But not

those who espoused monasticsim as a formality in in the fourth stage of

life.] gatah, reached, attained; itah, from here-when this bondage of the

body had ceased; param, the highest; siddhim, Perfection, called

Liberation. And the Lord shows the infallibility of this Perfection:

14.2 Agatah, those who attain; mama sadharmyam, identity with Me the

supreme God, unity with My real nature-sadharmyam, however, does

not mean similarity of attributes, for, in the scripture Gita, distinction

between the Knower of the field and God is not admitted; and this

statement of the result is by way of eulogy-; upasritya, by resorting to i.e.

by following; idam, this; jnanam, Knowledge as described, i.e., by

following the means to Knowledge; na, are not; upajayante, born,

produced; api, even; sarge, during creation; nor do they vyathanti, suffer

pain, i.e. they do not perish; pralaye, during dissolution, when even

Brahma perishes. The Lord says that association of this kind between

the field and the Knower of the field is the origin of all beings:

14.3 Mama, My own Maya, i.e. Prakrti consisting of the three qualities,

which belongs to Me; is the yonih, womb [Here Ast. adds 'karanam,

cause' (-off all the creatures).-Tr.] for all the creatures. Since it (Prakrti) is

great (mahat) as compared with all its effects, and it is the sustainer

(brahma) [Prakrti is brahma since it permeates all of its own products.-

A.G.] of all its own transformations, therefore the womb itself is qualified

as mahat brahma. Tasmin, in that, in the womb which is the greatsustainer;

aham, I, God, possessed of the power in the form of the two

aspects, viz the field and the Knower of the field; dadhami, place,

deposit; garbham, the seed-the seed of the birth of Hiranayagarbha, te

seed which is the cause of the birth of all things-; i.e., I bring the field

into association with the Knower of the field who conforms to the nature

of the limiting adjuncts, viz ignorance, desire and activity. Tatah, from

that, from that deposition of the seed; O scion of the Bharata dynasty,

bhavati, occurs; sambhavah, the birth, origination; sarva-bhutanam, of all

things, following the birth of Hiranyagarbha.

14.4 O son of Kunti, yah, whatever; murtayah, forms-that have their

parts and limbs integrated, which is characteristic of the formation of

bodies; sambhavanti, are born; sarva-yonisu, from all wombs-from the

wombs of gods, manes, humans, cattle, beasts, etc.; tasam, of them, of

those forms; mahat brahma, the great-sustainer, which exists as all the

(various) forms; is the yonih, womb, source. Aham, I, God; am the pita,

father; bija-pradah, who desposits the seed, the agent of impregnation.

(Now) is being stated which are the qualities and how they bind:

14.5 O mighty-armed one-who are possessed of hands which are great

and mighty, and extend upto the knees, gunah, the qualities are named

sattva, rajas and tamas. And they, prakrti-sambhavah, born of Nature,

born of Maya which belongs to God; nibadhnanti, bind, as it were; the

avyayam, immutable-the immutability has been spoken of in the verse,

'Being without beginning...,' etc. (13.31); dehinam, embodied being;

dehe, to the body. The word guna is a technical term, and is not a

quality like colour etc. which inhere in some substance. Nor is it meant

here that quality and substance are different. Therefore they are ever

dependent on the Knower of the field, just as qualities are dependent (on

some substance). Being of the nature of ignorance, they bind the

Knower of the field, as it were. They come into being, making That

(Knower) their sustainer. In this sense it is said that they bind. Objection;

Was it not said that the embodied one does not become defiled (see

13.31-2)? So, why as it contrarily said here that 'they bind'? Reply: We

have rebutted this objection by using the word iva (as it were) in 'they

bind, as it were'.

14.6 Tatra, among them, among sattva etc.;-the characteristics of

sattva itself is being stated first-sattva, nirmalatvat, being pure like a

crystal stone;is prakasakam, an illuminator; and anamayam, harmless.

Anagha, O sinless one; badhnati, it binds. How? Sukhasangena, through

attachment to happiness. Bringing about the association of happiness,

which is the object, with the Self, which is the subject, in the form of the

idea, 'I am happy', is certainly an unreal contact with happiness. This as

such is nescience, for the quality of an object cannot belong to a

subject. And it has been said by the Lord that all the qualities, from

'desire' to 'fortitude' (see 13.6), are, indeed, of the field, which is the

object. Therefore, it is certainly through nescience, which is an attribute

[In reality, though nescience has no connection with the Self, yet, since

there is none other with which it can become associated and since it has

no independence, therefore the Commentator imagines it as an attribute

of the Self.] of the Self and has the characteristics of non-discrimination

between object and subject, that sattva apparently brings about the

association with happiness, which is not the Self. It makes (the Self)

attached, as it were; [Here Ast. adds 'asangam saktam iva, (makes) the

Unattached attached, as it were'.-Tr.] makes one not possessed of

happiness as though possessed of it! Similarly, it binds also jnanasangena,

through attachment to knowledge. [Jnana, derived in the sense

of 'that through which one knows,' means an instrument of knowledge,

and not Consciousness. (S.: Knowledge arising from the study of the

import of various scriptures; or, jnanam, means the scriptures, through

which the supreme God is known and which leads to devotional

practices, but not to steadfastness in (the absolute) Brahman.] Because

of its concomitance with happiness, knowledge here is an attribute of

the internal organ, the field, but not of the Self. Were it an attribute [If

knowledge were a natural attribute of the Self, then there can be no

question of the latter again becoming bound through association with

the former.] of the Self, there could be no contact (between it and the

Self), and 'bondage' would become illogical. Association with knowledge

etc. should be understood in the same sense as with happiness.

14.7 Viddhi, know; rajas to be ragatmakam, of the nature of passion (-

raga is derived in the sense of that which colours-), having the property

of colouring, like the ochre pigment etc.; trsna-asanga-samud-bhavam,

born of hankering and attachment-hankering is the longing for things not

acquired; attachment is the clining-of the nature of fondness-of the mind

to things in possession. O son of Kunti, tat, that, that rajas; nibadhnati,

binds; dehinam, the embodied one; karma-sangena, through attachment

to actions. Deep involvement in actions related to seen or unseen

objects is karmasangah. Rajas binds through that.

14.8 Viddhi, know; tamas, the third qualitty; mahanam, which deludes,

which is a cause of indiscrimination; sarva-dehinam, of all embodied

beings; to be ajnanajam, born of ignorance. O scion of the Bharata

dynasty, tat, that tamas; nibadhnati, binds; pramada-alasya-nidrabhih,

through inadvertence, laziness and sleep. The activities of the qualities

are again being briefly stated:

14.9 O scion of the Bharata dynasty, sattva, sanjayati, attaches one;

sukhe, to happiness; rajas (-attaches is understood-) karmani, to action;

tu, while; tamas, avrtya, covering up, veiling; jnanam, knowledge, the

discrimination produced by sattva; sanjayati, leads pramade, to

inadvertence; uta, also. Pramada means non-performance of a duty on

hand. When do the qualities produce the effects stated above? That is

being answered:

14.10 O scion of the Bharata dynasty, sattva bhavati, increases, comes

into being; abhibhuya, by subduing both rajas and tamas. When sattva

increases, then, coming to its own, it produces its own effectsknowledge,

happiness, etc. Similarly, when the quality of rajas increases

by overpowering both sattva and tamas, then it produces its own

effects-activity and hankering. When the quality called tamas increases

by similarly dominating over sattva and rajas, it then produces its own

effects-obscuring of knowledge, etc. When any quality preponderates,

then what is its indication? This is being answered:

14.11 Yada, when; prakasah, the illumination-prakasa, illumination, is a

function of the internal organ, intelligence; that itself is jnanam,

knowledge; when this illumination called knowledge upajayate, radiates;

asmin, in this; dehe, body; sarva-dvaresu, through all the doors-all the

sense organs, (viz) ear etc., are the Self's doors of perception; through

all those doors; tada, then; through this indication, viz the illumination

that is knowledge, vidyat, one should know; iti, that; sattva has

vivrddham, increased; uta, greatly [See A.G.-Tr.]. This is the

characteristics of rajas when it has become prominent:

14.12 O best of the Bharata dynasty, when the quality of rajas vivrddhe,

becomes predominant; etani, these indications; jayante, come into

being; lobhah, avarice, the desire to appropriate other's possessions;

pravrtih, movement in general; arambhah, undertaking;-of what?-

karmanam, of actions; asamah, unrest, lack of tranquillity-(i.e.)

manifestation of joy, attachment, etc.; and sprha, hankering, desire in

general for all things.

14.13 Kuru-nandana, O descendant of the Kuru dynasty; when the

quality of tamas vivrddhe, predominates; etani, these indications; eva,

surely; jayante, come into being; extreme aprakasah, non-discrimination;

and apravrttih, inactivity; its [i.e. of non-discrimination.] effects,

pramadah, in-advertence; and mohah, delusion, i.e. stupidity, which is a

from of non-discrimination. Whatever result is achieved even after

death, that is also owing to attachment and desire; every-thing is

certainly caused by the qualities. By way of showing this the Lord says:

14.14 Yada, when; deha-bhrt, an embodied one, the soul; yati,

undergoes; pralayam, death; sattve pravrddhe, while sattva is

predominant; tu, exclusively; [Tu is used to exclude rajas and tamas.-S.]

tada, then; pratipadyate, he attains, i.e. gains; the amalan, tainless,

stainless; lokan, worlds; [The worlds of Brahma, etc., which are free from

the impurity of predominance either of rajas or tamas.] uttamavidam, of

those who know the highest, i.e. of those who have known the

principles-mahat and the rest.

14.15 Pralayam gatva, when one does; rajasi, while the quality of rajas

predominates; jayate, he is born; karma-sangisu, among people

attached to activity, among human beings having attachment to work.

Tatha, similarly, in that very way; pralinah, when one dies; tamasi, while

tamas predominates; jayate, he takes birth; mudha-yonisu, among the

stupid species, such as animals etc. A summary of the idea of the

preceding (three) verses is being stated:

14.16 Ahuh, they, the wise persons, say; that phalam, the result;

sukrtasya, of good; karmanah, work, i.e. acts having the sattva quality; is

verily nirmalam, pure; and is sattvikam, born of sattva. Tu, but; phalam,

the result; rajasah, of rajas, i.e. of acts that have the qualitty of rajas-for

the topic relates to actions; is duhkham, sorrow. In accordance with its

cause, the result too is indeed sorrow, a product of rajas. So also

ajnanam, ignorance; is, as before, (the result) tamasah, of tamas, of

unrighteous acts that have the quality of tamas. What else results from

the qualities?

14.17 Sattvat, from sattva, when it predominates; sanjayate, is born;

jnanam, knowledge; and rajasah, from rajas; is verily born lobhah,

avarice. Tamasah, from tamas; bhavatah, are born; both pramadamohau,

in-advertence and delusion; as also ajnanam, ignorance

[Absence of discrimination.]; eva ca, to be sure. Further,

14.18 Sattvasthah, people who conform to sattva, to the actions of

sattva quality; gacchanti, go, are born; undhavam, higher up, in the

worlds of gods and others. Rajasah, those who conform to rajas; [Those

who are endowed with sense-knowledge and actions consequent on the

preponderance of rajas.] tisthanti, stay, are born; madhye, in the middle,

among human beings. Tamasah, those who conform to tamas,

jaghanya-gunavrttasthah [A variant reading is vrttisthah.-Tr.], who

conform to actions of the lowest quality of tamas, those who are

attached to its actions-sleep, laziness, etc.-, the foolish; gacchanti, go;

adhah, down, (i.e.) they are born among cattle etc. The association,

owing to the false ignorance in the form of 'being seated in Nature', that

an individual soul has with the gunas-in the form of happiness, sorrow

and delusion, and which are matters of experience in such ways as, 'I

am happy,' 'I am sorrowful,' 'I am ignorant,'-that (association) is the

cause of the individual soul's mundane existence characterized by

coming to have births in good and bad species. This was stated briefly in

the earlier chapter. Elaborating that here in the text beginning with, 'the

qualities, viz sattva, rajas and tamas, born of Nature' (5), the Lord has

said that the nature of the qualities, the conduct conforming to the

qualities, and the power to bind that the qualities have through actions

conforming to them, and also the course of a person under the

bondage, of behaviour conforming to the qualities,-all this is false

knowledge; it has ignorance as its root and is the cause of bondage.

Now, it is necessary to state that Liberation follows from right

knowledge. Hence the Lord says:

14.19 Yada, when; drasta, the witness, after becoming illumined;

anupasyati, sees; na anyam, none other; gunebhyah, than the qualities

that have transformed into the shape of body, orgnas and objects;

kartaram,as the agent-(i.e.) he sees thus that the qualities themselves, in

all their modes, are the agents of all activities; ca, and; vetti, knows; that

which, standing as the witness of the activities of the qualities, is param,

superior; gunebhyah, to the qualities; sah, he, the witness; adhigacchati,

attains; madbhavam, My nature. How does he attain? That is being

stated:

14.20 Atitya, having transcended, having gone beyond-even while living;

etan, these; trin, three; gunan, qualities as have been described, which

constitute the limiting adjunct Maya; and dehasamudbhavan, which are

the origin of the body, which are the seed of the birth of the body; dehi,

the embodied one, the enlightened one; vimuktah, becoming free-even

in this life; janma-mrtyu-jara-duhkhaih, from birth death, old age and

sorrow; asnute, experiences; [Some translate this as 'attains'.-Tr.]

amrtam, Immortality. In this way he attains My nature. This is the idea.

Getting a clue to a question from the statement that one experiences

Immortality, even in this life, by going beyond the qualitieserror

14.22 Na dvesti, he neither dislikes these; prakasam, illumination

(knowledge), an effect of sattva; pravrttim, activity, an effect of rajas; and

moham, delusion, an effect of tamas; sampravrttani, when they appear,

when they fully emerge in the form of objects (of experience)-. 'In me

has arisen a perception which is a result of tamas; thereby I have

become deluded'; so also, 'In me has risen (the inclination to) action

which is painful and is born of rajas. By that rajas I have been actuated,

carried away from my own nature. This is a matter of sorrow to me that

there has been a deviation from my own nature'; similarly, 'The quality of

sattva, in the form of illumination that is knowledge, binds me by

attributing discrimination to me and making me attached to happiness'-

(by thinking) in these ways one dislikes them because of his being not

fully enlightened. The person who has transcended the qualities does

not dislike them in this manner. Unlike a person having sattva etc., who

longs for the effects of sattva etc. which withdraw themselves after

becoming manifest to him, the person who has gone beyond the

qualities na kanksati, does not long for them in that way; nivrttani, when

they disappear. This is the idea. This is not an indication that can be

perceived by others. What then? Since this characteristic is perceivable

to oneself, it is merely subjective. For dislike or longing, which is a

subjective experience of a person, is not seen by another. Now, then,

the Lord gives the reply to the question, 'What is the behaviour of one

who has gone beyond the qualities?':

14.23 He, the Self-realized monk, yah, who; asinah, sitting; udasinavat,

like one indifferent-as an indifferent man sides with nobody, similarly, this

one, set on the path leading to the transcendence of the qualities; na, is

not; vicalyate, distracted from the state of Knowledge arising out of

discrimination; gunaih, by the qualities. This point is being clarified as

such: Yah, he who; thinking iti, that; gunah, the qualities, which have

trasnformed into body, organs and objects; vartante, act on one

another; avatisthati, remains firm-avatisthati (instead of avatisthate) is

used in the Parasmaipada to avoid a break in the metre, or there is

different reading, 'yah anutisthati, who acts'-;[His apparent activity

consists in the mere continuance of actions which have been

subjectively sublated through enlightenment.] and an, does not; ingate,

move; i.e., becomes eva, surely settled in his own nature-.

14.24 Moreover, sama-duhkha-sukhah, he to whom sorrow and

happiness are alike;svasthah, who is established in his own Self, tranquil;

sama-losta-asma-kancanah, to whom a lump of earth, iron and gold are

the same; tulya-priya-apriyah, to whom the agreeable and the

disagreeable are the same; dhirah, who is wise; tulya-ninda-atmasamstutih,

to whom, to which monk, censure and his own praise are the

same-.

14.25 Further, tulyah, he who is the same, unperturbed; manaapamanayoh,

under honour and dishonour; tulyah, who is equally

disposed; mitra-ari-paksayoh, both towards the side of the friend and of

the foe-although from their own standpoint some may be unattached,

still, in others' view they may appear to be siding either with friends or

foes; hence it is said, 'equally disposed both towards the side of the

friend and of the foe'; sarva-arambha-parityagi, who has renounced all

enterprise (-those which are undertaken are arambhah, actions intended

for seen or unseen results-), i.e. who is apt to give up all undertakings,

who has given up all actions other than those needed merely for the

maintenance of the body; sah, he; ucyate, is said to have; gunatitah,

gone beyond the qualities. The disciplines leading to the state of

transcendence of the qualities, which have been stated (in the verses)

beginning from 'he who, sitting like one indifferent,' and ending with 'he

is said to have gone beyond the qualities,' have to be practised by a

monk, a seeker of Liberation, so long as they are to be achieved through

effort. But when they become firmly ingrained, they become the

indications, perceivable to himself, of a monk who has transcended the

qualities. Now the Lord gives the reply to the question, 'And how does

he transcend the qualties?'

14.26 And he-be he a monk or a man of action (rites and duties)-, yah,

who; sevate, serves; mam, Me, God, Narayana residing in the hearts of

all beings; avyabhicarena, through the unswerving-that which never

wavers-; bhakti-yogena, Yoga of Devotion-devotion [Bhakti (devotion),

supreme Love, through which one becomes united (with God) is yoga.]

itself being the Yoga-; sah, he; samatitya, having transcended; etan,

these; gunan, qualities as described; kalpate, qualifies, i.e. becomes fit;

brahma-bhuyaya,-bhuyah is the same as bhavanam-, for becoming

Brahman, for Liberation. How this is so is being stated:

14.27 Hi, for; aham, I, the inmost Self; am the pratistha brahmanah,

Abode-that in which something abides is pratistha-of Brahman which is

the supreme Self. Of Brahman of what kind? Amrtasya, of that which is

indestructible; avyayasya, of that which is immutable; and sasvatasya, of

that which is eternal; dharmasya, of that which is the Dharma, realizable

through the Yoga of Jnana which is called dharma (virtue); and

aikantikasya sukhasya, of that which is the absolute, unfailing Bliss by

nature. Since the inmost Self is the abode of the supreme Self-which by

nature is immortal etc.-, therefore, through perfect Knowledge it (the

former) is realized with certainty to be the supreme Self. This has been

stated in, 'he qualifies for becoming Brahman'. The purport is this:

Indeed, that power of God through which Brahman sets out, comes

forth, for the purpose of favouring the devotees, etc., that power which

is Brahman Itself, am I. For, a power and the possesser of that power

are non-different. Or, brahman means the conditioned Brahman, since It

(too,) is referred to by that word. 'Of that Brahman, I Myself, the

unconditioned Brahman-and none else-am the Abode.' (The abode of

Brahman) of what qualities? Of that which is immortal; of that which has

the quality of deathlessness; of that which is immutable; so also, of that

which is the eternal; which is the dharma having the characteristics of

steadfastness in Knowledge; of that which is the absolute,

unquestionably certain Bliss born of that (steadfastness);-'I am the

Abode' is understood.

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 15

RO

15.1 Urdhva-mulam, that which has its roots upwards:- Brahman,

possessed of the unmanifest power in the form of Maya, is referred to by

the word 'upward' because of Its subtleness in point of time by virtue of

Its being the Cause, and also because of Its eternality and vastness; and

That is the root (mulam) of this world. The Tree of the World which is

such, is urdhva-mulam. This accords with the Upanisadic text, 'This has

its roots above and branches below' (Ka. 2.6.1). In the Purana also we

have: It sprouts from the Root in the form of the Unmanifest; it grows

through the sturdiness of that very One. And it has abundance of

intelligence as its trunk, and the appertures of the organs as the hollows.

The great elements are its boughs [A.G. takes the word visakha

(boughs) in the sense of stambha, perhaps meaning the aerial roots.-Tr.];

so also, it has the objects of perception as its leaves. It has virtue and

vice as its beautiful flowers, and happiness and sorrow are the fruits it

bears. This eternal Tree presided over by Brahman is a means of

livelihood to all creatures. And this verily is the resort of Brahman [Or,

etat brahma-vanam means: This Tree has Brahman as its object of

adoration, its support. For, the world has nothing but Brahman as its

support.] in it Brahman dwells for ever. Having felled and split this Tree

with the great sword of Knowledge, and then attaining the bliss of the

Self, one does not return from that (bliss).' (Cf. Mbh. As. 47.12-15.) That

Tree which has its roots upwards and is constituted by the enchantment

of mundane existence, and adhah-sakham, which has the branches

downwards-mahat, [See under 7.4.-Tr.] egoism, subtle elements, etc.

are its branches (sakhah), as it were, extending downwards (adhah); so,

it has its branches downwards-; that Tree with its branches downwards,

which does not (a) last (stha) even for the morrow (svah), is asvatthah (lit.

Peepul tree). Ahuh, they say; that the asvatthah, Peepul Tree,

undergoing destruction every moment; is avyayam, imperishable, and

constituted by the enchantments of mundane existence. Having been in

existence from time without beginning, that Tree of the World is

imperishable. It is, indeed, will known as the sustainer of the

beginningless and ceaseless series of bodies etc. They call that the

imperishable. Of that very Tree of the World here is another qualification:

Yasya, that Tree of the World of which; chandamsi-chandas being

derived in the sense of covering (protecting)-, the Vedas in the form of

Rk, Yajus and Sama; are the parnani, leaves, as it were. As leaves

serve as protectors of a tree, so the Vedas serve as the protectors of the

world; for they reveal what are virtue and vice as also their causes and

results. Yah, he who; veda, knows; tam, that-the Tree of the World

along with its root, as has been explained; sah, he; is a vedavit, knower

of the Vedas, i.e. versed in the meaning of the Vedas. Since, apart from

this Tree of the World along with its root, not even an iota of any other

thing remains to be known, therefore he who knows the purport of the

Vedas is omniscient. In this way the Lord euligizes the knowledge of the

Tree together with its root. An imagery of the other parts of that very

Tree of the World is being presented:

15.2 Sakhah, the branches, as it were; tasya, of that Tree; prasrtah,

extending; adhah, downwards, from the human beings to the immobile

(trees etc.); ca, and; urdhvam, upwards, upto Brahma-beginning from

the Creator of the Cusmos to Dharma (Death) [According to A.G. 'human

beings' stands for the world of human beings, and 'Brahma ' for the

'world of Brahma' (Satva-loka). So Dharma may mean the 'world of

Death' (pitr-loka).-Tr.], which, 'in accordance with their work and in

conformity with their knowledge' (Ka. 2.2.7), are the results of

knowledge and actions; are guna-pravrddhah, strengthened, made

stout, by the qualities sattva, rajas and tamas, which are their materials;

and visaya-pravalah, have the sense-objects as their shoots. The senseobjects

(sound etc.) sprout, as it were, like new leaves from the

branches (bodies etc.) which are the results of actions. Thereby the

branches are said to have sense-objects as their shoots. The supreme

Root, the material cause of the Tree of the World, has been stated

earlier. And now, the latent impressions of attraction, repulsion, etc. born

of the results of action are the subsidiary roots, as it were, which grow

later on and become the cause of involvement in righteousness and and

unrighteousness. And those mulani, roots; karma-anubandhini, which

are followed by actions; anu-santatani, spread, enter; adhah,

downwards, as compared with the world of gods; manusya-loke, into

the world of human beings particularly-for it is well known that (only) here

men have competence for rites and duties. They (these roots) are said to

be karma-anubandhini since actions (karma) that are characterized as

righteous and unrighteous follow as their product (anubandha), (i.e.)

succeed the rise of those (attraction, repulsion, etc.).

15.3 But, asya, its-of this Tree of the World which has been described;

rupam, form, as it has been presented; na, is not at all; upalabhyate,

perceived; iha, here; tatha, in that way. For, being like a dream, water in

a mirage, jugglery, an imaginary city seen in the sky, it is by nature

destroyed no sooner than it is seen. Therefore, na, there exists neither;

its antah, end, limit, termination; so also, neither; its beginning. It is not

comprehended by anyone that it comes into existence beginning from

any definite point. Its sampratistha, continuance, the middle state, too, is

not perceived by anyone. Chittva, after felling, uprooting, together with

its seeds; enam, this, above described; asvattham, Peepul, the Tree of

the World; suvirudha-mulam, whose roots (mula) are well (su) developed

(virudham); drdhena, with the strong-hardened by a resolute mind

directed towards the supreme Self, and sharpened on the stone of

repeated practice of discrimination; asanga-sastrena, sword of

detachment-detachment means turn ing away from the desire for

progeny, wealth and the worlds; with that sword of detachment-.

15.4 Tatah, thereafter; tat, that; padam, State of Visnu;

parimargitavyam, has to be sought for, i.e. realized; gatah, going,

entering; yasmin, where, into which State; they na, do not; nivartanti,

return; bhuyah, again, for worldly life. As to how It is to be sought for,

the Lord says: Prapadye, I take refuge; tam, in that; adyam, Primevalexisting

from the beginning; purusam, Person, who has been mentioned

by the word State; eva, Himself. The search has to be carried on thus,

i.e., by taking refuge in Him. Who is that Person? That is being stated:

Yatah, from whom, from which Person; prasrta, has ensued, like jugglery

from a magician; purani, the eternal; pravrttih, Manifestation, the magic

Tree of the World. What kind of persons reach that State? This is being

answered:

15.5 Amudhah, the wise ones, who are devoid of delusion; who are

nirmana-mohah, free from (nir) pride (mana) and non-discrimination

(moha); jita-sanga-dosah, who have conquered (jita) the evil (dosa) of

association (sanga)-association itself being the evil; those who have

conquered that; adhyatma-nityah, who are ever devoted to spirituality,

ever engaged in reflecting on the nature of the supreme Self; engrossed

in that; [Engrossed in hearing, reflecting and meditating on the Self.]

vinivrtta-kamah, who are completely (vi) free from (nivrtta) desires

(kamah), whose desires have completely gone away without trace (ni),

the men of self-control, the monks; vimuktah, who are free from, have

got rid of; dvandvaih, the dualities-likes, dislikes, etc.; sukha-duhkhasanjnaih,

called happiness and sorrow; gacchanti, reach; tat, that;

avyayam, undecaying; padam, State, as has been described above. The

very State is being elaborated again:

15.6 Na suryah, niether the sun-though possessed of the power of

illumining everything; so also, na sasankah, nor the moon; na pavakah,

nor even fire; bhasayate, illumines; tat, That [-this (word) refers to the

remote word dhama (Abode) at the end of the verse-], that Abode which

is of the nature of light. That abode, the State of Visnu, gatva, reaching,

attaining; yat, which; they na, do not; nivartante, return, and which the

sun etc. do not illumine; tat, that; is mama, My, Visnu's; paramam,

supreme; dhama, Abode, State. Objection: It has been said, 'reaching

which they do not return'. Is it not well known that all goings end, verily,

in returning, and unions are followed by separations? How is it said that

there is no return for those who come to that Abode? Reply: As to that,

listen to the reason:

15.7 It is eva, verily amsah, a part, portion, limb, fragment-these are all

synonymous; mama, of mine, of the supreme Self; [Here Ast. adds

'narayanasya, of Narayana':-Tr.] which, jiva-bhutah sanatanah,

becoming the eternal individual soul, will known as the enjoyer and

agent; jiva-loke, in the region of living beings, (i.e.) in the world-. As the

sun (reflected) in water is a part of the (actual) sun, and goes to the sun

itself and does not return when the water, the cause of the reflection, is

removed, so also even this part becomes similarly united with that very

Self; or, as space enclosed in a pot etc., delimited by such adjuncts as

the pot etc., being a part of Space does not return after being united

with Space when the cause (of limitation), viz pot etc., is destroyed. This

being so, it has been rightly stated, 'by reaching which they do not

return.' Objection: How can the partless supreme Self have any limb,

fragment or part? If it has limbs, then there arises the contingency of Its

becoming destroyed through the dismemberment of the limbs! Reply:

This fault does not arise, since Its fragment, which is delimited by an

adjunct arising out of ignorance, is imagined to be a part, as it were. And

this idea has been fully explained in the chapter (13) dealing with the

'field'. How that individual soul, imagined as a part of Mine, enters into

the world and leaves the body are being stated: Karsati, it draws to itself;

indriyani, the (sense-) organs-ear etc.; manah-sasthani, which have the

mind as their sixth; and prakrti-sthani, which abide in Nature, which are

located in their respective spheres such as the orifice of the ear etc.

When (does it draw the organs)?

15.8 Yat, when; isvarah, the master of the aggregate of the body etc.,

the individual soul; utkramati, leaves the body, then he draws. Thus, the

second quarter of the verse is treated first for the sake of consistency.

[When the soul leaves the body, then it draws the organs (see previous

verses) from that body. In this way, the second quarter of the present

verse is treated first, because going to another body follows the leaving

of the earlier one.-M.S.] Ca api, and even; yat, when; it avapnoti,

assumes a body other than the earlier one; then, grahitva, taking; etani,

these, the organs with the mind as their sixth; samyati, he leaves, goes

away totally [Samyak, totally-without returning in any way to the earlier

body.-M.S.] Like what? In reply the Lord says: iva, as; vayuh, the wind

(carries away); gandhan, odours; asayat, from their receptacles-flowers

etc. Which, again, are those (organs)?

15.9 Seated in the body, it upasevate, enjoys; visayan, the objectssound

etc.; adhisthaya, by presiding over; srotram, the ear; caksuh,

eyes; sparsanam, skin, the organ of touch; rasanam, tongue; eva ca, as

also; the ghranam, nose; and manah, the mind, the sixth-(presiding over)

each one of them along with its (corresponding) organ.

15.10 Thus, the embodied soul, utkarmantam, when it is leaving the

body-the body that was assumed earlier; or sthitam, while residing in the

(present) body; or bhunjanam, experiencing sound etc.; or gunaanvitam,

in association with, i.e. identified with, the qualities called

happiness, sorrow and delusion-even when, under such conditions, this

one comes very much within the range of cognition; vimudhah, the

persons who are diversely deluded as a result of their hearts being

forcibly attracted by the enjoyments of seen and unseen objects; na, do

not; anu-pasyanti, see. And the Lord regrets this saying, 'Alas! How

sorrowful this is!' Those others, again, jnana-caksusah, who have the

eye of knowledge, [Jnana-caksuh means the scriptures supported by

reasoning, which are the means of knowledge.] who have the insight of

under-standing which has arisen from the valid means of knowledge,

i.e., those having a clear vision; pasyanti, see this one.

15.11 And some, however, yoginah, the yogis of concentrated minds;

yatantah, who are diligent; pasyanti, see; evam, this one, the Self under

discussion; as avasthitam, existing; atmani, in themselves, in their own

intelligence. They realize, 'I am This.' Acetasah, the non-discriminating

ones; akrta-atmanah, who lack self-control, who have not purified

themselves through austerity and control of the organs, who have not

desisted from bad conduct, who are not tranquil and are proud by

nature; na, do not; pasyanti, see; enam, this one; api, though; (they be)

yatantah, diligent-even though they be striving with the help of the valid

means of knowledge such as the scriptures. With a view to speaking of

the all-pervasiveness of the State and the fact of Its being the

substratum of all empirical dealings, the Lord speaks in brief through the

following four verses of the divine manifestations of that State which the

light of fire, sun, etc. do not illumine though they are the illuminators of

everything; and reaching which the aspirants of Liberation do not return

again towards mundane existence; and of which State the individual

souls, owing to their conformity with the diversity of limiting adjuncts, are

parts, just as spaces enclosed in pot etc. are 'parts' of Space:

15.12 Yat, that which is; aditya-gatam, in the sun, which abides in the

sun;-what is that-the tejah, light, brilliance, radiance; which bhasayate,

illumines, reveals; akhilam, the whole, entire; jagat, world; yat, that

ulluminating light which is; candramasi, in the moon; ca, and yat, which

is; agnau, in fire, the carrier of oblations; viddhi, know; tat, that; tejah,

light; to be mamakam, Mine. That light belong to Me who am Visnu. Or:

The light that is Consciousness, which is in the sun, which is in the

moon, and which is in fire, know that light to be Mine. That light belongs

to Me who am Visnu. Objection; Is it not that the light that is

Consciousness exists equally in the moving and the non-moving? Such

being the case, why is this particular mention, 'That light in the sun

which...,'etc? Reply: This defect does not arise, because, owing to the

abundance of the sattva quality, there can be an abundane [Ast. reads

avistaratva (amplitude) in place of adhikya.-Tr.] (of Consciousness). Since

in the sun etc. the sattva is very much in evidence, is greatly brilliant,

therefore there is an abundance of the light (of Consciousness) in them

alone. And so it (sun etc.) is specially mentioned. But it is not that it

(Consciousness) is abundant only there. Indeed, as in the world, a face,

though in the same position, is not reflected in wood, a wall, etc., but in

a mirror etc. it is reflected according to the degree in which they are

more and more transparent, so is it here. Further,

15.13 Ca, and; avisya, entering; gam, the earth; aham, I; dharayami,

sustain; bhutani, the beings, the world; ojasa, through (My) power, the

power that belongs to God and is free from passing and attachment,

(and) which has penetrated the earth to support it, and owing to which

the heavy earth does not fall and does not crumble. There is a similar

mantra: 'By which the heaven is made mighty, and the earth firm' (Tai.

Sam. 4.1.8.5), and also, 'He supported the earth' (op.cit., 4.1.8.3), etc.

Hence, it has rightly been said, 'Entering the earth I sustain the moving

and non-moving beings.' Moreover, pusnami, I nourish, I make healthy

and full of the sweet flavour of juices; sarvah, all; osadhih, the plantspaddy,

barley, etc.; bhutva, by becoming; somah, Soma; rasatmakah,

which is of the nature of sap. Soma consists of all the juices; it is the

source of all juices. Indeed, it nourishes all plants by infusing its own

juice into everything. Besides,

15.14 Bhutva, taking the form of; vaisvanarah, Vaisvanara, the fire in the

stomach, mentioned in such Upanisadic texts as, 'This fire that is within

man and digests the food (that is eaten) is Vaisvanara' (Br. 5.9.1);

becoming that Vaisvanara, and asritah, residing in, entering; deham, the

bodies; praninam, of creatures, of living beings; aham, I Myself; pranaapana-

samayuktah, in association [i.e. kindled, inflamed, by Prana and

Apana.] with Prana and Apana; [Prana-that vital force which goes

upward and has its seat really in the heart (cf. Tai. Br. 3.10.8.5), but it

said to be located at the tip of the nose since its presence is directly felt

there. Apana-that vital force which goes downward, below the navel,

and has its seat in the organs of excertion.-Tr.] pacami, digest; the

caturvidham, four kinds of; annam, food-those that are eaten by

masticating, swallowing, sucking and licking. The eater is the fire called

Vaisvanara, and the eaten is the food Soma. One who looks upon all that

there is as being these two, fire and Soma, is not affected by the

impurity of food. Further,

15.15 And aham, I, as the Self; san-nivistah, am seated; hrdi, in the

hearts, in the intellects; sarvasya, of all creatures. Therefore, with regard

to all the creatures, mattah, from Me, from the Self; are Smrtih, memory;

jnanam, knowledge; and their apohanam, loss. The knowledge and

memory of these creatures who perform good deeds come from Me in

accordance with the good deeds; similarly, the loss, deterioration, of

memory and knowledge of those who perform evil deeds comes from

Me in accordance with the evil deeds. Aham eva, I alone, the supreme

Self; am the vedyah, object to be known; sarvaih, through all; vedaih, the

Vedas. I am also the vedanta-krt, the originator of the Vedanta, i.e., the

source of the traditional school of the teachings of Vedanta; and aham

eva, I Myself; am the veda-vit, knower of the Vedas, the knower of the

teachings of the Vedas. In the verses beginning with, 'That light in the

sun which...' (12), etc. have been stated briefly the majesty of God, the

Lord called Naravana, which arise from special limiting adjuncts. Now

then, the succeeding verses are begun with a view to determining the

real nature of that very Lord as the Unconditioned and Absolute, by

distinguishing Him from the limiting adjuncts, (viz) the mutable and the

immutable. In that connection, after dividing into three parts [The two

limiting adjuncts-the mutable and the immutable-, and the supreme Self.]

all the teachings of the preceding and the immediately succeeding

chapters, the Lord says:

15.16 There are imau, these; dvau, two-grouped separately; purusau,

persons, so called [Persons-so called only figuratively, since they are the

limiting adjuncts of the supreme Person.]; loke in the world; the ksarah,

mutable-one group consists of the perishable; the other person is the

aksarah, immutable, opposite of the former, the power of God called

Maya, which is the seed of the origin of the person called the mutable.

That which is the receptacle of the impressions of desires, actions, etc.

of countless transmigrating creatures is called the immutable person.

Who are those persons? The Lord Himself gives the answer: Ksarah, the

mutable; consists of sarvani, all; bhutani, things, i.e. the totality of all

mutable things. Kutasthah is the one existing as Maya: Kuta means a

heap; kutasthah, is that which exists like a heap. Or, kuta is maya,

deception, falsehood, crookedness, which are synonymous; that which

exists in the diverse forms of maya etc. is the kutasthah. It is ucyate,

called; the aksarah, immutable, because, owing to the countless seeds

of worldly existence, it does not perish.

15.17 Tu, but; anyah, different, entirely contrary in characteristics from

these; is the uttamah, supreme, most excellent; purusah, Person, who is

different in characteristics from these-the mutable and the immutable-,

untouched by the mutable and the immutable limiting adjuncts, and is by

nature eternal, pure, conscious and free; udahrtah, spoken of in the

Upanisads; iti, as; the paramatma, supreme Self; He is paramah,

supreme, as compared with the selves like body etc. created by

ignorance, and is the atma, Self, the inmost Consciousness of all beings.

Hence He is the supreme Self. He Himself is being specially described:

yah, who, by dint of His own active power inhering in the energy that is

Maya; [Caitanya, consciousness, itself is the bala (energy); the sakti

(active power) therein is Maya. Through that He upholds.] avisya,

permeating; loka-trayam, the three worlds-called Bhuh (Earth), Bhuvah,

(Intermediate Space) and Svah (Heaven); bibharti, upholds (them) by

merely being present in His own nature. (And He) is the avyayah,

imperishable; isvarah, God, the Omniscient One called Narayana, who is

the Lord by nature. This name-the supreme Person-of God as

described is well known. Showing that the name is apt by virtue of its

etymological significance, the Lord reveals Himself saying, 'I am the

unsurpassable God':

15.18 Yasmat, since; aham, I; am atitah, transcendental; ksaram, to the

mutable-I am beyond the Tree of Maya, called the Peepul Tree, which

this worldly existence is; and uttamah, above, most excellent or the

highest; as compared with api, even; the akasarat, immutable, which is

the seed of the Tree of worldly existence; atah, hence, by virtue of being

the most excellent as compared with the mutable and the immutable;

aham, I; am prathitah, well known; loke, in the world; and vede, in the

Vedas; as purusottamah, the supreme Person. Devoted persons know

Me thus, and poets also use this name 'Purusottama' in their poetry etc.;

they extol Me with this name. Thereafter, now is stated this result

attained by one who knows the Self as described:

15.19 Bharata, O scion of the Bharata dynasty; yah, he who;

asammudhah, being free from delusion; janati, knows; mam, Me, God,

having the aforesaid qualifications; purusottamam, the supreme Person;

evam, thus, in the way described, as 'I am this One'; sah, he; is sarvavit,

all-knowing- he knows everything through self-identification with all-,

i.e. (he becomes) omniscient; and bhajati, adores; mam, Me, existing in

all things; sarva-bhavena, with his whole being, i.e. with his mind fixed

on Me as the Self of all. Now then, having stated in this chapter the

knowledge of the real nature of the Lord, which has Liberation as its

fruit, it is being euligized:

15.20 This guhyatamam, most secret, i.e. most mystical;- what is that?-

sastram, scripture-. Although the Gita as a whole is spoken of as the

scripture, still this chapter itself is here referred to as such, and this for

eulogy as is evident from the context. For, not only has the entire

meaning of the scripture Gita been stated here in brief, but the whole

purport of the Vedas also has been comprehended here. And it has

been said, 'He who realizes it is a knower of the Vedas' (1), 'I alone am

the object to be known through all the Vedas' (15). (Thus, this most

secret scripture) iti uktam, has thus been uttered; maya, by Me; anagha,

O sinless one. O scion of the Bharata dynasty, buddhva, understanding;

etat, this, the scripture which has the purport as has been

revealed; syat, one becomes; buddhiman, wise; and krta-krtyah, has his

duties fulfilled; but not otherwise. The meaning is that what-ever a

Brahmana has to do as a consequence of his special birth (as a

Brahmana), all that becomes accomplished when the reality of the Lord

is known. The idea is that nobody's duties become fulfilled in any other

way. And it has been said, 'O son of Prtha, all actions in their totality

culminate in Knowledge' (4.33). There is also a saying from Manu: 'This,

verily, is the fulfilment of a Brahmana in particular. For, by getting this, a

twice-born has his duties fulfilled; not otherwise' (Ma. Sm. 12.93). Since

you have heard from Me this truth about the supreme Reality, therefore,

O scion of the Bharata dynasty, you have achieved your Goal!

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 16

RO

16.1 Abhayam, fearlessness; sattva-samsuddhih, purtiy of the mind

(sattva), mentally avoiding fraud, trickery, falsehood, etc. in dealings, i.e.,

honest behaviour; jnana-yoga-vyavasthitih, persistence in knowledge

and yoga-jnana means knowledge of such subjects as the Self, learnt

from scriptures and teachers; yoga means making those things that have

been learnt matters of one's own personal experience through

concentration by means of withdrawl of the organs etc.; persistence,

steadfastness, in those two, knowledge and yoga;-this [This-refers to all

the three from 'fearlessness' to 'persistence in knowledge and yoga'.] is

the principal divine characteristic which is sattvika (born of the sattva

quality). That nature which may occur in persons competent in their

respective spheres, [Persons treading the path of Jnana-yoga or Karmayoga

have sattvika qualities. Some of the qualities mentioned in the first

three verses occur only in the former, whereas the others are found in

both or only in the latter.-Tr.]-that is said to be their sattvika attribute.

Danam, charity, distribution of food etc. according to one's ability; and

damah, control of the external organs-the control of the internal organ,

santih, will be referred to later; yajnah, sacrifices-Agnihotra etc.

sanctioned by the Vedas, and sacrifices in honour of gods and others

[Others: Those in honour of the manes, humans and other beings.

Brahma-yajna, the fifth sacrifice, is referred to separately by svadhyaya.]

sanctioned by the Smrtis: svadhyayah, study of the Rg-veda etc. for

unseen results; tapah, austerity, those concerning the body, etc., which

will be stated (17.14-16); arjavam, rectitude, straigthforwardness at all

times-.

Further,

16.2 Ahimsa, non-injury, abstaining from giving pain to creatures;

satyam, truthfulness, speaking of things as they are, without

unpleasantness and prevarication; akrodhah, absence of anger, control

of anger that might result when offened or assulatd by others; tyagah,

renunciation, monasticism-for, charity has been mentioned earlier;

santih, control of the internal organ; apaisunam, absence of vilificationpaisunam

means backbiting; its absence is apaisunam; daya, kindness;

bhutesu, to creatures in distress; aloluptvam, non-conveteousness,

absence of excitement of the organs in the presence of objects;

mardavam, gentleness, absence of hard-heartedness; hrih, modesty;;

acapalam, freedom from restlessness, absence of unnecessary use of

organs such as speech, hands and feet-.

Besides,

16.3 Tajah, vigour, not the brightness of the skin; ksama, forgiveness,

absence of internal perturbation when offened or assulated-absence of

anger has been explained by us as the calming down of a perturbed

mind; thus, forgiveness and absence of anger are distinguished; dhrtih,

fortitude, a particular function of the mind which removes the tedium of

the body and organs when they become exhausted, and being

rejuvenated by which the body and organs do not feel any fatigue;

saucam, purity-is of two kinds: external, with the help of earth and water;

and internal, the cleanliness of mind and intellect, the absence of such

impurities as trickery, attachment, etc.; purity of these two kinds;

adrohah, freedom from malice, absence of the desire to injure others,

absence of hatred; na-atimanita, absence of haughtiness-too much selfesteem

(mana) is atimanah; one having that is atimani; its abstract form

is atimanita; absence of that, na-atimanita, i.e., absence of the feeling of

one's being too honourable. These (qualities) beginning with fearlessness

and ending with this, O scion of the Bharata dynasty, bhavanti, are; (the

qualities) abhijatasya, of one destined to have;-what kind of nature?-the

daivim, divine; sampadam, nature-of one destined to have divine

attributes, of one who is worthy of the excellence of the gods, i.e., of

one who would be illustrations in future.

Thereafter, the demoniacal nature is now being stated:

16.4 O son of Prtha, dambhah, religious ostentation; darpah, pride

arising from wealth, relatives, etc.; atimanah, haughtiness, as explained

earlier; and krodhah, anger; eva ca, as also; parusyam, redeness, using

unkind words, e.g. to speak of a blind person as having eyes, an ugly

person as handsome, a lowly born man as born of aristocracy, and so

on; and ajnanam, ignorance, non-discriminating knowledge, false

conception regarding what ought to be and ought not to be done; are

(the attributes) abhijatasya, of one destined to have;-destined for what?

in answer the Lord says-asurim, demoniacal; sampadam, nature.

The consequences of these natures are being stated:

16.5 That which is daivi, divine; sampad, nature; is vimoksaya, for

Liberation from the bondage of the world. The asuri, demoniacal nature;

mata, is considered to be; nibandhaya, for inevitable bondage. So also is

the fiendish nature.

Now, when such a statement was made, the Lord, noticing Arjuna

having this kind of inner cogitation-'Am I endowed with the demoniacal

nature, or am I endowed with the divine nature?'-, says: ma, do not;

sacah, grieve, O son of Pandu! Asi, you are; abhijatah, destined to have,

born with the good fortune of having; daivim, the divine; sampadam,

nature; i.e., you are destined for an illustrious future.

16.6 Dvau, two, in number; are the (kinds of) bhuta-sargau, creation of

beings, of men. Sarga is derived from srj in the sense of that which is

created. The persons themselves, who are created with the natures of

gods and demons, are being spoken of as 'two creations of beings',

which accords with the Upanisadic text, 'There were two classes of

Prajapati's sons, the gods and the demons' (Br. 1.3.1). For, asmin, in

this; loke, world, all (persons) can rationally be divided into two classes.

Which are those two creations of beings? The answer is, the two are the

daiva, divine; eva ca, and; the asura, the demoniacal which are being

discussed.

The Lord speaks of the need of restating the two that have been

already referred to: Daivah, the divine creation of beings; proktah, has

been spoken of; vistarasah, elaborately-in, 'Fearlessness, purity of mind,'

etc. (1-3). But the demoniacal has not been spoken of in extenso.

Hence, O son of Prtha, srnu, hear of, understand; the asuram,

demoniacal; me, from Me, from My speech which is being uttered in

detail, so that this may be avoided.

Upto the end of the chapter the demoniacal nature is being presented

as the qualities of creatures; for, when this is directly perceived, it

becomes possible to eschew it:

16.7 Na, niether; do the asurah, demoniacal; janah, persons; viduh,

understand; pravritim, what is to be done with regard to that which is a

means to the human ends; and nivirttim, what is not to be done, the

opposite of that (former) and from which source of evil one should

desist. Nor only do they not know what is to be done and what is not to

be done, na, nor; does saucam, purity; na api, or even; acarah, good

conduct; or satyam, truthfulness; vidyate, exist; tesu, in them. The

demons are verily bereft of purity and good conduct; they are deceitful

and given to speaking lies.

Further,

16.8 Te, they, the domoniacal persons; ahuh, say; that the jagat, world;

is asatyam, unreal-as we ourselves are prone to falsehood, so is this

whole world unreal; apratistham, it has no basis, it does not have

righteousness and unrighteousness as its basis; it is anisvaram, without

a God-nor is there a God who rules this (world) according to

rigtheousness and unrighteousness (of beings). Hence they say that the

world is godless. Moreover, it is aparaspara-sambhutam, born of mutual

union. The whole world is born of the union of the male and female

impelled by passion. (That union is) kama-haitukam, brought about by

passion. Kama-haitukam and kama-hetukam are the same. Kim anyat,

what other (cause can there be)? There exists to other unseen cause

such as righteousness, unrigtheousness, etc. Certainly, the passion of

living beings is the cause of the world. This is the view of the materialists.

16.9 Avastabhya, holding on to; etam, this; drstim, view; (these people)

who are nasta-atmanah, of depraved character, who have deviated from

the disciplines leading to the other world; alpa-budhayah, of poor

intellect, whose intellect is indeed limited, engrossed with material

things; ugra-kamanah, given to fearful actions-who are cruel by nature;

and ahitah, harmful; i.e. inimical to the world; prabhavanti, wax strong;

ksayaya, for the ruin; jagatah, of the world. This is the construction.

16.10 And asirtya, giving themselves upto; duspuram, insatiable;

kamam, passion-a kind of desire; dambha-mana-mada-anvitah, filled

with vanity, pride and arrogance; grhitva, adopting; asad-grahan, bad

objectives, evil intentions; mohat, due to delusion, owing to nondiscrimination;

and asuci-vratah, having impure resolves; they

pravartante, engage in actions in the world.

Further,

16.11 Upasritah, beset with; aparimeyam, innumerable; cintam, caresworries

that defy estimation of their limits!, i.e., constantly burdened with

cares; pralayantam, which end (only) with death; kama-upabhogaparamah,

holding that the enjoyment of desirable objects is the highest

goal-kama is derived in the sense of 'that which is desired for', viz sound

etc.; considered their enjoyment to be the highest; having their minds

convinced thus that this alone, viz the enjoyment of desirable objects, is

the highest human goal; niscitah, feeling sure; iti, that; etavat, this is all-

16.12 Baddhah, bound, being impelled, being lured from all sides; asapasa-

sataih, by hundreds of shackles in the from of hope-the hopes

themselves are the shackles; by hundreds of these; kama-krodhaparayanah,

giving themselves wholly to passion and anger, having

passion and anger as their highest resort; ihante, they endeavour; arthasancayan,

to amass wealth; anyayena, through foul means, i.e. by

stealing others' wealth, etc.; kama-bhoga-artham, for the enjoyment of

desirable objects-in order to enjoy desirable objects, not for righteous

acts.

Their intentions, too, are of this kind:

16.13 Idam, this thing; labham, has been gained; maya, by me; adya,

today; prapsye, I shall acquire; idam, this other; manoratham, desired

object which is delectable to the mind. And idam, this; asti, is in hand;

punah, again; idam, this; dhanam, wealth; api, also; bhavisyati, will

come; me, to me, in the next year. Thereby I shall become rich and

famous.

16.14 Asau, that; unconquerable satruh, enemy, named Devadatta;

hatah, has been killed; naya, by me; and hanisye, I shall kill; aparan, the

other wretched ones. What will these pitiable persons do? There is none

equal to me at all. Aham, I; am the isvarah, lord; I am the bhogi, enjoyer;

and I am siddhah, well-established in every respect-I am blessed with

sons, and grandsons born of sons and daughters. Not only am I a man,

but I am also balavan, mighty; and I myself am sukhi, happpy; others are

born to be but a burden to the earth!

16.15 Adhyah, I am rich in wealth; abhi-janavan, high-born in respect of

my lineage; my seven generations are endowed with Vedic learnig etc.

From that point of view also there is none equal to me. Kah anyah, who

else; asti, is there; sadrsah, similar; maya, to me? Besides, yaksye, I

shall perform sacrifices; in respect of sacrifices also I shall defeat others.

Dasyami, I shall give-to actors and others; modisye, I shall rejoice, and I

shall derive intense joy. Iti, thus; are they ajnana-vimohitah, diversely

deluded by non-discrimination, subject to various indiscrimination.

16.16 Aneka-citta-vibhrantah, bewildered by numerous thoughts,

confounded variously by thoughts of the kind stated above; moha-jalasamavrtah,

caught in the net of delusion-moha is non-discrimination,

lack of understanding; that itself is like a net because of its nature of

covering; enshrouded by that; prasaktah, engrossed; kama-bhogesu, in

the enjoyment of desirable objects, being immersed in that itself; they

patanti, fall, owing to the sins accumulated thereby; asucau, into a foul;

narake, hell, such as Vaitarani. [Vaitarani: It is the most terrible place of

punishment; a river filled with all kinds of filth-blood, hair, bones etc., and

running with great impetuosity, hot and fetid. The other hells are

Tamisra, Andhatamisra, Raurava, Kumbhipaka, and so on.]

16.17 Atma-sambhavitah, self-conceited, considering themselves by

themselves to be possessed of good qualities-not considered to be so

by holy men; stabdhah, haughty, having minds that are not humble;

dhana-mana-mada-anvitah, filled with (anvita) the pride (mana) and

intoxication (mada) of wealth (dhana); te, they; yajnate, perform

sacrifices; namayajnaih, which are so in name only; dambhena, with

ostentation, with religious hypocricy; avidhi-purvakam, regardless of the

injunctions-without subsidiary rites and proper methods of performance

as enjoined.

16.18 Ahankaram, egotism-that which considers the Self to which have

been imputed actual and imaginary qualities as 'I am this', which is

called ignorance and is most painful, and is the source of all ills as also

of all evil deeds; so also balam, power, which seeds to defear others and

is associated with passion and desire; darpam, arrogance, a particular

defect abiding in the mind, on the upsurge of which one transgresses

righteousness; kamam, passion with regard to women and others;

krodham, anger at things tha are undesirable;-samsritah, resorting to

these and other great evils; and further, pradvisantah, hating; mam, Me,

God-transgression of My commands is hatred (towards Me); indulging in

that, atma-para-dehesu, in their own and others' bodies as the witness

of their intellects and actions; (they become) abhyasuyakah, envious by

nature, intolerant of the qualities of those who tread the right path.

16.19 Because of their defect of unrighteousness, aham, I; ksipami,

cast, hurl; ajasram, for ever; all tan, those; who are dvisatah, hateful of

Me; kruran, cruel; and asubhan, who are evil doers; samsaresu, in the

worlds-who are on the paths leading to hell; who are the nara-adhaman,

vilest of human beings, who are opposed to the right path, who are

hostile to the pious people; eva, verily; asurisu, into the demoniacal;

yonisu, classes-tigers, loins, etc., which are full of evil deeds. The verb

cast is to be connected with 'into the classes'.

16.20 Apannah, being born, having acquired; (births) asurim, among the

demoniacal; yonim, species; janmani janmani, in births after births; the

mudhah, fools, non-discriminating ones; being born in every birth into

species in which tamas prevails, and going downwards, aprapya eva,

without ever reaching, approaching; mam, Me, who am God; O son of

Kunti, yanti, they attain; gatim, conditions; tatah adhamam, lower even

than that.

Since there is not the least possibility of attaining Me, what is implied

by saying, 'without ever reachin Me', is, 'by not attaining the virtuous

path enjoined by Me.'

This is being stated as a summary of all the demoniacal qualities. The

triplet-under which are comprehended all the different demoniacal

qualities though they are infinite in number, (and) by the avoidance of

which (three) they (all the demaniacal qualities) become rejected, and

which is the root of all evils- is being stated:

16.21 Idam, this; dvaram, door; narakasya, of hell-for entering it; which

is the nasanam, destroyer; atmanah, of the soul; is trividham of three

kinds. It is that by the mere entry into which the soul perishes, i.e., it

ceases to be fit for attaining any human goal. hence it is said that it is the

door which is the destroyer of the soul. Which is that? Kamah, passion;

krodhah, anger; and also lobhah, greed. Tasmat, therefore; tyajet, one

shoud forsake; etat trayam, these three. Since this door is the destroyer

of the soul, therefore one should renounce this group of three-passion

etc. This is a eulogy of renunciation.

16.22 O son of Kunti, narah, a person; who is vimuktah, free; etaih,

from these; tribhih, three; tamo-dvaraih, doors to darkness, i.e., passion

etc. which are doors to the darkness of hell consisting of sorrow and

delusion; freed from three three which are such, acarati, strives for;-for

what?-sreyah, the good; atmanah, of the soul: debarred by which

(doors) he could not strive earlier, and on the dispelling of which he

strives. Tatah, thereby, as a result of that striving; yati, he attains; the

param, suprme; gatim, Goal, i.e. Liberation, as well. [Not only does he

attain Liberation by renouncing the demoniacal qualities, but he also

secures happiness in this world.]

The scripture is instrumental in this complete renunciation of the

demoniacal qualities and striving for what is good. Both can be

undertaken on the authority of the scriptures, not otherwise. Hence,

16.23 Utsrjiya, ignoring, setting aside; sastra-vidhim, the precept of the

scriptures, which is th source of the knoweldge of what is duty and what

is not-called injunction and prohibition; yah, he who; vartate, acts; kamakaratah,

under the impulsion of passion; sah, he; na, does not; avapnoti,

attain; siddhim, perfection, fitness for Liberation; nor even sukham,

happiness in this world; nor even the param, supreme best; gatim, Goalheaven

or Liberation.

16.24 Tasmat, therefore; sastram, the scripure; is te, your; pramanam,

authority, the means of knowledge; karya-akarya-vyavasthitau, as

regards the determination of what is to be done and what is not to be

done. Therefore, jnatva, after understanding; that which is your own

karma, duty; sastra-vidhana-uktam, as presented by scriptural

injunction-vidhana is the same as vidhi, precept, in the form, 'you should

do', 'you should not do'; as presented by that; arhasi, you ought;

kartum, to perform; it iha, here. 'Here' is used for pointing out the sphere

in which one is intitled to perform his duties.

F:gitadataR.K.GitaCHAPTER16.doc Page 1 of 1

 

BHAGAVADGITA

English translation of Sri Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami

Gambhirananda

Chapter 17

RO

17.1 Tu, but; of Krsna, ka, what; is the nistha, state; tesam, of thosewhosoever

they may be; ye, who; being anvitah, endued; sraddhaya,

with faith, with the idea that there is something hereafter; yajante, adore

gods and others; utsriya, by ignoring, setting aside; sastra-vidhim, the

unjunctions of the scriptures, the injunctions of the Vedas and the

Smrtis? Is the state of those who are such sattvam, sattva; aho, or;

rajah, rajas; or tamah, tamas? This is what is meant: Does the adoration

of gods and others that they undertake come under the category of

sattva or rajas or tamas? By 'those who, endued with faith, adore by

ignoring the injunctions of the scriptures' are here meant those who, not

finding any injunction which can be characterized as 'enjoined by the

Vedas' 'or enjoined by the Smrtis', worship gods and others by merely

observing the conduct of their elders. But, on the other hand, those

who, though aware of some scriptural injunction, discard them and

worship the gods and others in ways contrary to the injunctions, are not

meant here by 'those who, ignoring scriptural injunctions, adore...'

Why? Because of the qualifying phrase, 'being endued with faith'. For, it

cannot be imagined that even when they are aware of some scriptural

injunction about worship of gods and others, they discard this out of

their faithlessness, and yet they engage in the worship of gods and

others enjoined by those scriptures by becoming imbued with faith!

Therefore, by 'those who, endued with faith, adore by ignoring the

injunctions of the scriptures' are here meant those very ones mentioned

earlier. An answer to this question relating to a general topic cannot be

given without splitting it up. Hence,-

17.2 Sa, that; sraddha, faith, the state about which you ask; dehinam,

of the embodied beings; svabhavaja, born of their own nature-by

svabhava (nature) is meant that latent impression of virtuous acts etc.

acquired in the past lives, which becomes manifest at the time of death;

what arises out of that is svabhavaja-; is trividha, threefold, of three

kinds; sattviki, born of sattva, and related to worship of gods, etc.; rajasi,

born of rajas, concerning worship of Yaksas (a class of demi-gods,

Kubera and others), Raksas (ogres, Nairrti and others); and tamasi, born

of tamas, concerning worship of ghosts, goblins and others. Thus it is of

three kinds. Srnu, hear; tam, about it, that faith, as it is being stated.

That (faith) is threefold as follows:

17.3 O scion of the Bharata dynasty, the sraddha, faith; sarvasya, of all

beings; bhavati, is; sattva-anurupa, in accordance with their minds, in

accordance with the internal organ which is imbued with particular

impression. If this is so, what follows? The answer is: Ayam, this;

purusah, person, the transmigrating soul; is sraddhamayah, made up of

faith as the dominating factor. How? Sah, he, the individual soul; is eva,

verily; sah, that; yah yat-sraddhah,which is the faith of that individual-he

surely conforms to his faith. And, as a consequence, a person's

steadfastness in sattva etc. is to be inferred from the grounds of his

actions such as worship of gods etc. Hence the Lord says:

17.4 Sattvikah, those having the sattva quality, those steadfast in

sattva; yajante, worship; devan, the gods; rajasah, those having rajas;

(worship) yaksa-raksamsi, the demi-gods and ogres; and anye, other;

janah, people; tamasah, possessed of tamas; yajante, worship; pretan,

ghosts; and bhuta-ganan, the hosts of spirits-Sapta-matrkas (the Seven

Mothers) and others. Thus, in the context of abandonment of scriptural

injunctions, the states of sattva etc. have been determined through their

effects. As regards that, it is only one in thousands who, being

established in sattva, becomes devoted to the adoration of gods. But,

to be sure, creatures are mostly rooted deeply in rajas or tamas. How?

17.5 Ye, those; janah, persons; who tapyante, undertake, perform;

ghoram, severe; tapah, austerity, productive of pain to oneself as also to

creatures; asastra-vihitam, not sanctioned by the scriptures; they, being

dambh-ahankara-samyuktah, given to ostentation and pride; and kamaraga-

bala-anvitah, impelled by the strength of passion and attachment,

or possessed of passion, attachment and strength [Kama-raga can also

mean desirable objects and the desire to enjoy them.]-.

17.6 (And who,) acetasah, being non-discriminating; karsayantah,

torture; bhuta-gramam, all the organs; sarirastham, in the body, ca, as

also; torture eva, even; mam, Me; antah-sarira-stham, who reside in the

body as the witness of its actions and intellect-non-adherence to My

injunctions itself is 'torturing Me'; viddhi, know; tan, them; asuraniscayan,

as possessed of demoniacal convictions. Know them so that

they may be avoided. This is an instruction. The liking of persons

possessing the qualities of sattva, rajas and tamas for foods that are

divided into three groups, viz succulent, oleaginous, etc., is respectively

being shown here so that, by knowing the presence of the qualities of

sattva, rajas and tamas (in oneself) from the indications of the degree of

one's preference for particular foods as are succulent, oleaginous, etc.,

one may avoid foods having the characteristics of rajas and tamas, and

accept food with the characteristics of sattva. Similarly, sacrifices etc.

also are being explained here under three categories according to the

distinguishing quality of sattva etc. So that one may reject those known

to be born of rajas and tamas, and undertake only those born of sattva.

17.7 Aharah, food; api tu, also; which is priyah, dear; sarvasya, to all

[Here Ast. adds praninah (creatures).-Tr.] who eat it; bhavati, is;

trividhah, of three kinds; so also yajnah, sacrifices; similarly, tapah,

austerity; tatha, so also; danam, charity. Srnu, listen; to imam, this;

bhedam, classification; tesam, of them, of food etc., which is going to be

stated.

17.8 Aharah, foods; ayuh-sattva-bala-arogya-sukha-priti-vivardhanah,

that augment life, firmneess of mind, strength, health delight; [Life-a

brilliant life; firmness of mind or vigour; strength-ability of body and

organs; happiness-pleasure of mind; delight-great joy even at seeing

other persons prosperous.] and which are rasyah, succulent; snigdhah,

oleaginous; sthirah, substantial, lasing in the body for long; [Beneficial to

the body for long.] and hrdyah, agreeable, to one's liking; are sattvikapriyah,

dear to one endowed with sattva.

17.9 Foods that are katu-amla-lavana-atyusna-tiksna-ruksa-vidahinah,

bitter, sour, salty, very hot (-'very' is to be connected with all, viz bitter

etc.; that is very bitter, very sour, and so on-), pungent, dry [Without fat.]

and burning; and duhkha-soka-amaya-pradah, which produce pain,

sorrow and disease; [Pain, immediate suffering; sorrow, grief arising from

not having that desired food.] are rajasasyaistah, dear to one having

rajas.

17.10 Bhojanam, food; which is yata-yamam, not properly cooked

[Yata-yamam lit. means 'crooked three hours ago', that which has lost

its essence; but here it is translated as 'not properly cooked to avoid

tautology, for the next word gata-rasam, too, means lacking in essence.-

Tr.] (-because food that has lost its essence is referred to by the word

gatarasam-); gata-rasam, lacking in essence; puti, putrid; and

paryusitam, stale, cooked on the previous day and kept over-night; and

even ucchistam, ort, remnants of a meal; and amedhyam, that which is

unfit for sacrifice;- this kind of food is tamasa-priyam, dear to one

possessed of tamas. Now then, sacrifices of three kinds are being

stated:

17.11 Sah, that; yajnah, sacrifice; vidhi-drstah, which is in accordance

with the injunctions, which is known through scriptural unjunctions; (and)

yah, which; is ijyate, performed; a-phala-akanksibhih, by persons who

do not hanker after results; manah samadhaya, with the mental

conviction; iti, that; yastavyam, eva, it is surely obligatory, their duty is to

accomplish the sacrifice just as it should be-with the firm idea, 'I have no

human goal to achieve through this'-; is said to be a sacrifice which is

sattvikah, done through sattva.

17.12 Tu, but; yat, that which; is ijyate, performed; abhisandhaya,

having in view; a phalam, result; api ca, as also; dambhartham, for

ostentation; viddhi, know; tam, that; yajnam, sacrifice; to be rajasam,

done through rajas; bharatasrestha, O greatest among the descendants

of Bharata.

17.13 Paricaksate, they delclare; that yajnam, sacrifice; as tamasam,

done through tamas; which is vidhi-hinam, contrary to injunction,

opposed to what is enjoined; asrstannam, in which food is not

distributed-a sacrifice in which food (annam) is not distributed (asrstam)

to Brahmanas; mantra-hinam, in which mantras are not used, which is

bereft of mantras, intonation and distinct pronunciation; adaksinam, in

which offerings are not made to priests as prescribed; and which is

sraddha-virahitam, devoid of faith. After that, now is being stated the

three kinds of austerity:

17.14 Deva-dvija-guru-pujanam, the worship of gods, twice-borns,

venerable persons and the wise; saucam, purity; arjavam,

straightforwardness; brahmacarayam, celibacy; and ahimsa, non-injury;

ucyate, are said to be; sariram, bodily; tapah, austerity, austerity

accomplished through the body: that which can be performed by the

agent, etc. [See 18. 13-15.-Tr.], (i.e.) with the whole group of body and

organs, in which the body predominates; for the Lord will say, 'these five

are its causes' (18.15).

17.15 Yat, that; vakyam, speech; anudvegakaram, which causes no

pain, which is not hurtful to creatures which is satyam, true; priya-hitam,

agreeable and beneficial with regard to facts seen or unseen-. 'Speech'

is qualified by characteristics such as being not hurtful, etc. The ca (and)

is used for grouping together the qualifying characteristics. When a

sentence is used in order to make another understand, if it happens to

be avoid of one or two or three among the qualities-truthfulness,

agreeability, beneficialness, and non-hurtfulness-, then it is not austerity

of speech. As in the case of a truthful utterance there would occur a

want of austerity of speech if it be lacking in one or two or three of the

others, so also in the case of an agreeable utterance there would be no

austerity of speech were it ot be without one or two or three of the

others; and similarly, there would be no austerity of speech even in a

beneficial utterance which is without one or two or three of the others.

What, again, is that austerity (of speech)? That utterance which is true as

also not hurtful, and is agreeable and beneficial, is the highest austerity

of speech: As for example, the utterance, 'Be calm, my boy. Practise

study and yoga. Thereby you will gain the highest.' Svadhyayaabhyasanam,

the practice of the study of scriptures, as is enjoined; ca

eva, as well; ucyate, in said to be; tapah, austerity; vanmayam, of

speech.

17.16 Manah-prasadah, tranquillity of mind, making the mind free from

anxiety; saumyatvam, gentleness-that which is called kindliness of spirit,

[Kindliness towards all, and also not entertaining any evil thought

towards anybody.] a certain condition of the mind resulting in calmness

of the face, etc.; maunam, reticence-since even the control of speech

follows from the control of mind, therefore the cause is implied by the

effect; so maunam means control of the mind; [Or, maunam may mean

thinking of the Self, the attitude of a meditator. The context being of

'mental austerity', reticence is explained as control of the mind with

regard to speech.] atma-vinigrahah, withdrawal of the mind-withdrawal

of the mind in a general way, from everything; maunam (control of the

mind) is the mind's withdrawal with regard to speech alone; this is the

distinction-; bhava-samsuddhih, purity of heart, absence of trickery while

dealing with others; iti etat, these are; what is ucyate, called; manasam,

mental; tapah, austerity. How the above-described bodily, verbal and

mental austerities undertaken by poeple are divided into three classes-of

sattva etc.-is being stated:

17.17 When tat, that; trividham, threefold-based on three factors; tapah,

austerity, which is being discussed; is taptam, undertaken, practised;

paraya, with supreme, with the highest; sraddhaya, faith, belief in God

and the other world; naraih, by people, by its performers; aphalaakanksibhih,

who do not hanker after results,who are devoid of desire for

results; and yuktaih, who are self-controlled;-that austerity which is of

this kind, the noble people paricaksate, speak of it; as sattvikam, born of

sattva.

17.18 Yat, that; tapah, austerity; which is kriyate, undertaken; satkaramana-

pujartham, for earning a name, being honoured and worshippedfor

earning a name, (i.e.) for being spoken of thus: 'This Brahmana, who

is given to austerity, is pious'; for being honoured by (others') standing

up respectfully, salutation, etc.; for being worshipped with washing of

feet, adoration, feeding, etc.; for these-; ca eva, and also, (that) austerity

which is performed dambhena, ostentatiously; tat, that; proktam, is

spoken of; as rajasam, born of rajas; iha, belonging to this world; [i.e.

yielding fruits only in this world.] calam, uncertain-its result being

unpredictable; and adhruvam, transitory.

17.19 Yat, that; tapah, austerity; which is kriyate, under-taken; mudhagrahena,

with a foolish intent, with a conviction arising out of nondiscriminating;

pidaya, causing pain; atmanah, to oneself (to one's body

etc.); va, or; utsadanartham, for the destruction; parasya, of another; tat,

that; is udahrtam, said to be; an austerity tamasam, born of tamas. Now

the classification of charity is being spoken of:

17.20 Tat, that; danam, gift; is smrtam, referred to; as sattvikam, born

of sattva; yat, which gift; is diyate, given; with the idea in mind datavyam

iti, that it ought to be given without consideration; anupakarine, to one

who will not serve in return, and even to oen who can; and dese, at the

(proper) place-in holy places like Kuruksetra etc. ; kale, at the (proper)

time-during Sankranti [During the passage of the sun or any planetary

body from one zodiacal sign into another.-V.S.A.] etc.; and patre, to a

(proper) person-to one who is versed in the Vedas together with their six

branches, and such others.

17.21 Tu, but; the danam, gift; yat, which; diyate, is made; pratiupakara-

artham, expecting reciprocation-with this purpose in view: 'In

time, he will render service in return'-; va punah, or again; uddisya, with

a desire for; its phalam, result-that, 'To me will accrue some unseen

reward of this gift'-; and which is diyate, given; pariklistam, grudgingly,

with reluctance; tat, that; is smrtam, considered to be; rajasam, born of

rajas.

17.22 Tat, that; danam, gift; yat, which; diyate, is given; adesakale, at

an improper place and time-in an unholy place full of barbarians and

impure things, etc.; at an improper time: which is not well known as

productive of merit; without such specially as Sankranti etc.-; and

apatrebhyah, to undeserving persons, to fools, thieves and others;-and

even when the place etc. are proper-asatkrtam, without proper

treatment, without sweet words, washing of feet, worship, etc.; and

avajnatam, with disdain, with insults to the recipient; is udahrtam,

declared to be; tamasam, born of tamas. This advice is being imparted

for making sacrifices, gifts, austerities, etc. perfect:

17.23 Om, tat, sat-iti, this; is smrtah, considered, regarded, in the

Vedanta, by the knowers of Brahman; to be the trividhah, threefold;

nirdesah, designation, mention by name-nirdesa is that by which a thing

is specified; brahmanah, of Brahman. The Brahmanas and the Vedas

and the sacrifices were vihitah, ordainded, [When some defect arises in

sacrifice etc., then this is corrected by uttering one of these words-Om,

tat, sat.] created; tena, by that threefold designation; pura, in the days of

yore [In the beginning of creation by Prajapati.]-this is said by way of

eulogizing the designation.

17.24 Tasmat, therefore; yajna-dana-tapah, kriyah, acts of sacrifice,

charity and austerity-acts in the form of sacrifice etc.; vidhana-uktah, as

prescribed through injunctions, as ordained by the scriptures; brahmavadinam,

of those who study and expound the Vedas; satatam, always;

pravartante, commence; udahrtya, after uttering; om iti, the syllable Om.

17.25 After uttering the word tat, which is a name of Brahman, yajnatapah-

kriyah, acts of sacrifice and austerity; ca, as also; vividhah, the

various; dana-kriyah, acts of charity, such as gift of land, gold, etc.;

kriyante, are performed; anabhisandhaya, without regard for; phalam,

results of actions; moksa-kanksibhih, by persons aspiring for Liberation.

The use of the words Om and tat has been stated. Thereafter, the use of

the word sat is bieng presently stated:

17.26 Etat, this; sat iti, word sat, a name of Brahman; prayujyate, is

used, is uttered; sad-bhave, with regard to (something) coming into

being-with regard to coming into existence of something that was not

there, as for instance the birth of a son who was not there before; so

also sadhu-bhave, with regard to (someone) becoming good-sadhubhava

means coming to possess good conduct by an evil person who

had bad behaviour; with regard to that. Tatha, so also, O Son of Prtha;

the sat-sabdah, word sat; yujyate (-which is the same as prayujyate-), is

used; prasaste karmani, with regard to an auspicious rite, such as

mirage etc.

17.27 And sthitih, steadfastness; that is yajne, in sacrifice, in the act of

sacrifice; the steadfastness that is tapasi, in austerity; and the

steadfastness that is dane, in charity; that ucyate, is spoken of; sat iti, as

sat, by learned persons. And eva, even; the karma, action; tad-arthiyam,

meant for these-for sacrifice, charity and austerity, or for Him whose

names are under discussion, i.e. for God; is eva, verily; abhidhiyate,

called; sat iti, as sat (good). Thus, in this way, the acts of sacrifice,

austerity, etc., even when they are devoid of sattva and goodness,

become good and endued with sattva by he use of the three names of

Brahman with faith. And as regards those (sacrifice etc.), since in all

cases everything is performed with a predominance of faith, therefore-

17.28 O son of Prtha, whatever is hutam, offered in sacrifice, poured as

oblation; and dattam, given in charity to Brahmanas,without faith;

whatever tapah, austerity; is taptam, performed without faith; so also,

whatever is krtam, done without faith, e.g. praise, salutation, etc.; all that

ucyate, is said to be; asat iti, of no avail, since it is outside th course of

discipline leading to Me. Ca, and, although involving great effort; na ca

tat, it is of no consequence; pretya, after death, for producing (some)

result; na, nor even for any result; iha, because it is condemned by the

wise. [Thus it is established in this chapter that, among persons who are

not at all versed in the scriptures, but are possessed of (either of the)

three characterisitcs of sattva, (rajas) etc., only those shall attain to

Liberation who steadfastly resort to sattva alone by partaking of sattvika

food, (performing sattvika) sacrifices) etc. to te exclusion of rajasika and

tamasika food etc., who destroy any defect that might arise in sacrifice

etc. by uttering the names of Brahman, who have fully purified their

intellect, and who have attained to the realization of Truth arising from

one's being endowed with such disciplines as hearing and and thinking

(sravana, manana) of, and meditation (nididhyasana) on Brahman.]

 

 

     
 
 

Authored & Developed By       ::        Dr. Sushim Dubey

&दार्शनिक-साहित्यिक अनुसंधान                      ?  डॉ.सुशिम दुबे,                             G    Yoga

Dr. Sushim Dubey

® This study material is based on the courses  taught by Dr. Sushim Dubey to the Students of M.A. (Yoga) Rani Durgavati University, Jabalpur  and the Students of Diploma in Yoga Studies/Therapy of  Morarji Desai National Institute of Yoga, New Delhi, during 2005-2008 © All rights reserved.